[Title 40 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 2015 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[[Page i]]
Title 40
Protection of Environment
________________________
Parts 53 to 59
Revised as of July 1, 2015
Containing a codification of documents of general
applicability and future effect
As of July 1, 2015
Published by the Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records Administration as a
Special Edition of the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
Legal Status and Use of Seals and Logos
The seal of the National Archives and Records Administration
(NARA) authenticates the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as
the official codification of Federal regulations established
under the Federal Register Act. Under the provisions of 44
U.S.C. 1507, the contents of the CFR, a special edition of the
Federal Register, shall be judicially noticed. The CFR is
prima facie evidence of the original documents published in
the Federal Register (44 U.S.C. 1510).
It is prohibited to use NARA's official seal and the stylized Code
of Federal Regulations logo on any republication of this
material without the express, written permission of the
Archivist of the United States or the Archivist's designee.
Any person using NARA's official seals and logos in a manner
inconsistent with the provisions of 36 CFR part 1200 is
subject to the penalties specified in 18 U.S.C. 506, 701, and
1017.
Use of ISBN Prefix
This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication
and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of
the 0-16 ISBN prefix is for U.S. Government Publishing Office
Official Editions only. The Superintendent of Documents of the
U.S. Government Publishing Office requests that any reprinted
edition clearly be labeled as a copy of the authentic work
with a new ISBN.
U . S . G O V E R N M E N T P U B L I S H I N G O F F I C E
------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Superintendent of Documents Washington, DC 20402-0001
http://bookstore.gpo.gov
Phone: toll-free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
[[Page iii]]
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation................................................. v
Title 40:
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency
(Continued) 3
Finding Aids:
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................ 395
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR...... 415
List of CFR Sections Affected........................... 425
[[Page iv]]
----------------------------
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in
this volume use title,
part and section number.
Thus, 40 CFR 53.1 refers
to title 40, part 53,
section 1.
----------------------------
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, July 1, 2015), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
PAST PROVISIONS OF THE CODE
Provisions of the Code that are no longer in force and effect as of
the revision date stated on the cover of each volume are not carried.
Code users may find the text of provisions in effect on any given date
in the past by using the appropriate List of CFR Sections Affected
(LSA). For the convenience of the reader, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume. For changes to
the Code prior to the LSA listings at the end of the volume, consult
previous annual editions of the LSA. For changes to the Code prior to
2001, consult the List of CFR Sections Affected compilations, published
for 1949-1963, 1964-1972, 1973-1985, and 1986-2000.
``[RESERVED]'' TERMINOLOGY
The term ``[Reserved]'' is used as a place holder within the Code of
Federal Regulations. An agency may add regulatory information at a
``[Reserved]'' location at any time. Occasionally ``[Reserved]'' is used
editorially to indicate that a portion of the CFR was left vacant and
not accidentally dropped due to a printing or computer error.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed as
an approved incorporation by reference, please contact the agency that
issued the regulation containing that incorporation. If, after
contacting the agency, you find the material is not available, please
notify the Director of the Federal Register, National Archives and
Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD 20740-6001,
or call 202-741-6010.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Authorities
and Rules. A list of CFR titles, chapters, subchapters, and parts and an
alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are also included in
this volume.
[[Page vii]]
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-741-6000
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, 8601 Adelphi Road, College Park, MD
20740-6001 or e-mail [email protected].
SALES
The Government Publishing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call toll-free,
866-512-1800, or DC area, 202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or
fax your order to 202-512-2104, 24 hours a day. For payment by check,
write to: US Government Publishing Office - New Orders, P.O. Box 979050,
St. Louis, MO 63197-9000.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers of the Presidents of the United
States, Compilation of Presidential Documents and the Privacy Act
Compilation are available in electronic format via www.ofr.gov. For more
information, contact the GPO Customer Contact Center, U.S. Government
Publishing Office. Phone 202-512-1800, or 866-512-1800 (toll-free). E-
mail, [email protected].
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.archives.gov/federal-
register.
The e-CFR is a regularly updated, unofficial editorial compilation
of CFR material and Federal Register amendments, produced by the Office
of the Federal Register and the Government Publishing Office. It is
available at www.ecfr.gov.
John Hyrum Martinez,
Acting Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
July 1, 2015.
[[Page ix]]
THIS TITLE
Title 40--Protection of Environment is composed of thirty-three
volumes. The parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order:
Parts 1-49, parts 50-51, part 52 (52.01-52.1018), part 52 (52.1019-
52.2019), part 52 (52.2020-end of part 52), parts 53-59, part 60 (60.1-
end of part 60, sections), part 60 (Appendices), parts 61-62, part 63
(63.1-63.599), part 63 (63.600-63.1199), part 63 (63.1200-63.1439), part
63 (63.1440-63.6175), part 63 (63.6580-63.8830), part 63 (63.8980-end of
part 63), parts 64-71, parts 72-80, parts 81-84, parts 85-86, parts 87-
95, parts 96-99, parts 100-135, parts 136-149, parts 150-189, parts 190-
259, parts 260-265, parts 266-299, parts 300-399, parts 400-424, parts
425-699, parts 700-789, parts 790-999, and part 1000 to end. The
contents of these volumes represent all current regulations codified
under this title of the CFR as of July 1, 2015.
Chapter I--Environmental Protection Agency appears in all thirty-
three volumes. Regulations issued by the Council on Environmental
Quality, including an Index to Parts 1500 through 1508, appear in the
volume containing part 1000 to end. The OMB control numbers for title 40
appear in Sec. 9.1 of this chapter.
For this volume, Bonnie Fritts was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal
Regulations publication program is under the direction of John Hyrum
Martinez, assisted by Stephen J. Frattini.
[[Page 1]]
TITLE 40--PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
(This book contains parts 53 to 59)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part
chapter i--Environmental Protection Agency (Continued)...... 53
[[Page 3]]
CHAPTER I--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to chapter I appear at 65 FR
47324, 47325, Aug. 2, 2000; 66 FR 34375, 34376, June 28, 2001.
SUBCHAPTER C--AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)
Part Page
53 Ambient air monitoring reference and
equivalent methods...................... 5
54 Prior notice of citizen suits............... 115
55 Outer Continental Shelf air regulations..... 116
56 Regional consistency........................ 168
57 Primary nonferrous smelter orders........... 170
58 Ambient air quality surveillance............ 244
59 National volatile organic compound emission
standards for consumer and commercial
products................................ 307
[[Page 5]]
SUBCHAPTER C_AIR PROGRAMS (CONTINUED)
PART 53_AMBIENT AIR MONITORING REFERENCE AND EQUIVALENT METHODS
--Table of Contents
Subpart A_General Provisions
Sec.
53.1 Definitions.
53.2 General requirements for a reference method determination.
53.3 General requirements for an equivalent method determination.
53.4 Applications for reference or equivalent method determinations.
53.5 Processing of applications.
53.6 Right to witness conduct of tests.
53.7 Testing of methods at the initiative of the Administrator.
53.8 Designation of reference and equivalent methods.
53.9 Conditions of designation.
53.10 Appeal from rejection of application.
53.11 Cancellation of reference or equivalent method designation.
53.12 Request for hearing on cancellation.
53.13 Hearings.
53.14 Modification of a reference or equivalent method.
53.15 Trade secrets and confidential or privileged information.
53.16 Supersession of reference methods.
Table A-1 to Subpart A of Part 53--Summary of Applicable Requirements
for Reference and Equivalent Methods for Air Monitoring of
Criteria Pollutants
Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 53--References
Subpart B_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of
Automated Methods for SO2, CO, O3, and NO2
53.20 General provisions.
53.21 Test conditions.
53.22 Generation of test atmospheres.
53.23 Test procedures.
Figure B-1 to Subpart B of Part 53--Example
Table B-1 to Subpart B of Part 53--Performance Limit Specifications for
Automated Methods
Table B-2 to Subpart B of Part 53--Test Atmospheres
Table B-3 to Subpart B of Part 53--Interferent Test Concentration, Parts
Per Million
Table B-4 to Subpart B of Part 53-- Line Voltage and Room Temperature
Test Conditions
Table B-5 to Subpart B of Part 53--Symbols and Abbreviations
Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 53--Optional Forms for Reporting Test
Results
Subpart C_Procedures for Determining Comparability Between Candidate
Methods and Reference Methods
53.30 General provisions.
53.31 [Reserved]
53.32 Test procedures for methods for SO2, CO, O3,
and NO2.
53.33 Test Procedure for Methods for Lead (Pb).
53.34 Test procedures for methods for PM 10 and Class I
methods for PM 2.5.
53.35 Test procedures for Class II and Class III methods for PM
2.5 and PM 10-2.5.
Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Concentration Ranges, Number of
Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications
Table C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53--Sequence of Test Measurements
Table C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Specifications for Pb in TSP and
Pb in PM 10 Methods
Table C-4 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Specifications for PM
10, PM 2.5, and PM 10-2.5
Candidate Equivalent Methods
Table C-5 to Subpart C of Part 53--Summary of Comparability Field
Testing Campaign Site and Seasonal Requirements for Class II
and III FEMs for PM 10-2.5 and PM 2.5
Figure C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53--Suggested Format for Reporting Test
Results for Methods for SO2, CO, O3,
NO2
Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Slope and
Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5
Candidate Equivalent Methods
Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Slope and
Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM
10-2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods
Figure C-4 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Minimum Limits
for Correlation Coefficient for PM 2.5 and PM
10-2.5 Class II and III Methods
Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 53--References
Subpart D_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of Methods
for PM 10
53.40 General provisions.
53.41 Test conditions.
53.42 Generation of test atmospheres for wind tunnel tests.
[[Page 6]]
53.43 Test procedures.
Subpart E_Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance
Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I Equivalent Methods for
PM 2.5
53.50 General provisions.
53.51 Demonstration of compliance with design specifications and
manufacturing and test requirements.
53.52 Leak check test.
53.53 Test for flow rate accuracy, regulation, measurement accuracy, and
cut-off.
53.54 Test for proper sampler operation following power interruptions.
53.55 Test for effect of variations in power line voltage and ambient
temperature.
53.56 Test for effect of variations in ambient pressure.
53.57 Test for filter temperature control during sampling and post-
sampling periods.
53.58 Operational field precision and blank test.
53.59 Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53--Summary of Test Requirements for
Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5
Table E-2 to Subpart E of Part 53--Spectral Energy Distribution and
Permitted Tolerance for Conducting Radiative Tests
Figure E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53--Designation Testing Checklist
Figure E-2 to Subpart E of Part 53--Product Manufacturing Checklist
Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 53--References
Subpart F_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of Class II
Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5
53.60 General provisions.
53.61 Test conditions for PM 2.5 reference method
equivalency.
53.62 Test procedure: Full wind tunnel test.
53.63 Test procedure: Wind tunnel inlet aspiration test.
53.64 Test procedure: Static fractionator test.
53.65 Test procedure: Loading test.
53.66 Test procedure: Volatility test.
Table F-1 to Subpart F of Part 53--Performance Specifications for PM
2.5 Class II Equivalent Samplers
Table F-2 to Subpart F of Part 53--Particle Sizes and Wind Speeds for
Full Wind Tunnel Test, Wind Tunnel Inlet Aspiration Test, and
Static Chamber Test
Table F-3 to Subpart F of Part 53--Critical Parameters of Idealized
Ambient Particle Size Distributions
Table F-4 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized Coarse Aerosol
Size Distribution
Table F-5 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized ``Typical''
Coarse Aerosol Size Distribution
Table F-6 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized Fine Aerosol
Size Distribution
Figure F-1 to Subpart F of Part 53--Designation Testing Checklist
Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 53--References
Authority: Sec. 301(a) of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. sec.
1857g(a)), as amended by sec. 15(c)(2) of Pub. L. 91-604, 84 Stat. 1713,
unless otherwise noted.
Source: 40 FR 7049, Feb. 18, 1975, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A_General Provisions
Source: 62 FR 38784, July 18, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.1 Definitions.
Terms used but not defined in this part shall have the meaning given
them by the Act.
Act means the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857-1857l), as amended.
Additive and multiplicative bias means the linear regression
intercept and slope of a linear plot fitted to corresponding candidate
and reference method mean measurement data pairs.
Administrator means the Administrator of the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) or his or her authorized representative.
Agency means the Environmental Protection Agency.
Applicant means a person or entity who submits an application for a
Federal reference method or Federal equivalent method determination
under Sec. 53.4, or a person or entity who assumes the rights and
obligations of an applicant under Sec. 53.7. Applicant may include a
manufacturer, distributor, supplier, or vendor.
Automated method or analyzer means a method for measuring
concentrations of an ambient air pollutant in which
[[Page 7]]
sample collection (if necessary), analysis, and measurement are
performed automatically by an instrument.
Candidate method means a method for measuring the concentration of
an air pollutant in the ambient air for which an application for a
Federal reference method determination or a Federal equivalent method
determination is submitted in accordance with Sec. 53.4, or a method
tested at the initiative of the Administrator in accordance with
Sec. 53.7.
Class I equivalent method means an equivalent method for PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 which is based on a sampler that
is very similar to the sampler specified for reference methods in
appendix L or appendix O (as applicable) of part 50 of this chapter,
with only minor deviations or modifications, as determined by EPA.
Class II equivalent method means an equivalent method for PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 that utilizes a PM 2.5
sampler or PM 10-2.5 sampler in which integrated PM
2.5 samples or PM 10-2.5 samples are obtained from
the atmosphere by filtration and subjected to a subsequent filter
conditioning process followed by a gravimetric mass determination, but
which is not a Class I equivalent method because of substantial
deviations from the design specifications of the sampler specified for
reference methods in appendix L or appendix O (as applicable) of part 50
of this chapter, as determined by EPA.
Class III equivalent method means an equivalent method for PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 that is an analyzer capable of
providing PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 ambient air
measurements representative of one-hour or less integrated PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 concentrations as well as 24-hour
measurements determined as, or equivalent to, the mean of 24 one-hour
consecutive measurements.
CO means carbon monoxide.
Collocated means two or more air samplers, analyzers, or other
instruments that are operated simultaneously while located side by side,
separated by a distance that is large enough to preclude the air sampled
by any of the devices from being affected by any of the other devices,
but small enough so that all devices obtain identical or uniform ambient
air samples that are equally representative of the general area in which
the group of devices is located.
Federal equivalent method (FEM) means a method for measuring the
concentration of an air pollutant in the ambient air that has been
designated as an equivalent method in accordance with this part; it does
not include a method for which an equivalent method designation has been
canceled in accordance with Sec. 53.11 or Sec. 53.16.
Federal reference method (FRM) means a method of sampling and
analyzing the ambient air for an air pollutant that is specified as a
reference method in an appendix to part 50 of this chapter, or a method
that has been designated as a reference method in accordance with this
part; it does not include a method for which a reference method
designation has been canceled in accordance with Sec. 53.11 or
Sec. 53.16.
ISO 9001-registered facility means a manufacturing facility that is
either:
(1) An International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001-
registered manufacturing facility, registered to the ISO 9001 standard
(by the Registrar Accreditation Board (RAB) of the American Society for
Quality Control (ASQC) in the United States), with registration
maintained continuously; or
(2) A facility that can be demonstrated, on the basis of information
submitted to the EPA, to be operated according to an EPA-approved and
periodically audited quality system which meets, to the extent
appropriate, the same general requirements as an ISO 9001-registered
facility for the design and manufacture of designated Federal reference
method and Federal equivalent method samplers and monitors.
ISO-certified auditor means an auditor who is either certified by
the Registrar Accreditation Board (in the United States) as being
qualified to audit quality systems using the requirements of recognized
standards such as ISO 9001, or who, based on information submitted to
the EPA, meets the same general requirements as provided for ISO-
certified auditors.
Manual method means a method for measuring concentrations of an
ambient air pollutant in which sample collection, analysis, or
measurement, or
[[Page 8]]
some combination thereof, is performed manually. A method for PM
10 or PM 2.5 which utilizes a sampler that
requires manual preparation, loading, and weighing of filter samples is
considered a manual method even though the sampler may be capable of
automatically collecting a series of sequential samples.
NO means nitrogen oxide.
NO2 means nitrogen dioxide.
NOX means oxides of nitrogen and is defined as the sum of the
concentrations of NO2 and NO.
O3 means ozone.
Operated simultaneously means that two or more collocated samplers
or analyzers are operated concurrently with no significant difference in
the start time, stop time, and duration of the sampling or measurement
period.
Pb means lead.
PM means PM 10, PM 10C, PM 2.5, PM
10-2.5, or particulate matter of unspecified size range.
PM2.5 means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less
than or equal to a nominal 2.5 micrometers as measured by a reference
method based on appendix L of part 50 of this chapter and designated in
accordance with part 53 of this chapter, by an equivalent method
designated in accordance with part 53 of this chapter, or by an approved
regional method designated in accordance with appendix C to this part.
PM10 means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than
or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers as measured by a reference method
based on appendix J of part 50 of this chapter and designated in
accordance with this part or by an equivalent method designated in
accordance with this part.
PM10C means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less
than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers as measured by a reference
method based on appendix O of part 50 of this chapter and designated in
accordance with this part or by an equivalent method designated in
accordance with this part.
PM10 2.5 means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less
than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers and greater than a nominal 2.5
micrometers as measured by a reference method based on appendix O to
part 50 of this chapter and designated in accordance with this part or
by an equivalent method designated in accordance with this part.
PM2.5 sampler means a device, associated with a manual method for
measuring PM 2.5, designed to collect PM 2.5 from
an ambient air sample, but lacking the ability to automatically analyze
or measure the collected sample to determine the mass concentrations of
PM 2.5 in the sampled air.
PM10 sampler means a device, associated with a manual method for
measuring PM 10, designed to collect PM 10 from an
ambient air sample, but lacking the ability to automatically analyze or
measure the collected sample to determine the mass concentrations of PM
10 in the sampled air.
PM10C sampler means a PM 10 sampler that meets the
special requirements for a PM 10C sampler that is part of a
PM 10-2.5 reference method sampler, as specified in appendix
O to part 50 of this chapter, or a PM 10 sampler that is part
of a PM 10-2.5 sampler that has been designated as an
equivalent method for PM 10-2.5.
PM10 2.5 sampler means a sampler, or a collocated pair of samplers,
associated with a manual method for measuring PM 10-2.5 and
designed to collect either PM 10-2.5 directly or PM
10C and PM 2.5 separately and simultaneously from
concurrent ambient air samples, but lacking the ability to automatically
analyze or measure the collected sample(s) to determine the mass
concentrations of PM 10-2.5 in the sampled air.
Sequential samples for PM samplers means two or more PM samples for
sequential (but not necessarily contiguous) time periods that are
collected automatically by the same sampler without the need for
intervening operator service.
SO2 means sulfur dioxide.
Test analyzer means an analyzer subjected to testing as part of a
candidate method in accordance with subparts B, C, D, E, or F of this
part, as applicable.
Test sampler means a PM 10 sampler, PM 2.5
sampler, or PM 10-2.5 sampler subjected to testing as part of
a candidate method in accordance with subparts C, D, E, or F of this
part.
[[Page 9]]
Ultimate purchaser means the first person or entity who purchases a
Federal reference method or a Federal equivalent method for purposes
other than resale.
[71 FR 61271, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.2 General requirements for a reference method determination.
The following general requirements for a Federal reference method
(FRM) determination are summarized in table A-1 of this subpart.
(a) Manual methods--(1) Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and Lead.
For measuring SO2 and lead, appendixes A-2 and G of part 50
of this chapter specify unique manual FRM for measuring those
pollutants. Except as provided in Sec. 53.16, other manual methods for
lead will not be considered for a reference method determination under
this part.
(2) PM10. A FRM for measuring PM 10 must be a manual
method that meets all requirements specified in appendix J of part 50 of
this chapter and must include a PM 10 sampler that has been
shown in accordance with this part to meet all requirements specified in
this subpart A and subpart D of this part.
(3) PM2.5. A FRM for measuring PM 2.5 must be a manual
method that meets all requirements specified in appendix L of part 50 of
this chapter and must include a PM 2.5 sampler that has been
shown in accordance with this part to meet the applicable requirements
specified in this subpart A and subpart E of this part. Further, FRM
samplers must be manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered facility, as
defined in Sec. 53.1 and as set forth in Sec. 53.51.
(4) PM10 2.5. A FRM for measuring PM 10-2.5 must be a
manual method that meets all requirements specified in appendix O of
part 50 of this chapter and must include PM 10C and PM
2.5 samplers that have been shown in accordance with this
part to meet the applicable requirements specified in this subpart A and
subpart E of this part. Further, PM 10-2.5 FRM samplers must
be manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered facility, as defined in
Sec. 53.1 and as set forth in Sec. 53.51.
(b) Automated methods. An automated FRM for measuring
SO2, CO, O3, or NO2 must utilize the
measurement principle and calibration procedure specified in the
appropriate appendix to part 50 of this chapter (appendix A-1 only for
SO2 methods) and must have been shown in accordance with this
part to meet the requirements specified in this subpart A and subpart B
of this part.
[71 FR 61271, Oct. 17, 2006, as amended at 75 FR 35597, June 22, 2010]
Sec. 53.3 General requirements for an equivalent method determination.
(a) Manual methods. A manual Federal equivalent method (FEM) must
have been shown in accordance with this part to satisfy the applicable
requirements specified in this subpart A and subpart C of this part. In
addition, a PM sampler associated with a manual method for PM
10, PM 2.5, or PM 10-2.5 must have been
shown in accordance with this part to satisfy the following additional
requirements, as applicable:
(1) PM10. A PM 10 sampler associated with a manual method
for PM 10 must satisfy the requirements of subpart D of this
part.
(2) PM2.5 Class I. A PM 2.5 Class I FEM sampler must also
satisfy all requirements of subpart E of this part, which shall include
appropriate demonstration that each and every deviation or modification
from the FRM sampler specifications does not significantly alter the
performance of the sampler.
(3) PM2.5 Class II. (i) A PM 2.5 Class II FEM sampler
must also satisfy the applicable requirements of subparts E and F of
this part or the alternative requirements in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
this section.
(ii) In lieu of the applicable requirements specified for Class II
PM 2.5 methods in subparts C and F of this part, a Class II
PM 2.5 FEM sampler may alternatively meet the applicable
requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section and
the testing, performance, and comparability requirements specified for
Class III equivalent methods for PM 2.5 in subpart C of this
part.
(4) PM10 2.5 Class I. A PM 10-2.5 Class I FEM sampler
must also satisfy the applicable requirements of subpart E of this part
(there are no additional requirements specifically for Class I PM
10-2.5 methods in subpart C of this part).
[[Page 10]]
(5) PM10 2.5 Class II. (i) A PM 10-2.5 Class II FEM
sampler must also satisfy the applicable requirements of subpart C of
this part and also the applicable requirements and provisions of
paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, or the alternative
requirements in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section.
(ii) In lieu of the applicable requirements specified for Class II
PM 10-2.5 methods in subpart C of this part and in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii) of this section, a Class II PM 10-2.5 FEM sampler
may alternatively meet the applicable requirements in paragraphs
(b)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section and the testing, performance, and
comparability requirements specified for Class III FEMs for PM
10-2.5 in subpart C of this part.
(6) ISO 9001. All designated FEMs for PM 2.5 or PM
10-2.5 must be manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered
facility, as defined in Sec. 53.1 and as set forth in Sec. 53.51.
(b) Automated methods. All types of automated FEMs must have been
shown in accordance with this part to satisfy the applicable
requirements specified in this subpart A and subpart C of this part. In
addition, an automated FEM must have been shown in accordance with this
part to satisfy the following additional requirements, as applicable:
(1) An automated FEM for pollutants other than PM must be shown in
accordance with this part to satisfy the applicable requirements
specified in subpart B of this part.
(2) An automated FEM for PM 10 must be shown in
accordance with this part to satisfy the applicable requirements of
subpart D of this part.
(3) A Class III automated FEM for PM 2.5 or PM
10-2.5 must be shown in accordance with this part to satisfy
the requirements in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section,
as applicable.
(i) All pertinent requirements of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L,
including sampling height, range of operational conditions, ambient
temperature and pressure sensors, outdoor enclosure, electrical power
supply, control devices and operator interfaces, data output port,
operation/instruction manual, data output and reporting requirements,
and any other requirements that would be reasonably applicable to the
method, unless adequate (as determined by the Administrator) rationale
can be provided to support the contention that a particular requirement
does not or should not be applicable to the particular candidate method.
(ii) All pertinent tests and requirements of subpart E of this part,
such as instrument manufacturing quality control; final assembly and
inspection; manufacturer's audit checklists; leak checks; flow rate
accuracy, measurement accuracy, and flow rate cut-off; operation
following power interruptions; effect of variations in power line
voltage, ambient temperature and ambient pressure; and aerosol
transport; unless adequate (as determined by the Administrator)
rationale can be provided to support the contention that a particular
test or requirement does not or should not be applicable to the
particular candidate method.
(iii) Candidate methods shall be tested for and meet any performance
requirements, such as inlet aspiration, particle size separation or
selection characteristics, change in particle separation or selection
characteristics due to loading or other operational conditions, or
effects of surface exposure and particle volatility, determined by the
Administrator to be necessary based on the nature, design, and specifics
of the candidate method and the extent to which it deviates from the
design and performance characteristics of the reference method. These
performance requirements and the specific test(s) for them will be
determined by Administrator for each specific candidate method or type
of candidate method and may be similar to or based on corresponding
tests and requirements set forth in subpart F of this part or may be
special requirements and tests tailored by the Administrator to the
specific nature, design, and operational characteristics of the
candidate method. For example, a candidate method with an inlet design
deviating substantially from the design of the reference method inlet
would likely be subject to an inlet aspiration test similar to that
[[Page 11]]
set forth in Sec. 53.63. Similarly, a candidate method having an
inertial fractionation system substantially different from that of the
reference method would likely be subject to a static fractionation test
and a loading test similar to those set forth in Secs. 53.64 and 53.65,
respectively. A candidate method with more extensive or profound
deviations from the design and function of the reference method may be
subject to other tests, full wind-tunnel tests similar to those
described in Sec. 53.62, or to special tests adapted or developed
individually to accommodate the specific type of measurement or
operation of the candidate method.
(4) All designated FEM for PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5
must be manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered facility, as defined in
Sec. 53.1 and as set forth in Sec. 53.51.
[71 FR 61271, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.4 Applications for reference or equivalent method determinations.
(a) Applications for FRM or FEM determinations shall be submitted in
duplicate to: Director, National Exposure Research Laboratory, Reference
and Equivalent Method Program (MD-D205-03), U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
(Commercial delivery address: 4930 Old Page Road, Durham, North Carolina
27703).
(b) Each application shall be signed by an authorized representative
of the applicant, shall be marked in accordance with Sec. 53.15 (if
applicable), and shall contain the following:
(1) A clear identification of the candidate method, which will
distinguish it from all other methods such that the method may be
referred to unambiguously. This identification must consist of a unique
series of descriptors such as title, identification number, analyte,
measurement principle, manufacturer, brand, model, etc., as necessary to
distinguish the method from all other methods or method variations, both
within and outside the applicant's organization.
(2) A detailed description of the candidate method, including but
not limited to the following: The measurement principle, manufacturer,
name, model number and other forms of identification, a list of the
significant components, schematic diagrams, design drawings, and a
detailed description of the apparatus and measurement procedures.
Drawings and descriptions pertaining to candidate methods or samplers
for PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 must meet all applicable
requirements in reference 1 of appendix A of this subpart, using
appropriate graphical, nomenclature, and mathematical conventions such
as those specified in references 3 and 4 of appendix A of this subpart.
(3) A copy of a comprehensive operation or instruction manual
providing a complete and detailed description of the operational,
maintenance, and calibration procedures prescribed for field use of the
candidate method and all instruments utilized as part of that method
(under Sec. 53.9(a)).
(i) As a minimum this manual shall include:
(A) Description of the method and associated instruments.
(B) Explanation of all indicators, information displays, and
controls.
(C) Complete setup and installation instructions, including any
additional materials or supplies required.
(D) Details of all initial or startup checks or acceptance tests and
any auxiliary equipment required.
(E) Complete operational instructions.
(F) Calibration procedures and descriptions of required calibration
equipment and standards.
(G) Instructions for verification of correct or proper operation.
(H) Trouble-shooting guidance and suggested corrective actions for
abnormal operation.
(I) Required or recommended routine, periodic, and preventative
maintenance and maintenance schedules.
(J) Any calculations required to derive final concentration
measurements.
(K) Appropriate references to any applicable appendix of part 50 of
this chapter; reference 6 of appendix A of this subpart; and any other
pertinent guidelines.
(ii) The manual shall also include adequate warning of potential
safety hazards that may result from normal use and/or malfunction of the
method and a description of necessary safety precautions. (See
Sec. 53.9(b).) However, the previous requirement shall not be
[[Page 12]]
interpreted to constitute or imply any warranty of safety of the method
by EPA. For samplers and automated methods, the manual shall include a
clear description of all procedures pertaining to installation,
operation, preventive maintenance, and troubleshooting and shall also
include parts identification diagrams. The manual may be used to satisfy
the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section to the
extent that it includes information necessary to meet those
requirements.
(4) A statement that the candidate method has been tested in
accordance with the procedures described in subparts B, C, D, E, and/or
F of this part, as applicable.
(5) Descriptions of test facilities and test configurations, test
data, records, calculations, and test results as specified in subparts
B, C, D, E, and/or F of this part, as applicable. Data must be
sufficiently detailed to meet appropriate principles described in part
B, sections 3.3.1 (paragraph 1) and 3.5.1 and part C, section 4.6 of
reference 2 of appendix A of this subpart; and in paragraphs 1 through 3
of section 4.8 (Records) of reference 5 of appendix A of this subpart.
Salient requirements from these references include the following:
(i) The applicant shall maintain and include records of all relevant
measuring equipment, including the make, type, and serial number or
other identification, and most recent calibration with identification of
the measurement standard or standards used and their National Institute
of Standards and Technology (NIST) traceability. These records shall
demonstrate the measurement capability of each item of measuring
equipment used for the application and include a description and
justification (if needed) of the measurement setup or configuration in
which it was used for the tests. The calibration results shall be
recorded and identified in sufficient detail so that the traceability of
all measurements can be determined and any measurement could be
reproduced under conditions close to the original conditions, if
necessary, to resolve any anomalies.
(ii) Test data shall be collected according to the standards of good
practice and by qualified personnel. Test anomalies or irregularities
shall be documented and explained or justified. The impact and
significance of the deviation on test results and conclusions shall be
determined. Data collected shall correspond directly to the specified
test requirement and be labeled and identified clearly so that results
can be verified and evaluated against the test requirement. Calculations
or data manipulations must be explained in detail so that they can be
verified.
(6) A statement that the method, analyzer, or sampler tested in
accordance with this part is representative of the candidate method
described in the application.
(c) For candidate automated methods and candidate manual methods for
PM 10, PM 2.5, and PM 10-2.5 the
application shall also contain the following:
(1) A detailed description of the quality system that will be
utilized, if the candidate method is designated as a reference or
equivalent method, to ensure that all analyzers or samplers offered for
sale under that designation will have essentially the same performance
characteristics as the analyzer(s) or samplers tested in accordance with
this part. In addition, the quality system requirements for candidate
methods for PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5 must be described
in sufficient detail, based on the elements described in section 4 of
reference 1 (Quality System Requirements) of appendix A of this subpart.
Further clarification is provided in the following sections of reference
2 of appendix A of this subpart: part A (Management Systems), sections
2.2 (Quality System and Description), 2.3 (Personnel Qualification and
Training), 2.4 (Procurement of Items and Services), 2.5 (Documents and
Records), and 2.7 (Planning); part B (Collection and Evaluation of
Environmental Data), sections 3.1 (Planning and Scoping), 3.2 (Design of
Data Collection Operations), and 3.5 (Assessment and Verification of
Data Usability); and part C (Operation of Environmental Technology),
sections 4.1 (Planning), 4.2 (Design of Systems), and 4.4 (Operation of
Systems).
(2) A description of the durability characteristics of such
analyzers or samplers (see Sec. 53.9(c)). For methods for
[[Page 13]]
PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5 the warranty program must
ensure that the required specifications (see Table A-1 to this subpart)
will be met throughout the warranty period and that the applicant
accepts responsibility and liability for ensuring this conformance or
for resolving any nonconformities, including all necessary components of
the system, regardless of the original manufacturer. The warranty
program must be described in sufficient detail to meet appropriate
provisions of the ANSI/ASQC and ISO 9001 standards (references 1 and 2
in appendix A of this subpart) for controlling conformance and resolving
nonconformance, particularly sections 4.12, 4.13, and 4.14 of reference
1 in appendix A of this subpart.
(i) Section 4.12 in reference 1 of appendix A of this subpart
requires the manufacturer to establish and maintain a system of
procedures for identifying and maintaining the identification of
inspection and test status throughout all phases of manufacturing to
ensure that only instruments that have passed the required inspections
and tests are released for sale.
(ii) Section 4.13 in reference 1 of appendix A of this subpart
requires documented procedures for control of nonconforming product,
including review and acceptable alternatives for disposition; section
4.14 in reference 1 of appendix A of this subpart requires documented
procedures for implementing corrective (4.14.2) and preventive (4.14.3)
action to eliminate the causes of actual or potential nonconformities.
In particular, section 4.14.3 requires that potential causes of
nonconformities be eliminated by using information such as service
reports and customer complaints to eliminate potential causes of
nonconformities.
(d) For candidate reference or equivalent methods for PM
2.5 and Class II or Class III equivalent methods for PM
10-2.5, the applicant, if requested by EPA, shall provide to
EPA for test purposes one sampler or analyzer that is representative of
the sampler or analyzer associated with the candidate method. The
sampler or analyzer shall be shipped FOB destination to Director,
National Exposure Research Laboratory, Reference and Equivalent Method
Program (MD-D205-03), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 4930 Old
Page Road, Durham, North Carolina 27703, scheduled to arrive concurrent
with or within 30 days of the arrival of the other application
materials. This analyzer or sampler may be subjected to various tests
that EPA determines to be necessary or appropriate under Sec. 53.5(f),
and such tests may include special tests not described in this part. If
the instrument submitted under this paragraph malfunctions, becomes
inoperative, or fails to perform as represented in the application
before the necessary EPA testing is completed, the applicant shall be
afforded an opportunity to repair or replace the device at no cost to
EPA. Upon completion of EPA testing, the analyzer or sampler submitted
under this paragraph shall be repacked by EPA for return shipment to the
applicant, using the same packing materials used for shipping the
instrument to EPA unless alternative packing is provided by the
applicant. Arrangements for, and the cost of, return shipment shall be
the responsibility of the applicant. The EPA does not warrant or assume
any liability for the condition of the analyzer or sampler upon return
to the applicant.
[71 FR 61271, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.5 Processing of applications.
After receiving an application for a FRM or FEM determination, the
Administrator will, within 120 calendar days after receipt of the
application, take one or more of the following actions:
(a) Send notice to the applicant, in accordance with Sec. 53.8, that
the candidate method has been determined to be a reference or equivalent
method.
(b) Send notice to the applicant that the application has been
rejected, including a statement of reasons for rejection.
(c) Send notice to the applicant that additional information must be
submitted before a determination can be made and specify the additional
information that is needed (in such cases, the 120-day period shall
commence upon receipt of the additional information).
[[Page 14]]
(d) Send notice to the applicant that additional test data must be
submitted and specify what tests are necessary and how the tests shall
be interpreted (in such cases, the 120-day period shall commence upon
receipt of the additional test data).
(e) Send notice to the applicant that the application has been found
to be substantially deficient or incomplete and cannot be processed
until additional information is submitted to complete the application
and specify the general areas of substantial deficiency.
(f) Send notice to the applicant that additional tests will be
conducted by the Administrator, specifying the nature of and reasons for
the additional tests and the estimated time required (in such cases, the
120-day period shall commence 1 calendar day after the additional tests
have been completed).
[71 FR 61271, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.6 Right to witness conduct of tests.
(a) Submission of an application for a reference or equivalent
method determination shall constitute consent for the Administrator or
the Administrator's authorized representative, upon presentation of
appropriate credentials, to witness or observe any tests required by
this part in connection with the application or in connection with any
modification or intended modification of the method by the applicant.
(b) The applicant shall have the right to witness or observe any
test conducted by the Administrator in connection with the application
or in connection with any modification or intended modification of the
method by the applicant.
(c) Any tests by either party that are to be witnessed or observed
by the other party shall be conducted at a time and place mutually
agreeable to both parties.
Sec. 53.7 Testing of methods at the initiative of the Administrator.
(a) In the absence of an application for a reference or equivalent
method determination, the Administrator may conduct the tests required
by this part for such a determination, may compile such other
information as may be necessary in the judgment of the Administrator to
make such a determination, and on the basis of the tests and information
may determine that a method satisfies applicable requirements of this
part.
(b) In the absence of an application requesting the Administrator to
consider revising an appendix to part 50 of this chapter in accordance
with Sec. 53.16, the Administrator may conduct such tests and compile
such information as may be necessary in the Administrator's judgment to
make a determination under Sec. 53.16(d) and on the basis of the tests
and information make such a determination.
(c) If a method tested in accordance with this section is designated
as a reference or equivalent method in accordance with Sec. 53.8 or is
specified or designated as a reference method in accordance with
Sec. 53.16, any person or entity who offers the method for sale as a
reference or equivalent method thereafter shall assume the rights and
obligations of an applicant for purposes of this part, with the
exception of those pertaining to submission and processing of
applications.
Sec. 53.8 Designation of reference and equivalent methods.
(a) A candidate method determined by the Administrator to satisfy
the applicable requirements of this part shall be designated as a FRM or
FEM (as applicable) by and upon publication of a notice of the
designation in the Federal Register.
(b) Upon designation, a notice indicating that the method has been
designated as a FRM or FEM shall be sent to the applicant.
(c) The Administrator will maintain a current list of methods
designated as FRM or FEM in accordance with this part and will send a
copy of the list to any person or group upon request. A copy of the list
will be available via the Internet and may be available from other
sources.
[71 FR 61276, Oct. 17, 2006, as amended at 75 FR 35597, June 22, 2010]
Sec. 53.9 Conditions of designation.
Designation of a candidate method as a FRM or FEM shall be
conditioned to
[[Page 15]]
the applicant's compliance with the following requirements. Failure to
comply with any of the requirements shall constitute a ground for
cancellation of the designation in accordance with Sec. 53.11.
(a) Any method offered for sale as a FRM or FEM shall be accompanied
by a copy of the manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3) when delivered to
any ultimate purchaser, and an electronic copy of the manual suitable
for incorporating into user-specific standard operating procedure
documents shall be readily available to any users.
(b) Any method offered for sale as a FRM or FEM shall generate no
unreasonable hazard to operators or to the environment during normal use
or when malfunctioning.
(c) Any analyzer, PM 10 sampler, PM 2.5
sampler, or PM 10-2.5 sampler offered for sale as part of an
FRM or FEM shall function within the limits of the performance
specifications referred to in Sec. 53.20(a), Sec. 53.30(a), Sec. 53.35,
Sec. 53.50, or Sec. 53.60, as applicable, for at least 1 year after
delivery and acceptance when maintained and operated in accordance with
the manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3).
(d) Any analyzer, PM 10 sampler, PM 2.5
sampler, or PM 10-2.5 sampler offered for sale as a FRM or
FEM shall bear a prominent, permanently affixed label or sticker
indicating that the analyzer or sampler has been designated by EPA as a
FRM or FEM (as applicable) in accordance with this part and displaying
any designated method identification number that may be assigned by EPA.
(e) If an analyzer is offered for sale as a FRM or FEM and has one
or more selectable ranges, the label or sticker required by paragraph
(d) of this section shall be placed in close proximity to the range
selector and shall indicate clearly which range or ranges have been
designated as parts of the FRM or FEM.
(f) An applicant who offers analyzers, PM 10 samplers, PM
2.5 samplers, or PM 10-2.5 samplers for sale as
FRM or FEMs shall maintain an accurate and current list of the names and
mailing addresses of all ultimate purchasers of such analyzers or
samplers. For a period of 7 years after publication of the FRM or FEM
designation applicable to such an analyzer or sampler, the applicant
shall notify all ultimate purchasers of the analyzer or sampler within
30 days if the designation has been canceled in accordance with
Sec. 53.11 or Sec. 53.16 or if adjustment of the analyzer or sampler is
necessary under Sec. 53.11(b).
(g) If an applicant modifies an analyzer, PM 10 sampler,
PM 2.5 sampler, or PM 10-2.5 sampler that has been
designated as a FRM or FEM, the applicant shall not sell the modified
analyzer or sampler as a reference or equivalent method nor attach a
label or sticker to the modified analyzer or sampler under paragraph (d)
or (e) of this section until the applicant has received notice under
Sec. 53.14(c) that the existing designation or a new designation will
apply to the modified analyzer or sampler or has applied for and
received notice under Sec. 53.8(b) of a new FRM or FEM determination for
the modified analyzer or sampler.
(h) An applicant who has offered PM 2.5 or PM
10-2.5 samplers or analyzers for sale as part of a FRM or FEM
may continue to do so only so long as the facility in which the samplers
or analyzers are manufactured continues to be an ISO 9001-registered
facility, as set forth in subpart E of this part. In the event that the
ISO 9001 registration for the facility is withdrawn, suspended, or
otherwise becomes inapplicable, either permanently or for some specified
time interval, such that the facility is no longer an ISO 9001-
registered facility, the applicant shall notify EPA within 30 days of
the date the facility becomes other than an ISO 9001-registered
facility, and upon such notification, EPA shall issue a preliminary
finding and notification of possible cancellation of the FRM or FEM
designation under Sec. 53.11.
(i) An applicant who has offered PM 2.5 or PM
10-2.5 samplers or analyzers for sale as part of a FRM or FEM
may continue to do so only so long as updates of the Product
Manufacturing Checklist set forth in subpart E of this part are
submitted annually. In the event that an annual Checklist update is not
received by EPA within 12 months of the date of the last such submitted
Checklist or Checklist update,
[[Page 16]]
EPA shall notify the applicant within 30 days that the Checklist update
has not been received and shall, within 30 days from the issuance of
such notification, issue a preliminary finding and notification of
possible cancellation of the reference or equivalent method designation
under Sec. 53.11.
[71 FR 61276, Oct. 17, 2006, as amended at 78 FR 3281, Jan. 15, 2013]
Sec. 53.10 Appeal from rejection of application.
Any applicant whose application for a reference or equivalent method
determination has been rejected may appeal the Administrator's decision
by taking one or more of the following actions:
(a) The applicant may submit new or additional information in
support of the application.
(b) The applicant may request that the Administrator reconsider the
data and information already submitted.
(c) The applicant may request that any test conducted by the
Administrator that was a material factor in the decision to reject the
application be repeated.
Sec. 53.11 Cancellation of reference or equivalent method designation.
(a) Preliminary finding. If the Administrator makes a preliminary
finding on the basis of any available information that a representative
sample of a method designated as a reference or equivalent method and
offered for sale as such does not fully satisfy the requirements of this
part or that there is any violation of the requirements set forth in
Sec. 53.9, the Administrator may initiate proceedings to cancel the
designation in accordance with the following procedures.
(b) Notification and opportunity to demonstrate or achieve
compliance. (1) After making a preliminary finding in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this section, the Administrator will send notice of the
preliminary finding to the applicant, together with a statement of the
facts and reasons on which the preliminary finding is based, and will
publish notice of the preliminary finding in the Federal Register.
(2) The applicant will be afforded an opportunity to demonstrate or
to achieve compliance with the requirements of this part within 60 days
after publication of notice in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this
section or within such further period as the Administrator may allow, by
demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the method
in question satisfies the requirements of this part, by commencing a
program to make any adjustments that are necessary to bring the method
into compliance, or by taking such action as may be necessary to cure
any violation of the requirements of Sec. 53.9. If adjustments are
necessary to bring the method into compliance, all such adjustments
shall be made within a reasonable time as determined by the
Administrator. If the applicant demonstrates or achieves compliance in
accordance with this paragraph (b)(2), the Administrator will publish
notice of such demonstration or achievement in the Federal Register.
(c) Request for hearing. Within 60 days after publication of a
notice in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
applicant or any interested person may request a hearing as provided in
Sec. 53.12.
(d) Notice of cancellation. If, at the end of the period referred to
in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the Administrator determines that
the reference or equivalent method designation should be canceled, a
notice of cancellation will be published in the Federal Register and the
designation will be deleted from the list maintained under Sec. 53.8(c).
If a hearing has been requested and granted in accordance with
Sec. 53.12, action under this paragraph (d) will be taken only after
completion of proceedings (including any administrative review)
conducted in accordance with Sec. 53.13 and only if the decision of the
Administrator reached in such proceedings is that the designation in
question should be canceled.
Sec. 53.12 Request for hearing on cancellation.
Within 60 days after publication of a notice in accordance with
Sec. 53.11(b)(1), the applicant or any interested person may request a
hearing on the Administrator's action. If, after reviewing the request
and supporting data, the Administrator finds that the request
[[Page 17]]
raises a substantial issue of fact, a hearing will be granted in
accordance with Sec. 53.13 with respect to such issue. The request shall
be in writing, signed by an authorized representative of the applicant
or interested person, and shall include a statement specifying:
(a) Any objections to the Administrator's action.
(b) Data or other information in support of such objections.
Sec. 53.13 Hearings.
(a)(1) After granting a request for a hearing under Sec. 53.12, the
Administrator will designate a presiding officer for the hearing.
(2) If a time and place for the hearing have not been fixed by the
Administrator, the hearing will be held as soon as practicable at a time
and place fixed by the presiding officer, except that the hearing shall
in no case be held sooner than 30 days after publication of a notice of
hearing in the Federal Register.
(3) For purposes of the hearing, the parties shall include EPA, the
applicant or interested person(s) who requested the hearing, and any
person permitted to intervene in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
section.
(4) The Deputy General Counsel or the Deputy General Counsel's
representative will represent EPA in any hearing under this section.
(5) Each party other than EPA may be represented by counsel or by
any other duly authorized representative.
(b)(1) Upon appointment, the presiding officer will establish a
hearing file. The file shall contain copies of the notices issued by the
Administrator pursuant to Sec. 53.11(b)(1), together with any
accompanying material, the request for a hearing and supporting data
submitted therewith, the notice of hearing published in accordance with
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, and correspondence and other material
data relevant to the hearing.
(2) The hearing file shall be available for inspection by the
parties or their representatives at the office of the presiding officer,
except to the extent that it contains information identified in
accordance with Sec. 53.15.
(c) The presiding officer may permit any interested person to
intervene in the hearing upon such a showing of interest as the
presiding officer may require; provided that permission to intervene may
be denied in the interest of expediting the hearing where it appears
that the interests of the person seeking to intervene will be adequately
represented by another party (or by other parties), including EPA.
(d)(1) The presiding officer, upon the request of any party or at
the officer's discretion, may arrange for a prehearing conference at a
time and place specified by the officer to consider the following:
(i) Simplification of the issues.
(ii) Stipulations, admissions of fact, and the introduction of
documents.
(iii) Limitation of the number of expert witnesses.
(iv) Possibility of agreement on disposing of all or any of the
issues in dispute.
(v) Such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the hearing,
including such additional tests as may be agreed upon by the parties.
(2) The results of the conference shall be reduced to writing by the
presiding officer and made part of the record.
(e)(1) Hearings shall be conducted by the presiding officer in an
informal but orderly and expeditious manner. The parties may offer oral
or written evidence, subject to exclusion by the presiding officer of
irrelevant, immaterial, or repetitious evidence.
(2) Witnesses shall be placed under oath.
(3) Any witness may be examined or cross-examined by the presiding
officer, the parties, or their representatives. The presiding officer
may, at his/her discretion, limit cross-examination to relevant and
material issues.
(4) Hearings shall be reported verbatim. Copies of transcripts of
proceedings may be purchased from the reporter.
(5) All written statements, charts, tabulations, and data offered in
evidence at the hearing shall, upon a showing satisfactory to the
presiding officer of their authenticity, relevancy, and materiality, be
received in evidence and shall constitute part of the record.
(6) Oral argument shall be permitted. The presiding officer may
limit oral
[[Page 18]]
presentations to relevant and material issues and designate the amount
of time allowed for oral argument.
(f)(1) The presiding officer shall make an initial decision which
shall include written findings and conclusions and the reasons therefore
on all the material issues of fact, law, or discretion presented on the
record. The findings, conclusions, and written decision shall be
provided to the parties and made part of the record. The initial
decision shall become the decision of the Administrator without further
proceedings unless there is an appeal to, or review on motion of, the
Administrator within 30 calendar days after the initial decision is
filed.
(2) On appeal from or review of the initial decision, the
Administrator will have all the powers consistent with making the
initial decision, including the discretion to require or allow briefs,
oral argument, the taking of additional evidence or the remanding to the
presiding officer for additional proceedings. The decision by the
Administrator will include written findings and conclusions and the
reasons or basis therefore on all the material issues of fact, law, or
discretion presented on the appeal or considered in the review.
Sec. 53.14 Modification of a reference or equivalent method.
(a) An applicant who offers a method for sale as a reference or
equivalent method shall report to the EPA Administrator prior to
implementation any intended modification of the method, including but
not limited to modifications of design or construction or of operational
and maintenance procedures specified in the operation manual (see
Sec. 53.9(g)). The report shall be signed by an authorized
representative of the applicant, marked in accordance with Sec. 53.15
(if applicable), and addressed as specified in Sec. 53.4(a).
(b) A report submitted under paragraph (a) of this section shall
include:
(1) A description, in such detail as may be appropriate, of the
intended modification.
(2) A brief statement of the applicant's belief that the
modification will, will not, or may affect the performance
characteristics of the method.
(3) A brief statement of the probable effect if the applicant
believes the modification will or may affect the performance
characteristics of the method.
(4) Such further information, including test data, as may be
necessary to explain and support any statement required by paragraphs
(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.
(c) Within 30 calendar days after receiving a report under paragraph
(a) of this section, the Administrator will take one or more of the
following actions:
(1) Notify the applicant that the designation will continue to apply
to the method if the modification is implemented.
(2) Send notice to the applicant that a new designation will apply
to the method (as modified) if the modification is implemented, submit
notice of the determination for publication in the Federal Register, and
revise or supplement the list referred to in Sec. 53.8(c) to reflect the
determination.
(3) Send notice to the applicant that the designation will not apply
to the method (as modified) if the modification is implemented and
submit notice of the determination for publication in the Federal
Register.
(4) Send notice to the applicant that additional information must be
submitted before a determination can be made and specify the additional
information that is needed (in such cases, the 30-day period shall
commence upon receipt of the additional information).
(5) Send notice to the applicant that additional tests are necessary
and specify what tests are necessary and how they shall be interpreted
(in such cases, the 30-day period shall commence upon receipt of the
additional test data).
(6) Send notice to the applicant that additional tests will be
conducted by the Administrator and specify the reasons for and the
nature of the additional tests (in such cases, the 30-day period shall
commence 1 calendar day after the additional tests are completed).
(d) An applicant who has received a notice under paragraph (c)(3) of
this section may appeal the Administrator's action as follows:
[[Page 19]]
(1) The applicant may submit new or additional information pertinent
to the intended modification.
(2) The applicant may request the Administrator to reconsider data
and information already submitted.
(3) The applicant may request that the Administrator repeat any test
conducted that was a material factor in the Administrator's
determination. A representative of the applicant may be present during
the performance of any such retest.
Sec. 53.15 Trade secrets and confidential or privileged information.
Any information submitted under this part that is claimed to be a
trade secret or confidential or privileged information shall be marked
or otherwise clearly identified as such in the submittal. Information so
identified will be treated in accordance with part 2 of this chapter
(concerning public information).
Sec. 53.16 Supersession of reference methods.
(a) This section prescribes procedures and criteria applicable to
requests that the Administrator specify a new reference method, or a new
measurement principle and calibration procedure on which reference
methods shall be based, by revision of the appropriate appendix to part
50 of this chapter. Such action will ordinarily be taken only if the
Administrator determines that a candidate method or a variation thereof
is substantially superior to the existing reference method(s).
(b) In exercising discretion under this section, the Administrator
will consider:
(1) The benefits, in terms of the requirements and purposes of the
Act, that would result from specifying a new reference method or a new
measurement principle and calibration procedure.
(2) The potential economic consequences of such action for State and
local control agencies.
(3) Any disruption of State and local air quality monitoring
programs that might result from such action.
(c) An applicant who wishes the Administrator to consider revising
an appendix to part 50 of this chapter on the ground that the
applicant's candidate method is substantially superior to the existing
reference method(s) shall submit an application for a reference or
equivalent method determination in accordance with Sec. 53.4 and shall
indicate therein that such consideration is desired. The application
shall include, in addition to the information required by Sec. 53.4,
data and any other information supporting the applicant's claim that the
candidate method is substantially superior to the existing reference
method(s).
(d) After receiving an application under paragraph (c) of this
section, the Administrator will publish notice of its receipt in the
Federal Register and, within 120 calendar days after receipt of the
application, take one of the following actions:
(1) Determine that it is appropriate to propose a revision of the
appendix to part 50 of this chapter in question and send notice of the
determination to the applicant.
(2) Determine that it is inappropriate to propose a revision of the
appendix to part 50 of this chapter in question, determine whether the
candidate method is a reference or equivalent method, and send notice of
the determinations, including a statement of reasons for the
determination not to propose a revision, to the applicant.
(3) Send notice to the applicant that additional information must be
submitted before a determination can be made and specify the additional
information that is needed (in such cases, the 120-day period shall
commence upon receipt of the additional information).
(4) Send notice to the applicant that additional tests are
necessary, specifying what tests are necessary and how the test shall be
interpreted (in such cases, the 120-day period shall commence upon
receipt of the additional test data).
(5) Send notice to the applicant that additional tests will be
conducted by the Administrator, specifying the nature of and reasons for
the additional tests and the estimated time required (in such cases, the
120-day period shall commence 1 calendar day after the additional tests
have been completed).
[[Page 20]]
(e)(1)(i) After making a determination under paragraph (d)(1) of
this section, the Administrator will publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking in the Federal Register. The notice of proposed rulemaking
will indicate that the Administrator proposes:
(A) To revise the appendix to part 50 of this chapter in question.
(B) Where the appendix specifies a measurement principle and
calibration procedure, to cancel reference method designations based on
the appendix.
(C) To cancel equivalent method designations based on the existing
reference method(s).
(ii) The notice of proposed rulemaking will include the terms or
substance of the proposed revision, will indicate what period(s) of time
the Administrator proposes to allow for replacement of existing methods
under section 2.3 of appendix C to part 58 of this chapter, and will
solicit public comments on the proposal with particular reference to the
considerations set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(2)(i) If, after consideration of comments received, the
Administrator determines that the appendix to part 50 in question should
be revised, the Administrator will, by publication in the Federal
Register:
(A) Promulgate the proposed revision, with such modifications as may
be appropriate in view of comments received.
(B) Where the appendix to part 50 (prior to revision) specifies a
measurement principle and calibration procedure, cancel reference method
designations based on the appendix.
(C) Cancel equivalent method designations based on the existing
reference method(s).
(D) Specify the period(s) that will be allowed for replacement of
existing methods under section 2.3 of appendix C to part 58 of this
chapter, with such modifications from the proposed period(s) as may be
appropriate in view of comments received.
(3) Canceled designations will be deleted from the list maintained
under Sec. 53.8(c). The requirements and procedures for cancellation set
forth in Sec. 53.11 shall be inapplicable to cancellation of reference
or equivalent method designations under this section.
(4) If the appendix to part 50 of this chapter in question is
revised to specify a new measurement principle and calibration procedure
on which the applicant's candidate method is based, the Administrator
will take appropriate action under Sec. 53.5 to determine whether the
candidate method is a reference method.
(5) Upon taking action under paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the
Administrator will send notice of the action to all applicants for whose
methods reference and equivalent method designations are canceled by
such action.
(f) An applicant who has received notice of a determination under
paragraph (d)(2) of this section may appeal the determination by taking
one or more of the following actions:
(1) The applicant may submit new or additional information in
support of the application.
(2) The applicant may request that the Administrator reconsider the
data and information already submitted.
(3) The applicant may request that any test conducted by the
Administrator that was a material factor in making the determination be
repeated.
Sec. Table A-1 to Subpart A of Part 53--Summary of Applicable
Requirements for Reference and Equivalent Methods for Air Monitoring of
Criteria Pollutants
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable subparts of part 53
Pollutant Reference or Manual or automated Applicable part 50 appendix -----------------------------------------------------
equivalent A B C D E F
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SO2............... Reference............. Manual................ A-2
Automated............. A-1 >
Equivalent............ Manual................ A-1 >
Automated............. A-1 > >
CO................ Reference............. Automated............. C >
Equivalent............ Manual................ C >
[[Page 21]]
Automated............. C > >
O3................ Reference............. Automated............. D >
Equivalent............ Manual................ D >
Automated............. D > >
NO2............... Reference............. Automated............. F >
Equivalent............ Manual................ F >
Automated............. F > >
Pb................ Reference............. Manual................ G
Equivalent............ Manual................ G >
Automated............. G >
PM 10-Pb.......... Reference............. Manual................ Q
Equivalent............ Manual................ Q >
Automated............. Q >
PM 10............. Reference............. Manual................ J >
Equivalent............ Manual................ J > >
Automated............. J > >
PM 2.5............ Reference............. Manual................ L >
Equivalent Class I.... Manual................ L > >
Equivalent Class II... Manual................ L\1\ \1 2\
> >\2\ >
Equivalent Class III.. Automated............. L\1\ \1\
> > >
PM 10 2.5......... Reference............. Manual................ L, O >
Equivalent Class I.... Manual................ L, O > >
Equivalent Class II... Manual................ L, O \1 2\
> >\2\ >
Equivalent Class III.. Automated............. L\1\, O\1\ \1\
> > >
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Some requirements may apply, based on the nature of each particular candidate method, as determined by the Administrator.
2. Alternative Class III requirements may be substituted.
[75 FR 35597, June 22, 2010]
Sec. Appendix A to Subpart A of Part 53--References
(1) American National Standard Quality Systems--Model for Quality
Assurance in Design, Development, Production, Installation, and
Servicing, ANSI/ISO/ASQC Q9001-1994. Available from American Society for
Quality, P.O. Box 3005, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (http://
qualitypress.asq.org).
(2) American National Standard Quality Systems for Environmental
Data and Technology Programs--Requirements with guidance for use, ANSI/
ASQC E4-2004. Available from American Society for Quality P.O. Box 3005,
Milwaukee, WI 53202 (http://qualitypress.asq.org).
(3) Dimensioning and Tolerancing, ASME Y14.5M-1994. Available from
the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New
York, NY 10017.
(4) Mathematical Definition of Dimensioning and Tolerancing
Principles, ASME Y14.5.1M-1994. Available from the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.
(5) ISO 10012, Quality Assurance Requirements for Measuring
Equipment-Part 1: Meteorological confirmation system for measuring
equipment):1992(E). Available from American Society for Quality Control,
611 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202.
(6) Quality Assurance Guidance Document 2.12. Monitoring PM
2.5 in Ambient Air Using Designated Reference or Class I
Equivalent Methods. U.S. EPA, National Exposure Research Laboratory,
Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1998 or later edition. Currently
available at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/pmqainf.html.
[62 FR 38784, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61278, Oct. 17, 2006]
Subpart B_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of
Automated Methods for SO2, CO, O3, and NO2
Source: 76 FR 54326, Aug. 31, 2011, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.20 General provisions.
(a) The test procedures given in this subpart shall be used to test
the performance of candidate automated methods against the performance
requirement specifications given in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53. A
test analyzer representative of the candidate automated method must
exhibit performance better than, or not outside,
[[Page 22]]
the specified limit or limits for each such performance parameter
specified (except range) to satisfy the requirements of this subpart.
Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the measurement
range of the candidate method must be the standard range specified in
table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 to satisfy the requirements of this
subpart.
(b) Measurement ranges. For a candidate method having more than one
selectable measurement range, one range must be the standard range
specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53, and a test analyzer
representative of the method must pass the tests required by this
subpart while operated in that range.
(i) Higher ranges. The tests may be repeated for one or more higher
(broader) ranges (i.e., ranges extending to higher concentrations) than
the standard range specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53,
provided that the range does not extend to concentrations more than four
times the upper range limit of the standard range specified in table B-1
to subpart B of part 53. For such higher ranges, only the tests for
range (calibration), noise at 80% of the upper range limit, and lag,
rise and fall time are required to be repeated. For the purpose of
testing a higher range, the test procedure of Sec. 53.23(e) may be
abridged to include only those components needed to test lag, rise and
fall time.
(ii) Lower ranges. The tests may be repeated for one or more lower
(narrower) ranges (i.e., ones extending to lower concentrations) than
the standard range specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53. For
methods for some pollutants, table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 specifies
special performance limit requirements for lower ranges. If special low-
range performance limit requirements are not specified in table B-1 to
subpart B of part 53, then the performance limit requirements for the
standard range apply. For lower ranges for any method, only the tests
for range (calibration), noise at 0% of the measurement range, lower
detectable limit, (and nitric oxide interference for SO2 UVF
methods) are required to be repeated, provided the tests for the
standard range shows the applicable limit specifications are met for the
other test parameters.
(iii) If the tests are conducted and passed only for the specified
standard range, any FRM or FEM determination with respect to the method
will be limited to that range. If the tests are passed for both the
specified range and one or more higher or lower ranges, any such
determination will include the additional higher or lower range(s) as
well as the specified standard range. Appropriate test data shall be
submitted for each range sought to be included in a FRM or FEM method
determination under this paragraph (b).
(c) For each performance parameter (except range), the test
procedure shall be initially repeated seven (7) times to yield 7 test
results. Each result shall be compared with the corresponding
performance limit specification in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53; a
value higher than or outside the specified limit or limits constitutes a
failure. These 7 results for each parameter shall be interpreted as
follows:
(1) Zero (0) failures: The candidate method passes the test for the
performance parameter.
(2) Three (3) or more failures: The candidate method fails the test
for the performance parameter.
(3) One (1) or two (2) failures: Repeat the test procedures for the
performance parameter eight (8) additional times yielding a total of
fifteen (15) test results. The combined total of 15 test results shall
then be interpreted as follows:
(i) One (1) or two (2) failures: The candidate method passes the
test for the performance parameter.
(ii) Three (3) or more failures: The candidate method fails the test
for the performance parameter.
(d) The tests for zero drift, span drift, lag time, rise time, fall
time, and precision shall be carried out in a single integrated
procedure conducted at various line voltages and ambient temperatures
specified in Sec. 53.23(e). A temperature-controlled environmental test
chamber large enough to contain the test analyzer is recommended for
this test. The tests for noise, lower detectable limit, and interference
equivalent shall be conducted at any ambient temperature between 20 C
and 30 C, at any normal
[[Page 23]]
line voltage between 105 and 125 volts, and shall be conducted such that
not more than three (3) test results for each parameter are obtained in
any 24-hour period.
(e) If necessary, all measurement response readings to be recorded
shall be converted to concentration units or adjusted according to the
calibration curve constructed in accordance with Sec. 53.21(b).
(f) All recorder chart tracings (or equivalent data plots), records,
test data and other documentation obtained from or pertinent to these
tests shall be identified, dated, signed by the analyst performing the
test, and submitted.
Note to Sec. 53.20: Suggested formats for reporting the test results
and calculations are provided in Figures B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5, and B-6 in
appendix A to this subpart. Symbols and abbreviations used in this
subpart are listed in table B-5 of appendix A to this subpart.
Sec. 53.21 Test conditions.
(a) Set-up and start-up of the test analyzer shall be in strict
accordance with the operating instructions specified in the manual
referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). Allow adequate warm-up or stabilization
time as indicated in the operating instructions before beginning the
tests. The test procedures assume that the test analyzer has a
conventional analog measurement signal output that is connected to a
suitable strip chart recorder of the servo, null-balance type. This
recorder shall have a chart width of at least 25 centimeters, chart
speeds up to 10 cm per hour, a response time of 1 second or less, a
deadband of not more than 0.25 percent of full scale, and capability
either of reading measurements at least 5 percent below zero or of
offsetting the zero by at least 5 percent. If the test analyzer does not
have an analog signal output, or if a digital or other type of
measurement data output is used for the tests, an alternative
measurement data recording device (or devices) may be used for recording
the test data, provided that the device is reasonably suited to the
nature and purposes of the tests, and an analog representation of the
analyzer measurements for each test can be plotted or otherwise
generated that is reasonably similar to the analog measurement
recordings that would be produced by a conventional chart recorder
connected to a conventional analog signal output.
(b) Calibration of the test analyzer shall be carried out prior to
conducting the tests described in this subpart. The calibration shall be
as indicated in the manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3) and as
follows: If the chart recorder or alternative data recorder does not
have below zero capability, adjust either the controls of the test
analyzer or the chart or data recorder to obtain a +5% offset zero
reading on the recorder chart to facilitate observing negative response
or drift. If the candidate method is not capable of negative response,
the test analyzer (not the data recorder) shall be operated with a
similar offset zero. Construct and submit a calibration curve showing a
plot of recorder scale readings or other measurement output readings
(vertical or y-axis) against pollutant concentrations presented to the
analyzer for measurement (horizontal or x-axis). If applicable, a plot
of base analog output units (volts, millivolts, milliamps, etc.) against
pollutant concentrations shall also be obtained and submitted. All such
calibration plots shall consist of at least seven (7) approximately
equally spaced, identifiable points, including 0 and 90 [5 percent of
the upper range limit (URL).
(c) Once the test analyzer has been set up and calibrated and the
tests started, manual adjustment or normal periodic maintenance is
permitted only every 3 days. Automatic adjustments which the test
analyzer performs by itself are permitted at any time. The submitted
records shall show clearly when any manual adjustment or periodic
maintenance was made during the tests and describe the specific
operations performed.
(d) If the test analyzer should malfunction during any of the
performance tests, the tests for that parameter shall be repeated. A
detailed explanation of the malfunction, remedial action taken, and
whether recalibration was necessary (along with all pertinent records
and charts) shall be submitted. If more than one malfunction occurs, all
performance test procedures for all parameters shall be repeated.
[[Page 24]]
(e) Tests for all performance parameters shall be completed on the
same test analyzer; however, use of multiple test analyzers to
accelerate testing is permissible for testing additional ranges of a
multi-range candidate method.
Sec. 53.22 Generation of test atmospheres.
(a) Table B-2 to subpart B of part 53 specifies preferred methods
for generating test atmospheres and suggested methods of verifying their
concentrations. Only one means of establishing the concentration of a
test atmosphere is normally required, provided that that means is
adequately accurate and credible. If the method of generation can
produce accurate, reproducible concentrations, verification is optional.
If the method of generation is not reproducible or reasonably
quantifiable, then establishment of the concentration by some credible
verification method is required.
(b) The test atmosphere delivery system shall be designed and
constructed so as not to significantly alter the test atmosphere
composition or concentration during the period of the test. The system
shall be vented to insure that test atmospheres are presented to the
test analyzer at very nearly atmospheric pressure. The delivery system
shall be fabricated from borosilicate glass, FEP Teflon, or other
material that is inert with regard to the gas or gases to be used.
(c) The output of the test atmosphere generation system shall be
sufficiently stable to obtain stable response readings from the test
analyzer during the required tests. If a permeation device is used for
generation of a test atmosphere, the device, as well as the air passing
over it, shall be controlled to 0.1 C.
(d) All diluent air shall be zero air free of contaminants likely to
react with the test atmospheres or cause a detectable response on the
test analyzer.
(e) The concentration of each test atmosphere used shall be
quantitatively established and/or verified before or during each series
of tests. Samples for verifying test concentrations shall be collected
from the test atmosphere delivery system as close as feasible to the
sample intake port of the test analyzer.
(f) The accuracy of all flow measurements used to calculate test
atmosphere concentrations shall be documented and referenced to a
primary flow rate or volume standard (such as a spirometer, bubble
meter, etc.). Any corrections shall be clearly shown. All flow
measurements given in volume units shall be standardized to 25 C and
760 mm Hg.
(g) Schematic drawings, photos, descriptions, and other information
showing complete procedural details of the test atmosphere generation,
verification, and delivery system shall be provided. All pertinent
calculations shall be clearly indicated.
Sec. 53.23 Test procedures.
(a) Range--(1) Technical definition. The nominal minimum and maximum
concentrations that a method is capable of measuring.
Note to Sec. 53.23(a)(1):
The nominal range is given as the lower and upper range limits in
concentration units, for example, 0-0.5 parts per million (ppm).
(2) Test procedure. Determine and submit a suitable calibration
curve, as specified in Sec. 53.21(b), showing the test analyzer's
measurement response over at least 95 percent of the required or
indicated measurement range.
Note to Sec. 53.23(a)(2):
A single calibration curve for each measurement range for which an
FRM or FEM designation is sought will normally suffice.
(b) Noise--(1) Technical definition. Spontaneous, short duration
deviations in measurements or measurement signal output, about the mean
output, that are not caused by input concentration changes. Measurement
noise is determined as the standard deviation of a series of
measurements of a constant concentration about the mean and is expressed
in concentration units.
(2) Test procedure. (i) Allow sufficient time for the test analyzer
to warm up and stabilize. Determine measurement noise at each of two
fixed concentrations, first using zero air and then a pollutant test gas
concentration as indicated below. The noise limit specification in table
B-1 to subpart B of part 53 shall apply to both of these tests.
[[Page 25]]
(ii) For an analyzer with an analog signal output, connect an
integrating-type digital meter (DM) suitable for the test analyzer's
output and accurate to three significant digits, to determine the
analyzer's measurement output signal.
Note to Sec. 53.23(b)(2):
Use of a chart recorder in addition to the DM is optional.
(iii) Measure zero air with the test analyzer for 60 minutes. During
this 60-minute interval, record twenty-five (25) test analyzer
concentration measurements or DM readings at 2-minute intervals. (See
Figure B-2 in appendix A of this subpart.)
(iv) If applicable, convert each DM test reading to concentration
units (ppm) or adjust the test readings (if necessary) by reference to
the test analyzer's calibration curve as determined in Sec. 53.21(b).
Label and record the test measurements or converted DM readings as
r1, r2, r3 . . . ri . . .
r25.
(v) Calculate measurement noise as the standard deviation, S, as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.005
Where i indicates the i-th test measurement or DM reading in ppm.
(vi) Let S at 0 ppm be identified as S0; compare
S0 to the noise limit specification given in table B-1 to
subpart B of part 53.
(vii) Repeat steps in Paragraphs (b)(2)(iii) through (v) of this
section using a pollutant test atmosphere concentration of 80 [5 percent
of the URL instead of zero air, and let S at 80 percent of the URL be
identified as S80. Compare S80 to the noise limit
specification given in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53.
(viii) Both S0 and S80 must be less than or
equal to the table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 noise limit specification
to pass the test for the noise parameter.
(c) Lower detectable limit--(1) Technical definition. The minimum
pollutant concentration that produces a measurement or measurement
output signal of at least twice the noise level.
(2) Test procedure. (i) Allow sufficient time for the test analyzer
to warm up and stabilize. Measure zero air and record the stable
measurement reading in ppm as BZ. (See Figure B-3 in appendix
A of this subpart.)
(ii) Generate and measure a pollutant test concentration equal to
the value for the lower detectable limit specified in table B-1 to
subpart B of part 53.
Note to Sec. 53.23(c)(2):
If necessary, the test concentration may be generated or verified at
a higher concentration, then quantitatively and accurately diluted with
zero air to the final required test concentration.
(iii) Record the test analyzer's stable measurement reading, in ppm,
as BL.
(iv) Determine the lower detectable limit (LDL) test result as LDL =
BL - BZ. Compare this LDL value with the noise level, S0,
determined in Sec. 53.23(b), for the 0 concentration test atmosphere.
LDL must be equal to or higher than 2 x S0 to pass this test.
(d) Interference equivalent--(1) Technical definition. Positive or
negative measurement response caused by a substance other than the one
being measured.
(2) Test procedure. The test analyzer shall be tested for all
substances likely to cause a detectable response. The test analyzer
shall be challenged, in turn, with each potential interfering agent
(interferent) specified in table B-3 to subpart B of part 53. In the
event that there are substances likely to cause a significant
interference which have not been specified in table B-3 to subpart B of
part 53, these substances shall also be tested, in a manner similar to
that for the specified interferents, at a concentration substantially
higher than that likely to be found in the ambient air. The interference
may be either positive or negative, depending on whether the test
analyzer's measurement response is increased or decreased by the
presence of
[[Page 26]]
the interferent. Interference equivalents shall be determined by mixing
each interferent, one at a time, with the pollutant at an interferent
test concentration not lower than the test concentration specified in
table B-3 to subpart B of part 53 (or as otherwise required for unlisted
interferents), and comparing the test analyzer's measurement response to
the response caused by the pollutant alone. Known gas-phase reactions
that might occur between a listed interferent and the pollutant are
designated by footnote 3 in table B-3 to subpart B of part 53. In these
cases, the interference equivalent shall be determined without mixing
with the pollutant.
(i) Allow sufficient time for warm-up and stabilization of the test
analyzer.
(ii) For a candidate method using a prefilter or scrubber device
based upon a chemical reaction to derive part of its specificity and
which device requires periodic service or maintenance, the test analyzer
shall be ``conditioned'' prior to conducting each interference test
series. This requirement includes conditioning for the NO2
converter in chemiluminescence NO/NO2/NOX
analyzers and for the ozone scrubber in UV-absorption ozone analyzers.
Conditioning is as follows:
(A) Service or perform the indicated maintenance on the scrubber or
prefilter device, as if it were due for such maintenance, as directed in
the manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3).
(B) Before testing for each potential interferent, allow the test
analyzer to sample through the prefilter or scrubber device a test
atmosphere containing the interferent at a concentration not lower than
the value specified in table B-3 to subpart B of part 53 (or, for
unlisted potential interferents, at a concentration substantially higher
than likely to be found in ambient air). Sampling shall be at the normal
flow rate and shall be continued for 6 continuous hours prior to the
interference test series. Conditioning for all applicable interferents
prior to any of the interference tests is permissible. Also permissible
is simultaneous conditioning with multiple interferents, provided no
interferent reactions are likely to occur in the conditioning system.
(iii) Generate three test atmosphere streams as follows:
(A) Test atmosphere P: Pollutant test concentration.
(B) Test atmosphere I: Interferent test concentration.
(C) Test atmosphere Z: Zero air.
(iv) Adjust the individual flow rates and the pollutant or
interferent generators for the three test atmospheres as follows:
(A) The flow rates of test atmospheres I and Z shall be equal.
(B) The concentration of the pollutant in test atmosphere P shall be
adjusted such that when P is mixed (diluted) with either test atmosphere
I or Z, the resulting concentration of pollutant shall be as specified
in table B-3 to subpart B of part 53.
(C) The concentration of the interferent in test atmosphere I shall
be adjusted such that when I is mixed (diluted) with test atmosphere P,
the resulting concentration of interferent shall be not less than the
value specified in table B-3 to subpart B of part 53 (or as otherwise
required for unlisted potential interferents).
(D) To minimize concentration errors due to flow rate differences
between I and Z, it is recommended that, when possible, the flow rate of
P be from 10 to 20 times larger than the flow rates of I and Z.
(v) Mix test atmospheres P and Z by passing the total flow of both
atmospheres through a (passive) mixing component to insure complete
mixing of the gases.
(vi) Sample and measure the mixture of test atmospheres P and Z with
the test analyzer. Allow for a stable measurement reading, and record
the reading, in concentration units, as R (see Figure B-3).
(vii) Mix test atmospheres P and I by passing the total flow of both
atmospheres through a (passive) mixing component to insure complete
mixing of the gases.
(viii) Sample and measure this mixture of P and I with the test
analyzer. Record the stable measurement reading, in concentration units,
as RI.
(ix) Calculate the interference equivalent (IE) test result as:
IE = RI-R.
[[Page 27]]
IE must be within the limits (inclusive) specified in table B-1 to
subpart B of part 53 for each interferent tested to pass the
interference equivalent test.
(x) Follow steps (iii) through (ix) of this section, in turn, to
determine the interference equivalent for each listed interferent as
well as for any other potential interferents identified.
(xi) For those potential interferents which cannot be mixed with the
pollutant, as indicated by footnote (3) in table B-3 to subpart B of
part 53, adjust the concentration of test atmosphere I to the specified
value without being mixed or diluted by the pollutant test atmosphere.
Determine IE as follows:
(A) Sample and measure test atmosphere Z (zero air). Allow for a
stable measurement reading and record the reading, in concentration
units, as R.
(B) Sample and measure the interferent test atmosphere I. If the
test analyzer is not capable of negative readings, adjust the analyzer
(not the recorder) to give an offset zero. Record the stable reading in
concentration units as RI, extrapolating the calibration curve, if
necessary, to represent negative readings.
(C) Calculate IE = RI - R. IE must be within the limits (inclusive)
specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 for each interferent
tested to pass the interference equivalent test.
(xii) Sum the absolute value of all the individual interference
equivalent test results. This sum must be equal to or less than the
total interferent limit given in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 to
pass the test.
(e) Zero drift, span drift, lag time, rise time, fall time, and
precision--(1) Technical definitions--(i) Zero drift: The change in
measurement response to zero pollutant concentration over 12- and 24-
hour periods of continuous unadjusted operation.
(ii) Span drift: The percent change in measurement response to an
up-scale pollutant concentration over a 24-hour period of continuous
unadjusted operation.
(iii) Lag time: The time interval between a step change in input
concentration and the first observable corresponding change in
measurement response.
(iv) Rise time: The time interval between initial measurement
response and 95 percent of final response after a step increase in input
concentration.
(v) Fall time: The time interval between initial measurement
response and 95 percent of final response after a step decrease in input
concentration.
(vi) Precision: Variation about the mean of repeated measurements of
the same pollutant concentration, expressed as one standard deviation.
(2) Tests for these performance parameters shall be accomplished
over a period of seven (7) or fifteen (15) test days. During this time,
the line voltage supplied to the test analyzer and the ambient
temperature surrounding the analyzer shall be changed from day to day,
as required in paragraph (e)(4) of this section. One test result for
each performance parameter shall be obtained each test day, for seven
(7) or fifteen (15) test days, as determined from the test results of
the first seven days. The tests for each test day are performed in a
single integrated procedure.
(3) The 24-hour test day may begin at any clock hour. The first
approximately 12 hours of each test day are required for testing 12-hour
zero drift. Tests for the other parameters shall be conducted any time
during the remaining 12 hours.
(4) Table B-4 to subpart B of part 53 specifies the line voltage and
room temperature to be used for each test day. The applicant may elect
to specify a wider temperature range (minimum and maximum temperatures)
than the range specified in table B-4 to subpart B of part 53 and to
conduct these tests over that wider temperature range in lieu of the
specified temperature range. If the test results show that all test
parameters of this section Sec. 53.23(e) are passed over this wider
temperature range, a subsequent FRM or FEM designation for the candidate
method based in part on this test shall indicate approval for operation
of the method over such wider temperature range. The line voltage and
temperature shall be changed to the specified values (or to the
alternative, wider temperature values, if applicable) at the start of
each test day (i.e., at the start of the 12-hour zero test). Initial
adjustments
[[Page 28]]
(day zero) shall be made at a line voltage of 115 volts (rms) and a room
temperature of 25 C.
(5) The tests shall be conducted in blocks consisting of 3 test days
each until 7 (or 15, if necessary) test results have been obtained. (The
final block may contain fewer than three test days.) Test days need not
be contiguous days, but during any idle time between tests or test days,
the test analyzer must operate continuously and measurements must be
recorded continuously at a low chart speed (or equivalent data
recording) and included with the test data. If a test is interrupted by
an occurrence other than a malfunction of the test analyzer, only the
block during which the interruption occurred shall be repeated.
(6) During each test block, manual adjustments to the electronics,
gas, or reagent flows or periodic maintenance shall not be permitted.
Automatic adjustments that the test analyzer performs by itself are
permitted at any time.
(7) At least 4 hours prior to the start of the first test day of
each test block, the test analyzer may be adjusted and/or serviced
according to the periodic maintenance procedures specified in the manual
referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). If a new block is to immediately follow
a previous block, such adjustments or servicing may be done immediately
after completion of the day's tests for the last day of the previous
block and at the voltage and temperature specified for that day, but
only on test days 3, 6, 9, and 12.
Note to Sec. 53.23(e)(7):
If necessary, the beginning of the test days succeeding such
maintenance or adjustment may be delayed as required to complete the
service or adjustment operation.
(8) All measurement response readings to be recorded shall be
converted to concentration units or adjusted (if necessary) according to
the calibration curve. Whenever a test atmosphere is to be measured but
a stable reading is not required, the test atmosphere shall be sampled
and measured long enough to cause a change in measurement response of at
least 10% of full scale. Identify all readings and other pertinent data
on the strip chart (or equivalent test data record). (See Figure B-1 to
subpart B of part 53 illustrating the pattern of the required readings.)
(9) Test procedure. (i) Arrange to generate pollutant test
atmospheres as follows. Test atmospheres A0, A20,
and A80 shall be maintained consistent during the tests and
reproducible from test day to test day.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pollutant concentration
Test atmosphere (percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A0........................................ Zero air.
A20....................................... 20 [5 of the upper range
limit.
A30....................................... 30 [5 of the upper range
limit.
A80....................................... 80 [5 of the upper range
limit.
A90....................................... 90 [5 of the upper range
limit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) For steps within paragraphs (e)(9)(xxv) through (e)(9)(xxxi) of
this section, a chart speed of at least 10 centimeters per hour (or
equivalent resolution for a digital representation) shall be used to
clearly show changes in measurement responses. The actual chart speed,
chart speed changes, and time checks shall be clearly marked on the
chart.
(iii) Test day 0. Allow sufficient time for the test analyzer to
warm up and stabilize at a line voltage of 115 volts and a room
temperature of 25 C. Adjust the zero baseline to 5 percent of chart
(see Sec. 53.21(b)) and recalibrate, if necessary. No further
adjustments shall be made to the analyzer until the end of the tests on
the third, sixth, ninth, or twelfth test day.
(iv) Measure test atmosphere A0 until a stable
measurement reading is obtained and record this reading (in ppm) as Z'n,
where n = 0 (see Figure B-4 in appendix A of this subpart).
(v) [Reserved]
(vi) Measure test atmosphere A80. Allow for a stable
measurement reading and record it as S'n, where n = 0.
(vii) The above readings for Z'0 and S'0
should be taken at least four (4) hours prior to the beginning of test
day 1.
(viii) At the beginning of each test day, adjust the line voltage
and room temperature to the values given in table B-4 to subpart B of
part 53 (or to the corresponding alternative temperature if a wider
temperature range is being tested).
(ix) Measure test atmosphere A0 continuously for at least
twelve (12) continuous hours during each test day.
[[Page 29]]
(x) After the 12-hour zero drift test (step ix) is complete, sample
test atmosphere A0. A stable reading is not required.
(xi) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading (in ppm) as P1. (See Figure B-4 in appendix A.)
(xii) Sample test atmosphere A30; a stable reading is not
required.
(xiii) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading as P2.
(xiv) Sample test atmosphere A0; a stable reading is not
required.
(xv) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading as P3.
(xvi) Sample test atmosphere A30; a stable reading is not
required.
(xvii) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading as P4.
(xviii) Sample test atmosphere A0; a stable reading is
not required.
(xix) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading as P5.
(xx) Sample test atmosphere A30; a stable reading is not
required.
(xxi) Measure test atmosphere A20 and record the stable
reading as P6.
(xxii) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the stable
reading as P7.
(xxiii) Sample test atmosphere A90; a stable reading is
not required.
(xxiv) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the stable
reading as P8. Increase the chart speed to at least 10
centimeters per hour.
(xxv) Measure test atmosphere A0. Record the stable
reading as L1.
(xxvi) Quickly switch the test analyzer to measure test atmosphere
A80 and mark the recorder chart to show, or otherwise record,
the exact time when the switch occurred.
(xxvii) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the stable
reading as P9.
(xxviii) Sample test atmosphere A90; a stable reading is
not required.
(xxix) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the stable
reading as P10.
(xxx) Measure test atmosphere A0 and record the stable
reading as L2.
(xxxi) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the stable
reading as P11.
(xxxii) Sample test atmosphere A90; a stable reading is
not required.
(xxxiii) Measure test atmosphere A80 and record the
stable reading as P12.
(xxxiv) Repeat steps within paragraphs (e)(9)(viii) through
(e)(9)(xxxiii) of this section, each test day.
(xxxv) If zero and span adjustments are made after the readings are
taken on test days 3, 6, 9, or 12, complete all adjustments; then
measure test atmospheres A0 and A80. Allow for a
stable reading on each, and record the readings as Z'n and S'n,
respectively, where n = the test day number (3, 6, 9, or 12). These
readings must be made at least 4 hours prior to the start of the next
test day.
(10) Determine the results of each day's tests as follows. Mark the
recorder chart to show readings and determinations.
(i) Zero drift. (A) Determine the 12-hour zero drift by examining
the strip chart pertaining to the 12-hour continuous zero air test.
Determine the minimum (Cmin.) and maximum (Cmax.) measurement readings
(in ppm) during this period of 12 consecutive hours, extrapolating the
calibration curve to negative concentration units if necessary.
Calculate the 12-hour zero drift (12ZD) as 12ZD = Cmax. - Cmin. (See
Figure B-5 in appendix A.)
(B) Calculate the 24-hour zero drift (24ZD) for the n-th test day as
24ZDn = Zn - Zn-1, or 24ZDn = Zn - Z'n-1 if zero adjustment was made on
the previous test day, where Zn = \1/2\(L1+L2) for
L1 and L2 taken on the n-th test day.
(C) Compare 12ZD and 24ZD to the zero drift limit specifications in
table B-1 to subpart B of part 53. Both 12ZD and 24ZD must be within the
specified limits (inclusive) to pass the test for zero drift.
(ii) Span drift.
(A) Calculate the span drift (SD) as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.006
[[Page 30]]
or if a span adjustment was made on the previous test day,
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.007
where
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.008
n indicates the n-th test day, and i indicates the i-th measurement
reading on the n-th test day.
(B) SD must be within the span drift limits (inclusive) specified in
table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 to pass the test for span drift.
(iii) Lag time. Determine, from the strip chart (or alternative test
data record), the elapsed time in minutes between the change in test
concentration (or mark) made in step (xxvi) and the first observable
(two times the noise level) measurement response. This time must be
equal to or less than the lag time limit specified in table B-1 to
subpart B of part 53 to pass the test for lag time.
(iv) Rise time. Calculate 95 percent of measurement reading
P9 and determine, from the recorder chart (or alternative
test data record), the elapsed time between the first observable (two
times noise level) measurement response and a response equal to 95
percent of the P9 reading. This time must be equal to or less
than the rise time limit specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53
to pass the test for rise time.
(v) Fall time. Calculate five percent of (P10 -
L2) and determine, from the strip chart (or alternative test
record), the elapsed time in minutes between the first observable
decrease in measurement response following reading P10 and a
response equal to L2 + five percent of (P10 -
L2). This time must be equal to or less than the fall time
limit specification in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53 to pass the
test for fall time.
(vi) Precision. Calculate precision (both P20 and
P80) for each test day as follows:
(A)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.009
(B)
[[Page 31]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.010
(C) Both P20 and P80 must be equal to or less
than the precision limits specified in table B-1 to subpart B of part 53
to pass the test for precision.
Sec. Figure B-1 to Subpart B of Part 53--Example
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.011
[[Page 32]]
Sec. Table B-1 to Subpart B of Part 53--Performance Limit Specifications
for Automated Methods
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.012
Sec. Table B-2 to Subpart B of Part 53--Test Atmospheres
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test gas Generation Verification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ammonia........... Permeation device. Indophenol method,
Similar to system reference 3.
described in references
1 and 2.
Carbon dioxide.... Cylinder of zero air or Use NIST-certified
nitrogen containing CO2 standards whenever
as required to obtain possible. If NIST
the concentration standards are not
specified in table B-3. available, obtain 2
standards from
independent sources
which agree within 2
percent, or obtain one
standard and submit it
to an independent
laboratory for analysis,
which must agree within
2 percent of the
supplier's nominal
analysis.
Carbon monoxide... Cylinder of zero air or Use an FRM CO analyzer as
nitrogen containing CO described in reference
as required to obtain 8.
the concentration
specified in table B-3.
Ethane............ Cylinder of zero air or Gas chromatography, ASTM
nitrogen containing D2820, reference 10. Use
ethane as required to NIST-traceable gaseous
obtain the concentration methane or propane
specified in table B-3. standards for
calibration.
Ethylene.......... Cylinder of pre-purified Do.
nitrogen containing
ethylene as required to
obtain the concentration
specified in table B-3.
Hydrogen chloride. Cylinder \1\ of pre- Collect samples in
purified nitrogen bubbler containing
containing approximately distilled water and
100 ppm of gaseous HCl. analyze by the mercuric
Dilute with zero air to thiocyanate method, ASTM
concentration specified (D612), p. 29, reference
in table B-3. 4.
Hydrogen sulfide.. Permeation device system Tentative method of
described in references analysis for H2S content
1 and 2. of the atmosphere, p.
426, reference 5.
Methane........... Cylinder of zero air Gas chromatography ASTM
containing methane as D2820, reference 10. Use
required to obtain the NIST-traceable methane
concentration specified standards for
in table B-3. calibration.
Nitric oxide...... Cylinder \1\ of pre- Gas phase titration as
purified nitrogen described in reference
containing approximately 6, section 7.1.
100 ppm NO. Dilute with
zero air to required
concentration.
Nitrogen dioxide.. 1. Gas phase titration as 1. Use an FRM NO2
described in reference 6. analyzer calibrated with
2. Permeation device, a gravimetrically
similar to system calibrated permeation
described in reference 6. device.
2. Use an FRM NO2
analyzer calibrated by
gas-phase titration as
described in reference
6.
Ozone............. Calibrated ozone Use an FEM ozone analyzer
generator as described calibrated as described
in reference 9. in reference 9.
[[Page 33]]
Sulfur dioxide.... 1. Permeation device as Use an SO2 FRM or FEM
described in references analyzer as described in
1 and 2. reference 7.
2. Dynamic dilution of a
cylinder containing
approximately 100 ppm
SO2 as described in
Reference 7.
Water............. Pass zero air through Measure relative humidity
distilled water at a by means of a dew-point
fixed known temperature indicator, calibrated
between 20 and 30 C such electrolytic or piezo
that the air stream electric hygrometer, or
becomes saturated. wet/dry bulb
Dilute with zero air to thermometer.
concentration specified
in table B-3.
Xylene............ Cylinder of pre-purified Use NIST-certified
nitrogen containing 100 standards whenever
ppm xylene. Dilute with possible. If NIST
zero air to standards are not
concentration specified available, obtain 2
in table B-3. standards from
independent sources
which agree within 2
percent, or obtain one
standard and submit it
to an independent
laboratory for analysis,
which must agree within
2 percent of the
supplier's nominal
analysis.
Zero air.......... 1. Ambient air purified
by appropriate scrubbers
or other devices such
that it is free of
contaminants likely to
cause a detectable
response on the analyzer.
2. Cylinder of compressed
zero air certified by
the supplier or an
independent laboratory
to be free of
contaminants likely to
cause a detectable
response on the analyzer.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Use stainless steel pressure regulator dedicated to the pollutant
measured.
Reference 1. O'Keefe, A. E., and Ortaman, G. C. ``Primary Standards for
Trace Gas Analysis,'' Anal. Chem. 38, 760 (1966).
Reference 2. Scaringelli, F. P., A. E. . Rosenberg, E*, and Bell, J. P.,
``Primary Standards for Trace Gas Analysis.'' Anal. Chem. 42, 871
(1970).
Reference 3. ``Tentative Method of Analysis for Ammonia in the
Atmosphere (Indophenol Method)'', Health Lab Sciences, vol. 10, No. 2,
115-118, April 1973.
Reference 4. 1973 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, American Society for
Testing and Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA.
Reference 5. Methods for Air Sampling and Analysis, Intersociety
Committee, 1972, American Public Health Association, 1015.
Reference 6. 40 CFR 50 Appendix F, ``Measurement Principle and
Calibration Principle for the Measurement of Nitrogen Dioxide in the
Atmosphere (Gas Phase Chemiluminescence).''
Reference 7. 40 CFR 50 Appendix A-1, ``Measurement Principle and
Calibration Procedure for the Measurement of Sulfur Dioxide in the
Atmosphere (Ultraviolet FIuorscence).''
Reference 8. 40 CFR 50 Appendix C, ``Measurement Principle and
Calibration Procedure for the Measurement of Carbon Monoxide in the
Atmosphere (Non-Dispersive Infrared Photometry)''.
Reference 9. 40 CFR 50 Appendix D, ``Measurement Principle and
Calibration Procedure for the Measurement of Ozone in the
Atmosphere''.
Reference 10. ``Standard Test Method for C, through C5 Hydrocarbons in
the Atmosphere by Gas Chromatography'', D 2820, 1987 Annual Book of
Aston Standards, vol 11.03, American Society for Testing and
Materials, 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
[[Page 34]]
Table B-3 to Subpart B of Part 53--Interferent Test Concentration,\1\
Parts per Million
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydro-
Pollutant Analyzer type chloric Ammonia Hydrogen Sulfur Nitrogen Nitric Carbon Ethylene Ozone Mxy- Water Carbon Methane Ethane Naphthalene
acid sulfide dioxide dioxide oxide dioxide lene vapor monoxide
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SO2.................... Ultraviolet fluorescence..... ....... ....... \5\ 0.1 \4\ 0.5 0.5 ....... ........ 0.5 0.2 20,000 ........ ....... ...... \6\ 0.05
0.14
SO2.................... Flame photometric............ ....... ....... 0.01 \4\ ........ ...... 750 ........ ...... .... \3\ 50 ....... ......
0.14 20,000
SO2.................... Gas chromatography........... ....... ....... 0.1 \4\ ........ ...... 750 ........ ...... .... \3\ 50 ....... ......
0.14 20,000
SO2.................... Spectrophotometric-wet 0.2 0.1 0.1 \4\ 0.5 ...... 750 ........ 0.5 .... ........ ........ ....... ......
chemical (pararosanaline). 0.14
SO2.................... Electrochemical.............. 0.2 0.1 0.1 \4\ 0.5 0.5 ....... 0.2 0.5 .... \3\ ........ ....... ......
0.14 20,000
SO2.................... Conductivity................. 0.2 0.1 ........ \4\ 0.5 ...... 750 ........ ...... .... ........ ........ ....... ......
0.14
SO2.................... Spectrophotometric-gas phase, ....... ....... ........ \4\ 0.5 ...... ....... ........ 0.5 0.2 ........ ........ ....... ......
including DOAS. 0.14
O3..................... Chemiluminescent............. ....... ....... \3\ 0.1 ....... ........ ...... 750 ........ \4\ .... \3\ ........ ....... ......
0.08 20,000
O3..................... Electrochemical.............. ....... \3\ 0.1 ........ 0.5 0.5 ...... ....... ........ \4\ .... ........ ........ ....... ......
0.08
O3..................... Spectrophotometric-wet ....... \3\ 0.1 ........ 0.5 0.5 \3\ ....... ........ \4\ .... ........ ........ ....... ......
chemical (potassium iodide). 0.5 0.08
O3..................... Spectrophotometric-gas phase, ....... ....... ........ 0.5 0.5 0.5 ....... ........ \4\ 0.02 20,000 ........ ....... ......
including ultraviolet 0.08
absorption and DOAS).
CO..................... Non-dispersive Infrared...... ....... ....... ........ ....... ........ ...... 750 ........ ...... .... 20,000 \4\ 10 ....... ......
CO..................... Gas chromatography with flame ....... ....... ........ ....... ........ ...... ....... ........ ...... .... 20,000 \4\ 10 ....... 0.5
ionization detector.
CO..................... Electrochemical.............. ....... ....... ........ ....... ........ 0.5 ....... 0.2 ...... .... 20,000 \4\ 10 ....... ......
CO..................... Catalytic combustion-thermal ....... 0.1 ........ ....... ........ ...... 750 0.2 ...... .... 20,000 \4\ 10 5.0 0.5
detection.
CO..................... IR fluorescence.............. ....... ....... ........ ....... ........ ...... 750 ........ ...... .... 20,000 \4\ 10 ....... 0.5
CO..................... Mercury replacement-UV ....... ....... ........ ....... ........ ...... ....... 0.2 ...... .... ........ \4\ 10 ....... 0.5
photometric.
NO2.................... Chemiluminescent............. ....... \3\ 0.1 ........ 0.5 \4\ 0.1 0.5 ....... ........ ...... .... 20,000 ........ ....... ......
NO2.................... Spectrophotometric-wet ....... ....... ........ 0.5 \4\ 0.1 0.5 750 ........ 0.5 .... ........ ........ ....... ......
chemical (azo-dye reaction).
NO2.................... Electrochemical.............. 0.2 \3\ 0.1 ........ 0.5 \4\ 0.1 0.5 750 ........ 0.5 .... 20,000 50 ....... ......
NO2.................... Spectrophotometric-gas phase. ....... \3\ 0.1 ........ 0.5 \4\ 0.1 0.5 ....... ........ 0.5 .... 20,000 50 ....... ......
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Concentrations of interferent listed must be prepared and controlled to [10 percent of the stated value.
\2\ Analyzer types not listed will be considered by the Administrator as special cases.
\3\ Do not mix with the pollutant.
\4\ Concentration of pollutant used for test. These pollutant concentrations must be prepared to [10 percent of the stated value.
\5\ If candidate method utilizes an elevated-temperature scrubber for removal of aromatic hydrocarbons, perform this interference test.
\6\ If naphthalene test concentration cannot be accurately quantified, remove the scrubber, use a test concentration that causes a full scale response, reattach the scrubber, and evaluate
response for interference.
[[Page 35]]
Sec. Table B-4 to Subpart B of Part 53--Line Voltage and Room
Temperature Test Conditions
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Room
Test day Line voltage,\1\ temperature,\2\ Comments
rms C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0........................................ 115 25 Initial set-up and adjustments.
1........................................ 125 20
2........................................ 105 20
3........................................ 125 30 Adjustments and/or periodic
maintenance permitted at end of
tests.
4........................................ 105 30
5........................................ 125 20
6........................................ 105 20 Adjustments and/or periodic
maintenance permitted at end of
tests.
7........................................ 125 30 Examine test results to ascertain
if further testing is required.
8........................................ 105 30
9........................................ 125 20 Adjustments and/or periodic
maintenance permitted at end of
tests.
10....................................... 105 20
11....................................... 125 30
12....................................... 105 30 Adjustments and/or periodic
maintenance permitted at end of
tests.
13....................................... 125 20
14....................................... 105 20
15....................................... 125 30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Voltage specified shall be controlled to [1 volt.
\2\ Temperatures shall be controlled to [1 C.
Sec. Table B-5 to Subpart B of Part 53--Symbols and Abbreviations
BL--Analyzer reading at the specified LDL test concentration for the LDL
test.
BZ--analyzer reading at 0 concentration for the LDL test.
DM--Digital meter.
Cmax--Maximum analyzer reading during the 12ZD test period.
Cmin--Minimum analyzer reading during the 12ZD test period.
i--Subscript indicating the i-th quantity in a series.
IE--Interference equivalent.
L1--First analyzer zero reading for the 24ZD test.
L2--Second analyzer zero reading for the 24ZD test.
n--Subscript indicating the test day number.
P--Analyzer reading for the span drift and precision tests.
Pi--The i-th analyzer reading for the span drift and precision tests.
P20--Precision at 20 percent of URL.
P80--Precision at 80 percent of URL.
ppb--Parts per billion of pollutant gas (usually in air), by volume.
ppm--Parts per million of pollutant gas (usually in air), by volume.
R--Analyzer reading of pollutant alone for the IE test.
R1--Analyzer reading with interferent added for the IE test.
ri--the i-th analyzer or DM reading for the noise test.
S--Standard deviation of the noise test readings.
S0--Noise value (S) measured at 0 concentration.
S80--Noise value (S) measured at 80 percent of the URL.
Sn--Average of P7 . . . P12 for the n-th test day
of the SD test.
S'n--Adjusted span reading on the n-th test day.
SD--Span drift
URL--Upper range limit of the analyzer's measurement range.
Z--Average of L1 and L2 readings for the 24ZD
test.
Zn--Average of L1 and L2 readings on the n-th test
day for the 24ZD test.
Z'n--Adjusted analyzer zero reading on the n-the test day for the 24ZD
test.
ZD--Zero drift.
12ZD--12-hour zero drift.
24ZD--24-hour zero drift.
[[Page 36]]
Sec. Appendix A to Subpart B of Part 53--Optional Forms for Reporting
Test Results
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.013
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.014
[[Page 37]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.015
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.016
[[Page 38]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.017
[[Page 39]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR31AU11.018
Subpart C_Procedures for Determining Comparability Between Candidate
Methods and Reference Methods
Source: 71 FR 61278, Oct. 17, 2006, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.30 General provisions.
(a) Determination of comparability. The test procedures prescribed
in this subpart shall be used to determine if a candidate method is
comparable to a reference method when both methods measure pollutant
concentrations in ambient air. Minor deviations in testing requirements
and acceptance requirements set forth in this subpart, in connection
with any documented extenuating circumstances, may be determined by the
Administrator to be acceptable, at the discretion of the Administrator.
(b) Selection of test sites. (1) Each test site shall be in an area
which can be shown to have at least moderate concentrations of various
pollutants. Each site shall be clearly identified and shall be justified
as an appropriate test site with suitable supporting evidence such as a
description of the surrounding
[[Page 40]]
area, characterization of the sources and pollutants typical in the
area, maps, population density data, vehicular traffic data, emission
inventories, pollutant measurements from previous years, concurrent
pollutant measurements, meteorological data, and other information
useful in supporting the suitability of the site for the comparison test
or tests.
(2) If approval of one or more proposed test sites is desired prior
to conducting the tests, a written request for approval of the test site
or sites must be submitted to the address given in Sec. 53.4. The
request should include information identifying the type of candidate
method and one or more specific proposed test sites along with a
justification for each proposed specific site as described in paragraph
(b)(1) of this section. The EPA will evaluate each proposed site and
approve the site, disapprove the site, or request more information about
the site. Any such pre-test approval of a test site by the EPA shall
indicate only that the site meets the applicable test site requirements
for the candidate method type; it shall not indicate, suggest, or imply
that test data obtained at the site will necessarily meet any of the
applicable data acceptance requirements. The Administrator may exercise
discretion in selecting a different site (or sites) for any additional
tests the Administrator decides to conduct.
(c) Test atmosphere. Ambient air sampled at an appropriate test site
or sites shall be used for these tests. Simultaneous concentration
measurements shall be made in each of the concentration ranges specified
in tables C-1, C-3, or C-4 of this subpart, as appropriate.
(d) Sampling or sample collection. All test concentration
measurements or samples shall be taken in such a way that both the
candidate method and the reference method obtain air samples that are
alike or as nearly identical as practical.
(e) Operation. Set-up and start-up of the test analyzer(s), test
sampler(s), and reference method analyzers or samplers shall be in
strict accordance with the applicable operation manual(s).
(f) Calibration. The reference method shall be calibrated according
to the appropriate appendix to part 50 of this chapter (if it is a
manual method) or according to the applicable operation manual(s) (if it
is an automated method). A candidate method (or portion thereof) shall
be calibrated according to the applicable operation manual(s), if such
calibration is a part of the method.
(g) Submission of test data and other information. All recorder
charts, calibration data, records, test results, procedural descriptions
and details, and other documentation obtained from (or pertinent to)
these tests shall be identified, dated, signed by the analyst performing
the test, and submitted. For candidate methods for PM 2.5 and
PM 10-2.5, all submitted information must meet the
requirements of the ANSI/ASQC E4 Standard, sections 6 (reference 1 of
appendix A of this subpart).
Sec. 53.31 [Reserved]
Sec. 53.32 Test procedures for methods for SO[bdi2], CO, O[bdi3], and NO[bdi2].
(a) Comparability. Comparability is shown for SO2, CO,
O3, and NO2 methods when the differences between:
(1) Measurements made by a candidate manual method or by a test
analyzer representative of a candidate automated method, and;
(2) Measurements made simultaneously by a reference method are less
than or equal to the values for maximum discrepancy specified in table
C-1 of this subpart.
(b) Test measurements. All test measurements are to be made at the
same test site. If necessary, the concentration of pollutant in the
sampled ambient air may be augmented with artificially generated
pollutant to facilitate measurements in the specified ranges, as
described under paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
(c) Requirements for measurements or samples. All test measurements
made or test samples collected by means of a sample manifold as
specified in paragraph (f)(4) of this section shall be at a room
temperature between 20 and 30 C, and at a line voltage between 105 and
125 volts. All methods shall be calibrated as specified in Sec. 53.30(f)
prior to initiation of the tests.
[[Page 41]]
(d) Set-up and start-up. (1) Set-up and start-up of the test
analyzer, test sampler(s), and reference method shall be in strict
accordance with the applicable operation manual(s). If the test analyzer
does not have an integral strip chart or digital data recorder, connect
the analyzer output to a suitable strip chart or digital data recorder.
This recorder shall have a chart width of at least 25 centimeters, a
response time of 1 second or less, a deadband of not more than 0.25
percent of full scale, and capability of either reading measurements at
least 5 percent below zero or offsetting the zero by at least 5 percent.
Digital data shall be recorded at appropriate time intervals such that
trend plots similar to a strip chart recording may be constructed with a
similar or suitable level of detail.
(2) Other data acquisition components may be used along with the
chart recorder during the conduct of these tests. Use of the chart
recorder is intended only to facilitate visual evaluation of data
submitted.
(3) Allow adequate warmup or stabilization time as indicated in the
applicable operation manual(s) before beginning the tests.
(e) Range. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this
section, each method shall be operated in the range specified for the
reference method in the appropriate appendix to part 50 of this chapter
(for manual reference methods), or specified in table B-1 of subpart B
of this part (for automated reference methods).
(2) For a candidate method having more than one selectable range,
one range must be that specified in table B-1 of subpart B of this part,
and a test analyzer representative of the method must pass the tests
required by this subpart while operated on that range. The tests may be
repeated for one or more broader ranges (i.e., ones extending to higher
concentrations) than the one specified in table B-1 of subpart B of this
part, provided that such a range does not extend to concentrations more
than four times the upper range limit specified in table B-1 of subpart
B of this part and that the test analyzer has passed the tests required
by subpart B of this part (if applicable) for the broader range. If the
tests required by this subpart are conducted or passed only for the
range specified in table B-1 of subpart B of this part, any equivalent
method determination with respect to the method will be limited to that
range. If the tests are passed for both the specified range and a
broader range (or ranges), any such determination will include the
broader range(s) as well as the specified range. Appropriate test data
shall be submitted for each range sought to be included in such a
determination.
(f) Operation of automated methods. (1) Once the test analyzer has
been set up and calibrated and tests started, manual adjustment or
normal periodic maintenance, as specified in the manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3), is permitted only every 3 days. Automatic adjustments
which the test analyzer performs by itself are permitted at any time.
The submitted records shall show clearly when manual adjustments were
made and describe the operations performed.
(2) All test measurements shall be made with the same test analyzer;
use of multiple test analyzers is not permitted. The test analyzer shall
be operated continuously during the entire series of test measurements.
(3) If a test analyzer should malfunction during any of these tests,
the entire set of measurements shall be repeated, and a detailed
explanation of the malfunction, remedial action taken, and whether
recalibration was necessary (along with all pertinent records and
charts) shall be submitted.
(4) Ambient air shall be sampled from a common intake and
distribution manifold designed to deliver homogenous air samples to both
methods. Precautions shall be taken in the design and construction of
this manifold to minimize the removal of particulate matter and trace
gases, and to insure that identical samples reach the two methods. If
necessary, the concentration of pollutant in the sampled ambient air may
be augmented with artificially generated pollutant. However, at all
times the air sample measured by the candidate and reference methods
under test shall consist of not less than 80 percent ambient air by
volume.
[[Page 42]]
Schematic drawings, physical illustrations, descriptions, and complete
details of the manifold system and the augmentation system (if used)
shall be submitted.
(g) Tests. (1) Conduct the first set of simultaneous measurements
with the candidate and reference methods:
(i) Table C-1 of this subpart specifies the type (1-or 24-hour) and
number of measurements to be made in each of the three test
concentration ranges.
(ii) The pollutant concentration must fall within the specified
range as measured by the reference method.
(iii) The measurements shall be made in the sequence specified in
table C-2 of this subpart, except for the 1-hour SO2
measurements, which are all in the high range.
(2) For each pair of measurements, determine the difference
(discrepancy) between the candidate method measurement and reference
method measurement. A discrepancy which exceeds the discrepancy
specified in table C-1 of this subpart constitutes a failure. Figure C-1
of this subpart contains a suggested format for reporting the test
results.
(3) The results of the first set of measurements shall be
interpreted as follows:
(i) Zero failures: The candidate method passes the test for
comparability.
(ii) Three or more failures: The candidate method fails the test for
comparability.
(iii) One or two failures: Conduct a second set of simultaneous
measurements as specified in table C-1 of this subpart. The results of
the combined total of first-set and second-set measurements shall be
interpreted as follows:
(A) One or two failures: The candidate method passes the test for
comparability.
(B) Three or more failures: The candidate method fails the test for
comparability.
(iv) For SO2, the 1-hour and 24-hour measurements shall
be interpreted separately, and the candidate method must pass the tests
for both 1- and 24-hour measurements to pass the test for comparability.
(4) A 1-hour measurement consists of the integral of the
instantaneous concentration over a 60-minute continuous period divided
by the time period. Integration of the instantaneous concentration may
be performed by any appropriate means such as chemical, electronic,
mechanical, visual judgment, or by calculating the mean of not less than
12 equally-spaced instantaneous readings. Appropriate allowances or
corrections shall be made in cases where significant errors could occur
due to characteristic lag time or rise/fall time differences between the
candidate and reference methods. Details of the means of integration and
any corrections shall be submitted.
(5) A 24-hour measurement consists of the integral of the
instantaneous concentration over a 24-hour continuous period divided by
the time period. This integration may be performed by any appropriate
means such as chemical, electronic, mechanical, or by calculating the
mean of twenty-four (24) sequential 1-hour measurements.
(6) For O3 and CO, no more than six 1-hour measurements
shall be made per day. For SO2, no more than four 1-hour
measurements or one 24-hour measurement shall be made per day. One-hour
measurements may be made concurrently with 24-hour measurements if
appropriate.
(7) For applicable methods, control or calibration checks may be
performed once per day without adjusting the test analyzer or method.
These checks may be used as a basis for a linear interpolation-type
correction to be applied to the measurements to correct for drift. If
such a correction is used, it shall be applied to all measurements made
with the method, and the correction procedure shall become a part of the
method.
[62 FR 38784, July 18, 1997, as amended at 75 FR 35601, June 22, 2010]
Sec. 53.33 Test Procedure for Methods for Lead (Pb).
(a) General. The reference method for Pb in TSP includes two parts,
the reference method for high-volume sampling of TSP as specified in 40
CFR 50, appendix B and the analysis method for Pb in TSP as specified in
40 CFR 50, appendix G. Correspondingly, the reference method for Pb in
PM 10 includes the reference method for low-volume
[[Page 43]]
sampling of PM 10 in 40 CFR 50, appendix O and the analysis
method of Pb in PM 10 as specified in 40 CFR 50, appendix Q.
This section explains the procedures for demonstrating the equivalence
of either a candidate method for Pb in TSP to the high-volume reference
methods, or a candidate method for Pb in PM 10 to the low-
volume reference methods.
(1) Pb in TSP--A candidate method for Pb in TSP specifies reporting
of Pb concentrations in terms of standard temperature and pressure.
Comparisons of candidate methods to the reference method in 40 CFR 50,
appendix G must be made in a consistent manner with regard to
temperature and pressure.
(2) Pb in PM 10--A candidate method for Pb in PM
10 must specify reporting of Pb concentrations in terms of
local conditions of temperature and pressure, which will be compared to
similarly reported concentrations from the reference method in 40 CFR 50
appendix Q.
(b) Comparability. Comparability is shown for Pb methods when the
differences between:
(1) Measurements made by a candidate method, and
(2) Measurements made by the reference method on simultaneously
collected Pb samples (or the same sample, if applicable), are less than
or equal to the values specified in table C-3 of this subpart.
(c) Test measurements. Test measurements may be made at any number
of test sites. Augmentation of pollutant concentrations is not
permitted, hence an appropriate test site or sites must be selected to
provide Pb concentrations in the specified range.
(d) Collocated samplers. The ambient air intake points of all the
candidate and reference method collocated samplers shall be positioned
at the same height above the ground level, and between 2 meters (1 meter
for samplers with flow rates less than 200 liters per minute (L/min))
and 4 meters apart. The samplers shall be oriented in a manner that will
minimize spatial and wind directional effects on sample collection.
(e) Sample collection. Collect simultaneous 24-hour samples of Pb at
the test site or sites with both the reference and candidate methods
until at least 10 sample pairs have been obtained.
(1) A candidate method for Pb in TSP which employs a sampler and
sample collection procedure that are identical to the sampler and sample
collection procedure specified in the reference method in 40 CFR part
50, Appendix B, but uses a different analytical procedure than specified
in 40 CFR Appendix G, may be tested by analyzing pairs of filter strips
taken from a single TSP reference sampler operated according to the
procedures specified by that reference method.
(2) A candidate method for Pb in PM 10 which employs a
sampler and sample collection procedure that are identical to the
sampler and sample collection procedure specified in the reference
method in 40 CFR part 50, Appendix O, but uses a different analytical
procedure than specified in 40 CFR Appendix Q, requires the use of two
PM 10 reference samplers because a single 46.2-mm filter from
a reference sampler may not be divided prior to analysis. It is possible
to analyze a 46.2-mm filter first with the non-destructive X-ray
Fluorescence (XRF) FRM and subsequently extract the filter for other
analytical techniques. If the filter is subject to XRF with subsequent
extraction for other analyses, then a single PM 10 reference
sampler may be used for sample collection.
(3) A candidate method for Pb in TSP or Pb in PM 10 which
employs a direct reading (e.g., continuous or semi-continuous sampling)
method that uses the same sampling inlet and flow rate as the FRM and
the same or different analytical procedure may be tested. The direct
measurements are then aggregated to 24-hour equivalent concentrations
for comparison with the FRM. For determining precision in section (k),
two collocated direct reading devices must be used.
(f) Audit samples. Three audit samples must be obtained from the
address given in Sec. 53.4(a). For Pb in TSP collected by the high-
volume sampling method, the audit samples are \3/4\ x 8-inch glass fiber
strips containing known amounts of Pb in micrograms per strip
(g/strip) equivalent to the following nominal percentages of
the
[[Page 44]]
National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS): 30%, 100%, and 250%. For
Pb in PM 10 collected by the low-volume sampling method, the
audit samples are 46.2-mm polytetrafluorethylene (PTFE) filters
containing known amounts of Pb in micrograms per filter (g/
filter) equivalent to the same percentages of the NAAQS: 30%, 100%, and
250%. The true amount of Pb (Tqi), in total g/strip (for TSP)
or total g/filter (for PM 10), will be provided for
each audit sample.
(g) Filter analysis. (1) For both the reference method samples (e)
and the audit samples (f), analyze each filter or filter extract three
times in accordance with the reference method analytical procedure. This
applies to both the Pb in TSP and Pb in PM 10 methods. The
analysis of replicates should not be performed sequentially, i.e., a
single sample should not be analyzed three times in sequence. Calculate
the indicated Pb concentrations for the reference method samples in
micrograms per cubic meter (g/m\3\) for each analysis of each
filter. Calculate the indicated total Pb amount for the audit samples in
g/strip for each analysis of each strip or g/filter
for each analysis of each audit filter. Label these test results as
R1A, R1B, R1C, R2A,
R2B, etc., Q1A, Q1B, Q1C,
etc., where R denotes results from the reference method samples; Q
denotes results from the audit samples; 1, 2, 3 indicate the filter
number, and A, B, C indicate the first, second, and third analysis of
each filter, respectively.
(2) For the candidate method samples, analyze each sample filter or
filter extract three times and calculate, in accordance with the
candidate method, the indicated Pb concentration in g/m \3\ for
each analysis of each filter. The analysis of replicates should not be
performed sequentially. Label these test results as C1A,
C1B, C2C, etc., where C denotes results from the
candidate method. For candidate methods which provide a direct reading
or measurement of Pb concentrations without a separable procedure,
C1A=C1B=C1C,
C2A=C2B=C2C, etc.
(h) Average Pb concentration. For the reference method, calculate
the average Pb concentration for each filter by averaging the
concentrations calculated from the three analyses as described in (g)(1)
using equation 1 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12NO08.003
Where, i is the filter number.
(i) Analytical Bias. (1) For the audit samples, calculate the
average Pb concentration for each strip or filter analyzed by the
reference method by averaging the concentrations calculated from the
three analyses as described in (g)(1) using equation 2 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12NO08.004
Where, i is audit sample number.
(2) Calculate the percent difference (Dq) between the
average Pb concentration for each audit sample and the true Pb
concentration (Tq) using equation 3 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12NO08.005
(3) If any difference value (Dqi) exceeds [5 percent, the
bias of the reference method analytical procedure is out-of-control.
Corrective action must be taken to determine the source of the error(s)
(e.g., calibration standard discrepancies, extraction problems, etc.)
and the reference method and audit sample determinations must be
repeated according to paragraph (g) of this section, or the entire test
procedure (starting with paragraph (e) of this section) must be
repeated.
(j) Acceptable filter pairs. Disregard all filter pairs for which
the Pb concentration, as determined in paragraph (h) of this section by
the average of the three reference method determinations, falls outside
the range of 30% to 250% of the Pb NAAQS level in g/m\3\ for Pb
in both TSP and PM 10. All remaining filter pairs must be
subjected to the tests for precision and comparability in paragraphs (k)
and (l) of this section. At
[[Page 45]]
least five filter pairs must be within the specified concentration range
for the tests to be valid.
(k) Test for precision. (1) Calculate the precision (P) of the
analysis (in percent) for each filter and for each method, as the
maximum minus the minimum divided by the average of the three
concentration values, using equation 4 or equation 5 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12NO08.006
Where, i indicates the filter number.
(2) If a direct reading candidate method is tested, the precision is
determined from collocated devices using equation 5 above.
(3) If any reference method precision value (PRi) exceeds
15 percent, the precision of the reference method analytical procedure
is out-of-control. Corrective action must be taken to determine the
source(s) of imprecision, and the reference method determinations must
be repeated according to paragraph (g) of this section, or the entire
test procedure (starting with paragraph (e) of this section) must be
repeated.
(4) If any candidate method precision value (PCi) exceeds
15 percent, the candidate method fails the precision test.
(5) The candidate method passes this test if all precision values
(i.e., all PRi's and all PCi's) are less than 15
percent.
(l) Test for comparability. (1) For each filter or analytical sample
pair, calculate all nine possible percent differences (D) between the
reference and candidate methods, using all nine possible combinations of
the three determinations (A, B, and C) for each method using equation 6
of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR12NO08.007
Where, i is the filter number, and n numbers from 1 to 9 for the nine
possible difference combinations for the three determinations
for each method (j = A, B, C, candidate; k = A, B, C,
reference).
(2) If none of the percent differences (D) exceeds [20 percent, the
candidate method passes the test for comparability.
(3) If one or more of the percent differences (D) exceed [20
percent, the candidate method fails the test for comparability.
(4) The candidate method must pass both the precision test
(paragraph (k) of this section) and the comparability test (paragraph
(l) of this section) to qualify for designation as an equivalent method.
(m) Method Detection Limit (MDL). Calculate the estimated MDL using
the guidance provided in 40 CFR, Part 136 Appendix B. It is essential
that all sample processing steps of the analytical method be included in
the determination of the method detection limit. Take a minimum of seven
blank filters from each lot to be used and calculate the detection limit
by processing each through the entire candidate analytical method. Make
all computations according to the defined method with the final results
in g/m\3\. The MDL of the candidate method must be equal to, or
less than 5% of the level of the Pb NAAQS.
[73 FR 67057, Nov. 12, 2008]
Sec. 53.34 Test procedure for methods for PM 10 and Class I methods for PM 2.5.
(a) Comparability. Comparability is shown for PM 10
methods and for Class I methods for PM 2.5 when the
relationship between:
(1) Measurements made by a candidate method, and
(2) Measurements made by a corresponding reference method on
simultaneously collected samples (or the same sample, if applicable) at
each of one or more test sites (as required) is
[[Page 46]]
such that the linear regression parameters (slope, intercept, and
correlation coefficient) describing the relationship meet the
requirements specified in table C-4 of this subpart.
(b) Methods for PM10. Test measurements must be made, or derived
from particulate samples collected, at not less than two test sites,
each of which must be located in a geographical area characterized by
ambient particulate matter that is significantly different in nature and
composition from that at the other test site(s). Augmentation of
pollutant concentrations is not permitted, hence appropriate test sites
must be selected to provide the minimum number of test PM 10
concentrations in the ranges specified in table C-4 of this subpart. The
tests at the two sites may be conducted in different calendar seasons,
if appropriate, to provide PM 10 concentrations in the
specified ranges.
(c) PM10 methods employing the same sampling procedure as the
reference method but a different analytical method. Candidate methods
for PM 10 which employ a sampler and sample collection
procedure that are identical to the sampler and sample collection
procedure specified in the reference method, but use a different
analytical procedure, may be tested by analyzing common samples. The
common samples shall be collected according to the sample collection
procedure specified by the reference method and shall be analyzed in
accordance with the analytical procedures of both the candidate method
and the reference method.
(d) Methods for PM2.5. Augmentation of pollutant concentrations is
not permitted, hence appropriate test sites must be selected to provide
the minimum number of test measurement sets to meet the requirements for
PM 2.5 concentrations in the ranges specified in table C-4 of
this subpart. Only one test site is required, and the site need only
meet the PM 2.5 ambient concentration levels required by
table C-4 of this subpart and the requirements of Sec. 53.30(b) of this
subpart. A total of 10 valid measurement sets is required.
(e) Collocated measurements. (1) Set up three reference method
samplers collocated with three candidate method samplers or analyzers at
each of the number of test sites specified in table C-4 of this subpart.
(2) The ambient air intake points of all the candidate and reference
method collocated samplers or analyzers shall be positioned at the same
height above the ground level, and between 2 meters (1 meter for
samplers or analyzers with flow rates less than 200 L/min) and 4 meters
apart. The samplers shall be oriented in a manner that will minimize
spatial and wind directional effects on sample collection.
(3) At each site, obtain as many sets of simultaneous PM
10 or PM 2.5 measurements as necessary (see table
C-4 of this subpart), each set consisting of three reference method and
three candidate method measurements, all obtained simultaneously.
(4) Candidate PM 10 method measurements shall be nominal
24-hour ([1 hour) integrated measurements or shall be averaged to obtain
the mean concentration for a nominal 24-hour period. PM 2.5
measurements may be either nominal 24-or 48-hour integrated
measurements. All collocated measurements in a measurement set must
cover the same nominal 24-or 48-hour time period.
(5) For samplers, retrieve the samples promptly after sample
collection and analyze each sample according to the reference method or
candidate method, as appropriate, and determine the PM 10 or
PM 2.5 concentration in g/m\3\. If the conditions of
paragraph (c) of this section apply, collect sample sets only with the
three reference method samplers. Guidance for quality assurance
procedures for PM 2.5 methods is found in ``Quality Assurance
Document 2.12'' (reference (2) in appendix A to this subpart).
(f) Sequential samplers. For sequential samplers, the sampler shall
be configured for the maximum number of sequential samples and shall be
set for automatic collection of all samples sequentially such that the
test samples are collected equally, to the extent possible, among all
available sequential channels or utilizing the full available sequential
capability.
(g) Calculation of reference method averages and precisions. (1) For
each of the measurement sets, calculate the
[[Page 47]]
average PM 10 or PM 2.5 concentration obtained
with the reference method samplers, using equation 7 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.021
Where:
R = The concentration measurements from the reference methods;
i = The sampler number; and
j = The measurement set number.
(2) For each of the measurement sets, calculate the precision of the
reference method PM 10 or PM 2.5 measurements as
the standard deviation, PRj, using equation 8 of this
section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.022
(3) For each measurement set, also calculate the precision of the
reference method PM 10 or PM 2.5 measurements as
the relative standard deviation, RPRj, in percent, using
equation 9 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.023
(h) Acceptability of measurement sets. Each measurement set is
acceptable and valid only if the three reference method measurements and
the three candidate method measurements are obtained and are valid,
Rj falls within the acceptable concentration range specified
in table C-4 of this subpart, and either PRj or
RPRj is within the corresponding limit for reference method
precision specified in table C-4 of this subpart. For each site, table
C-4 of this subpart specifies the minimum number of measurement sets
required having Rj above and below specified concentrations
for 24- or 48-hour samples. Additional measurement sets shall be
obtained, as necessary, to provide the minimum number of acceptable
measurement sets for each category and the minimum total number of
acceptable measurement sets for each test site. If more than the minimum
number of measurement sets are collected that meet the acceptability
criteria, all such measurement sets shall be used to demonstrate
comparability.
(i) Candidate method average concentration measurement. For each of
the acceptable measurement sets, calculate the average PM 10
or PM 2.5 concentration measurements obtained with the
candidate method samplers, using equation 10 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.024
Where:
C = The concentration measurements from the candidate methods;
i = The measurement number in the set; and
j = The measurement set number.
(j) Test for comparability. (1) For each site, plot all of the
average PM 10 or PM 2.5 measurements obtained with
the candidate method (Cj) against the corresponding average
PM 10 or PM 2.5 measurements obtained with the
reference method (Rj. For each site, calculate and record the
linear regression slope and intercept, and the correlation coefficient.
(2) To pass the test for comparability, the slope, intercept, and
correlation coefficient calculated under paragraph (j)(1) of this
section must be within the limits specified in table C-4 of this subpart
for all test sites.
Sec. 53.35 Test procedure for Class II and Class III methods for PM 2.5
and PM -2.5.
(a) Overview. Class II and Class III candidate equivalent methods
shall be tested for comparability of PM 2.5 or PM
10-2.5 measurements to corresponding collocated PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 reference method measurements at
each of multiple field sites, as required.
[[Page 48]]
Comparability is shown for the candidate method when simultaneous
collocated measurements made by candidate and reference methods meet the
comparability requirements specified in this section Sec. 53.35 and in
table C-4 of this subpart at each of the required test sites.
(b) Test sites and seasons. A summary of the test site and seasonal
testing requirements is presented in table C-5 of this subpart.
(1) Test sites. Comparability testing is required at each of the
applicable U.S. test sites required by this paragraph (b). Each test
site must also meet the general test site requirements specified in
Sec. 53.30(b).
(i) PM2.5 Class II and Class III candidate methods. Test sites
should be chosen to provide representative chemical and meteorological
characteristics with respect to nitrates, sulfates, organic compounds,
and various levels of temperature, humidity, wind, and elevation. For
Class III methods, one test site shall be selected in each of the
following four general locations (A, B, C, and D). For Class II methods,
two test sites, one western site (A or B) and one midwestern or eastern
site (C or D), shall be selected from these locations.
(A) Test site A shall be in the Los Angeles basin or California
Central Valley area in a location that is characterized by relatively
high PM 2.5, nitrates, and semi-volatile organic pollutants.
(B) Test site B shall be in a western city such as Denver, Salt Lake
City, or Albuquerque in an area characterized by cold weather, higher
elevation, winds, and dust.
(C) Test site C shall be in a midwestern city characterized by
substantial temperature variation, high nitrates, and wintertime
conditions.
(D) Test site D shall be in a northeastern or mid-Atlantic city that
is seasonally characterized by high sulfate concentrations and high
relative humidity.
(ii) PM10 2.5 Class II and Class III candidate methods. Test sites
shall be chosen to provide modest to high levels of PM 10-2.5
representative of locations in proximity to urban sources of PM
10-2.5 such as high-density traffic on paved roads,
industrial sources, and construction activities. For Class III methods,
one test site shall be selected in each of the four following general
locations (A, B, C, and D), and at least one of the test sites shall
have characteristic wintertime temperatures of 0 C or lower. For Class
II methods, two test sites, one western site (A or B) and one midwestern
or eastern site (C or D), shall be selected from these locations.
(A) Test site A shall be in the Los Angeles basin or the California
Central Valley area in a location that is characterized by relatively
high PM 2.5, nitrates, and semi-volatile organic pollutants.
(B) Test site B shall be in a western city characterized by a high
ratio of PM 10-2.5 to PM 2.5, with exposure to
windblown dust, such as Las Vegas or Phoenix.
(C) Test site C shall be in a midwestern city characterized by
substantial temperature variation, high nitrates, and wintertime
conditions.
(D) Test site D shall be in a large city east of the Mississippi
River, having characteristically high sulfate concentrations and high
humidity levels.
(2) Test seasons. (i) For PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5
Class III candidate methods, test campaigns are required in both summer
and winter seasons at test site A, in the winter season only at test
sites B and C, and in the summer season only at test site D. (A total of
five test campaigns is required.) The summer season shall be defined as
the typically warmest three or four months of the year at the site; the
winter season shall be defined as the typically coolest three or four
months of the year at the site.
(ii) For Class II PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5
candidate methods, one test campaign is required at test site A or B and
a second test campaign at test site C or D (total of two test
campaigns).
(3) Test concentrations. The test sites should be selected to
provide ambient concentrations within the concentration limits specified
in table C-4 of this subpart, and also to provide a wide range of test
concentrations. A narrow range of test concentrations may result in a
low concentration coefficient of variation statistic for the test
measurements, making the test for correlation coefficient more difficult
to pass
[[Page 49]]
(see paragraph (h) of this section, test for comparison correlation).
(4) Pre-approval of test sites. The EPA recommends that the
applicant seek EPA approval of each proposed test site prior to
conducting test measurements at the site. To do so, the applicant should
submit a request for approval as described in Sec. 53.30(b)(2).
(c) Collocated measurements. (1) For each test campaign, three
reference method samplers and three candidate method samplers or
analyzers shall be installed and operated concurrently at each test site
within each required season (if applicable), as specified in paragraph
(b) of this section. All reference method samplers shall be of single-
filter design (not multi-filter, sequential sample design). Each
candidate method shall be setup and operated in accordance with its
associated manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3) and in accordance with
applicable guidance in ``Quality Assurance Document 2.12'' (reference
(2) in appendix A to this subpart). All samplers or analyzers shall be
placed so that they sample or measure air representative of the
surrounding area (within one kilometer) and are not unduly affected by
adjacent buildings, air handling equipment, industrial operations,
traffic, or other local influences. The ambient air inlet points of all
samplers and analyzers shall be positioned at the same height above the
ground level and between 2 meters (1 meter for instruments having sample
inlet flow rates less than 200 L/min) and 4 meters apart.
(2) A minimum of 23 valid and acceptable measurement sets of PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 24-hour (nominal) concurrent
concentration measurements shall be obtained during each test campaign
at each test site. To be considered acceptable for the test, each
measurement set shall consist of at least two valid reference method
measurements and at least two valid candidate method measurements, and
the PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 measured concentration, as
determined by the average of the reference method measurements, must
fall within the acceptable concentration range specified in table C-4 of
this subpart. Each measurement set shall include all valid measurements
obtained. For each measurement set containing fewer than three reference
method measurements or fewer than three candidate method measurements,
an explanation and appropriate justification shall be provided to
account for the missing measurement or measurements.
(3) More than 23 valid measurement sets may be obtained during a
particular test campaign to provide a more advantageous range of
concentrations, more representative conditions, additional higher or
lower measurements, or to otherwise improve the comparison of the
methods. All valid data sets obtained during each test campaign shall be
submitted and shall be included in the analysis of the data.
(4) The integrated-sample reference method measurements shall be of
at least 22 hours and not more than 25 hours duration. Each reference
method sample shall be retrieved promptly after sample collection and
analyzed according to the reference method to determine the PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 measured concentration in
g/m\3\. Guidance and quality assurance procedures applicable to
PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 reference methods are found in
``Quality Assurance Document 2.12'' (reference (2) in appendix A to this
subpart).
(5) Candidate method measurements shall be timed or processed and
averaged as appropriate to determine an equivalent mean concentration
representative of the same time period as that of the concurrent
integrated-sample reference method measurements, such that all
measurements in a measurement set shall be representative of the same
time period. In addition, hourly average concentration measurements
shall be obtained from each of the Class III candidate method analyzers
for each valid measurement set and submitted as part of the application
records.
(6) In the following tests, all measurement sets obtained at a
particular test site, from both seasonal campaigns if applicable, shall
be combined and included in the test data analysis for the site. Data
obtained at different test sites shall be analyzed separately. All
measurements should be reported as
[[Page 50]]
normally obtained, and no measurement values should be rounded or
truncated prior to data analysis. In particular, no negative measurement
value, if otherwise apparently valid, should be modified, adjusted,
replaced, or eliminated merely because its value is negative. Calculated
mean concentrations or calculated intermediate quantities should retain
at least one order-of-magnitude greater resolution than the input
values. All measurement data and calculations shall be recorded and
submitted in accordance with Sec. 53.30(g), including hourly test
measurements obtained from Class III candidate methods.
(d) Calculation of mean concentrations--(1) Reference method outlier
test. For each of the measurement sets for each test site, check each
reference method measurement to see if it might be an anomalous value
(outlier) as follows, where Ri,j is the measurement of
reference method sampler i on test day j. In the event that one of the
reference method measurements is missing or invalid due to a specific,
positively-identified physical cause (e.g., sampler malfunction,
operator error, accidental damage to the filter, etc.; see paragraph
(c)(2) of this section), then substitute zero for the missing
measurement, for the purposes of this outlier test only.
(i) Calculate the quantities 2 x R1,j/(R1,j +
R2,j) and 2 x R1,j/(R1,j +
R3,j). If both quantities fall outside of the interval,
(0.93, 1.07), then R1,j is an outlier.
(ii) Calculate the quantities 2 x R2,j/(R2,j +
R1,j) and 2 x R2,j/(R2,j +
R3,j). If both quantities fall outside of the interval,
(0.93, 1.07), then R2,j is an outlier.
(iii) Calculate the quantities 2 x R3,j/(R3,j
+ R1,j) and 2 x R3,j/(R3,j +
R2,j). If both quantities fall outside of the interval,
(0.93, 1.07), then R3,j is an outlier.
(iv) If this test indicates that one of the reference method
measurements in the measurement set is an outlier, the outlier
measurement shall be eliminated from the measurement set, and the other
two measurements considered valid. If the test indicates that more than
one reference method measurement in the measurement set is an outlier,
the entire measurement set (both reference and candidate method
measurements) shall be excluded from further data analysis for the tests
of this section.
(2) For each of the measurement sets for each test site, calculate
the mean concentration for the reference method measurements, using
equation 11 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.025
Where:
Rj = The mean concentration measured by the reference method
for the measurement set;
Ri,j = The measurement of reference method sampler i on test
day j; and
n = The number of valid reference method measurements in the measurement
set (normally 3).
(3) Any measurement set for which Rj does not fall in the
acceptable concentration range specified in table C-4 of this subpart is
not valid, and the entire measurement set (both reference and candidate
method measurements) must be eliminated from further data analysis.
(4) For each of the valid measurement sets at each test site,
calculate the mean concentration for the candidate method measurements,
using equation 12 of this section. (The outlier test in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section shall not be applied to the candidate method
measurements.)
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.000
Where:
Cj = The mean concentration measured by the candidate method
for the measurement set;
Ci,j = The measurement of the candidate method sampler or
analyzer i on test day j; and
m = The number of valid candidate method measurements in the measurement
set (normally 3).
(e) Test for reference method precision. (1) For each of the
measurement sets
[[Page 51]]
for each site, calculate an estimate for the relative precision of the
reference method measurements, RPj, using equation 13 of this
section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.001
(2) For each site, calculate an estimate of reference method
relative precision for the site, RP, using the root mean square
calculation of equation 14 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.028
Where, J is the total number of valid measurement sets for the site.
(3) Verify that the estimate for reference method relative precision
for the site, RP, is not greater than the value specified for reference
method precision in table C-4 of this subpart. A reference method
relative precision greater than the value specified in table C-4 of this
subpart indicates that quality control for the reference method is
inadequate, and corrective measures must be implemented before
proceeding with the test.
(f) Test for candidate method precision. (1) For each of the
measurement sets, for each site, calculate an estimate for the relative
precision of the candidate method measurements, CPj, using
equation 15 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.002
(2) For each site, calculate an estimate of candidate method
relative precision for the site, CP, using the root mean square
calculation of equation 16 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.030
Where, J is the total number of valid measurement sets for the site.
(3) To pass the test for precision, the mean candidate method
relative precision at each site must not be greater than the value for
candidate method precision specified in table C-4 of this subpart.
(g) Test for additive and multiplicative bias (comparative slope and
intercept). (1) For each test site, calculate the mean concentration
measured by the reference method, R, using equation 17 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.003
(2) For each test site, calculate the mean concentration measured by
the candidate method, C, using equation 18 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.032
(3) For each test site, calculate the linear regression slope and
intercept of the mean candidate method measurements (Cj)
against the mean reference method measurements (Rj), using
equations 19 and 20 of this section, respectively:
[[Page 52]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.033
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.034
(4) To pass this test, at each test site:
(i) The slope (calculated to at least 2 decimal places) must be in
the interval specified for regression slope in table C-4 of this
subpart; and
(ii) The intercept (calculated to at least 2 decimal places) must be
in the interval specified for regression intercept in table C-4 of this
subpart.
(iii) The slope and intercept limits are illustrated in figures C-2
and C-3 of this subpart.
(h) Tests for comparison correlation. (1) For each test site,
calculate the (Pearson) correlation coefficient, r (not the coefficient
of determination, r\2\), using equation 21 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.004
(2) For each test site, calculate the concentration coefficient of
variation, CCV, using equation 22 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.036
(3) To pass the test, the correlation coefficient, r, for each test
site must not be less than the values, for various values of CCV,
specified for correlation in table C-4 of this subpart. These limits are
illustrated in figure C-4 of this subpart.
[71 FR 61278, Oct. 17, 2006, as amended at 72 FR 32202, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Table C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Concentration Ranges,
Number of Measurements Required, and Maximum Discrepancy Specifications
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Simultaneous measurements required
-------------------------------------------- Maximum
Concentration 1-hour 24-hour discrepancy
Pollutant range, parts per -------------------------------------------- specification,
million (ppm) Second Second parts per
First set set First set set million
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ozone........................... Low 0.06 to 0.10.. 5 6 ......... ......... 0.02
Med. 0.15 to 0.25. 5 6 ......... ......... 0.03
High 0.35 to 0.46. 4 6 ......... ......... 0.04
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Total.......... 14 18 ......... .........
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Carbon monoxide................. Low 7 to 11....... 5 6 ......... ......... 1.5
Med. 20 to 30..... 5 6 ......... ......... 2.0
High 25 to 45..... 4 6 ......... ......... 3.0
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Total.......... 14 18 ......... .........
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Sulfur dioxide.................. Low 0.02 to 0.05.. 5 6 3 3 0.02
Med. 0.10 to 0.15. 5 6 2 3 0.03
High 0.30 to 0.50. 4 6 2 2 0.04
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Total.......... 14 18 7 8
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Nitrogen dioxide................ Low 0.02 to 0.08.. ......... ......... 3 3 0.02
Med. 0.10 to 0.20. ......... ......... 2 2 0.02
High 0.25......... ......... ......... 2 2 0.03
rrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
[[Page 53]]
Total.......... ......... ......... 7 8 ..............
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[75 FR 35601, June 22, 2010]
Sec. Table C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53--Sequence of Test Measurements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concentration range
Measurement ----------------------------------------
First set Second set
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.............................. Low................ Medium.
2.............................. High............... High.
3.............................. Medium............. Low.
4.............................. High............... High.
5.............................. Low................ Medium.
6.............................. Medium............. Low.
7.............................. Low................ Medium.
8.............................. Medium............. Low.
9.............................. High............... High.
10............................. Medium............. Low.
11............................. High............... Medium.
12............................. Low................ High.
13............................. Medium............. Medium.
14............................. Low................ High.
15............................. ................... Low.
16............................. ................... Medium.
17............................. ................... Low.
18............................. ................... High.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Table C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Specifications for Pb in
TSP and Pb in PM 10 Methods
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concentration range equivalent to 30% to 250%
percentage of NAAQS in g/m\3\.
Minimum number of 24-hr measurements...... 5
Maximum reference method analytical bias, [5%
Dq.
Maximum precision, PR or PC............... 415%
Maximum difference (D).................... [20%
Estimated Method Detection Limit (MDL), 5% of NAAQS level.
g/m\3\.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[73 FR 67059, Nov. 12, 2008]
Table C-4 to Subpart C of Part 53--Test Specifications for PM
10, PM 2.5 and PM 10-2.5 Candidate
Equivalent Methods
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PM 2.5 PM 10 2.5
Specification PM 10 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class I Class II Class III Class II Class III
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acceptable concentration range 15-300............ 3-200............. 3-200 3-200 3-200 3-200
(Rj), g/m 3.
Minimum number of test sites.... 2................. 1................. 2 4 2 4
Minimum number of candidate 3................. 3................. 3 \1\ 3 \1\ 3 \1\ 3 \1\
method samplers or analyzers
per site.
Number of reference method 3................. 3................. 3 \1\ 3 \1\ 3 \1\ 3 \1\
samplers per site.
Minimum number of acceptable
sample sets per site for PM 10
methods:
Rj <60 g/m 3....... 3
Rj >60 g/m 3....... 3
Total....................... 10
Minimum number of acceptable
sample sets per site for PM 2.5
and PM 10 2.5 candidate
equivalent methods:
Rj <30 g/m 3 for 24- .................. 3
hr or Rj <20 g/m 3
for 48-hr samples.
Rj >30 g/m 3 for 24- 3
hr or Rj >20 g/m 3
for 48-hr samples.
Each season................. 10................ 23................ 23 23 23
Total, each site............ 10................ 23................ 23 (46 for two- 23 23 (46 for two-
season sites) season sites)
[[Page 54]]
Precision of replicate reference 5 g/m 3 2 g/m 3 10% 2 10% 2 10% 2 10% 2
method measurements, PRj or or 7%. or 5%.
RPRj, respectively; RP for
Class II or III PM 2.5 or PM
10 2.5, maximum.
Precision of PM 2.5 or PM 10 2.5 10% 2............. 15% 2............. 15% 2 15% 2
candidate method, CP, each site.
Slope of regression relationship 1 [0.10........... 1 [0.05........... 1 [0.10 1 [0.10 1 [0.10 1 [0.12
Intercept of regression 0 [5.............. 0 [1.............. Between: 13.55 - Between: 15.05 - Between: 62.05 - Between: 70.50 -
relationship, g/m 3. (15.05 x slope), (17.32 x slope), (70.5 x slope), (82.93 x slope),
but not less than but not less than but not less than but not less than
-1.5; and 16.56 - -2.0; and 15.05 - -3.5; and 78.95 - -7.0; and 70.50 -
(15.05 x slope), (13.20 x slope), (70.5 x slope), (61.16 x slope),
but not more than but not more than but not more than but not more than
+1.5 +2.0 +3.5 +7.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Correlation of reference method "0.97............. "0.97............. "0.93--for CCV 40.4; "0.85 + 0.2 x CCV--for 0.4 4CCV 40.5; "0.95--for CCV "0.5
and candidate method
measurements.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Some missing daily measurement values may be permitted; see test procedure.
\2\ Calculated as the root mean square over all measurement sets.
[72 FR 32203, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Table C-5 to Subpart C of Part 53--Summary of Comparability Field
Testing Campaign Site and Seasonal Requirements for Class II and III
FEMs for PM 10-2.5 and PM 2.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Candidate method Test site A B C D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PM 2.5............................. Test site location Los Angeles basin or Western city such as Midwestern city...... Northeastern or mid-
area. California Central Denver, Salt Lake Atlantic city.
Valley. City, or Albuquerque.
Test site Relatively high PM Cold weather, higher Substantial High sulfate and high
characteristics. 2.5, nitrates, and elevation, winds, temperature relative humidity.
semi-volatile organic and dust. variation, high
pollutants. nitrates, wintertime
conditions.
Class III Field test Winter and summer..... Winter only.......... Winter only.......... Summer only.
campaigns (Total: 5).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class II Field test Site A or B, any season
campaigns (Total: 2).
Site C or D, any season.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PM 10 2.5.......................... Test site location Los Angeles basin or Western city such as Midwestern city...... Large city east of
area. California Central Las Vegas or Phoenix. the Mississippi
Valley. River.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test site Relatively high PM High PM 10 2.5 to PM Substantial High sulfate and high
characteristics. 2.5, nitrates, and 2.5 ratio, windblown temperature relative humidity.
semi-volatile organic dust. variation, high
pollutants. nitrates, wintertime
conditions.
Class III Field test Winter and summer..... Winter only.......... Winter only.......... Summer only.
campaigns (Total: 5).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 55]]
Class II Field test Site A or B, any season
campaigns (Total: 2).
Site C or D, any season.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Figure C-1 to Subpart C of Part 53--Suggested Format for Reporting
Test Results for Methods for SO 2, CO, O 3, NO
2
Candidate Method_______________________________________________________
Reference Method_______________________________________________________
Applicant______________________________________________________________
[squ] First Set [squ] Second Set [squ] Type [squ] 1 Hour [squ] 24 Hour
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concentration, ppm
Concentration range Date Time ------------------------ Difference Table C-1 Pass or
Candidate Reference spec. fail
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------- ppm 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to -------- ppm 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------- ppm 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to -------- ppm 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
High 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------- ppm 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to -------- ppm 3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
................... ........ ........ .......... .......... .......... Total
Failures:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[72 FR 32204, June 12, 2007]
[[Page 56]]
Sec. Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Slope and
Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate
Equivalent Methods
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.009
[72 FR 32204, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Slope and
Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2.5
Candidate Equivalent Methods
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.010
[72 FR 32204, June 12, 2007]
[[Page 57]]
Sec. Figure C-4 to Subpart C of Part 53--Illustration of the Minimum
Limits for Correlation Coefficient for PM 2.5 and PM
10-2.5 Class II and III Methods
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.011
[72 FR 32204, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 53--References
(1) American National Standard Quality Systems for Environmental
Data and Technology Programs--Requirements with guidance for use, ANSI/
ASQC E4-2004. Available from American Society for Quality, P.O. Box
3005, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (http://qualitypress.asq.org).
(2) Quality Assurance Guidance Document 2.12. Monitoring PM
2.5 in Ambient Air Using Designated Reference or Class I
Equivalent Methods. U.S. EPA, National Exposure Research Laboratory,
Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1998 or later edition. Currently
available at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/pmqainf.html.
Subpart D_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of Methods
for PM 10
Source: 52 FR 24729, July 1, 1987, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.40 General provisions.
(a) The test procedures prescribed in this subpart shall be used to
test the performance of candidate methods for PM 10 against
the performance specifications given in table D-1. Except as provided in
paragraph (b) of this section, a test sampler or samplers representative
of the sampler described in the candidate method must exhibit
performance better than, or equal to, the specified value for each
performance parameter, to satisfy the requirements of this subpart.
(b) For a candidate method using a PM 10 sampler
previously approved as part of a designated PM 10 method,
only the test for precision need be conducted and passed to satisfy the
requirements of this subpart. For a candidate method using a PM
10 sampler inlet previously approved as part of a designated
PM 10 method, the tests for precision and flow rate stability
must be conducted and passed to satisfy the requirements of this
subpart; the tests for sampling effectiveness and 50 percent cutpoint
need not be conducted if suitable rationale is provided to demonstrate
that test results submitted for the previously approved method are
applicable to the candidate method.
(c) The liquid particle sampling effectiveness and 50 percent
cutpoint of a test sampler shall be determined in a wind tunnel using 10
particle sizes and three wind speeds as specified in table D-2. A
minimum of 3 replicate measurements of sampling effectiveness shall be
required for each of the 30 test
[[Page 58]]
conditions for a minimum of 90 test measurements.
(d) For the liquid particle sampling effectiveness parameter, a
smooth curve plot shall be constructed of sampling effectiveness
(percent) versus aerodynamic particle diameter (m) for each of
the three wind speeds. These plots shall be used to calculate the
expected mass concentration for the test sampler, using the procedure in
Sec. 53.43(a). The candidate method passes the liquid particle sampling
effectiveness test if the expected mass concentration calculated for the
test sampler at each wind speed differs by no more than [10 percent from
that predicted for the ``ideal'' sampler.*
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
* The sampling effectiveness curve for this ``ideal'' sampler is
described by column 5 of table D-3 and is based on a model that
approximates the penetration of particles into the human respiratory
tract. Additional information on this model may be found in a document
entitled, ``Particle Collection Criteria for 10 Micrometer Samplers,''
which is available from the Quality Assurance Division (MD-77),
Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(e) For the 50 percent cutpoint parameter, the test result for each
wind speed shall be reported as the particle size at which the curve
specified in Sec. 53.40(d) crosses the 50 percent effectiveness line.
The candidate method passes the 50 percent cutpoint test if the test
result at each wind speed falls within 10[0.5 m.
(f) The solid particle sampling effectiveness of a test sampler
shall be determined in a wind tunnel using 25 m particles at 2
wind speeds as specified in table D-2. A minimum of three replicate
measurements of sampling effectiveness for the 25 m solid
particles shall be required at both wind speeds for a minimum of 6 test
measurements.
(g) For the solid particle sampling effectiveness parameter, the
test result for each wind speed shall be reported as the difference
between the average of the replicate sampling effectiveness measurements
obtained for the 25 m solid particles and the average of the
replicate measurements obtained for the 25 m liquid particles.
The candidate method passes the solid particle sampling effectiveness
test if the test result for each wind speed is less than, or equal to, 5
percent.
(h) The precision and flow rate stability of three identical test
samplers shall be determined at a suitable test site by simultaneously
sampling the PM 10 concentration of the atmosphere for 10
periods of 24 hours.
(i) For the precision parameter, the test result for each of the 10
periods of 24 hours shall be calculated using the procedure in
Sec. 53.43(c). The candidate method passes the precision test if all of
the test results meet the specifications in table D-1.
(j) For the flow rate stability parameter, the test results for each
of the three test samplers and for each of the 10 periods of 24 hours
shall be calculated using the procedure in Sec. 53.43(d). The candidate
method passes the flow rate stability test if all of the test results
meet the specifications in table D-1.
(k) All test data and other documentation obtained from or pertinent
to these tests shall be identified, dated, signed by the analyst
performing the test, and submitted to EPA.
Table D-1--Performance Specifications for PM 10 Samplers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance parameter Units Specification
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Sampling effectiveness:
A. Liquid particles................. Percent................... Such that the expected mass concentration is
within [10 percent of that predicted for
the ideal sampler.
B. Solid particles.................. Percent................... Sampling effectiveness is no more than 5
percent above that obtained for liquid
particles of same size.
2. 50 Percent cutpoint m................ 10[.5 m aerodynamic
diameter.
3. Precision g/m\3\ or percent 5 g/m\3\ or 7 percent for three
collocated samplers.
4. Flow rate stability Percent................... Average flow rate over 24 hours within [5
percent of initial flow rate; all measured
flow rates over 24 hours within [10 percent
of initial flow rate.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59]]
Sec. 53.41 Test conditions.
(a) Set-up and start-up of all test samplers shall be in strict
accordance with the operating instructions specified in the manual
referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3).
(b) If the internal surface or surfaces of the candidate method's
sampler inlet on which the particles removed by the inlet are collected
is a dry surface (i.e., not normally coated with oil or grease), those
surfaces shall be cleaned prior to conducting wind tunnel tests with
solid particles.
(c) Once the test sampler or samplers have been set up and the
performance tests started, manual adjustment shall be permitted only
between test points for the sampling effectiveness and 50 percent
cutpoint tests or between test days for the precision and flow rate
stability tests. The manual adjustments and any periodic maintenance
shall be limited to only those procedures prescribed in the manual
referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The submitted records shall show clearly
when any manual adjustment or periodic maintenance was made and shall
describe the operations performed.
(d) If a test sampler malfunctions during any of the sampling
effectiveness and 50 percent cutpoint tests, that test run shall be
repeated. If a test sampler malfunctions during any of the precision and
flow rate stability tests, that day's test shall be repeated. A detailed
explanation of all malfunctions and the remedial actions taken shall be
submitted to EPA with the application.
Sec. 53.42 Generation of test atmospheres for wind tunnel tests.
(a) A vibrating orifice aerosol generator shall be used to produce
monodispersed liquid particles of oleic acid tagged with uranine dye and
monodispersed solid particles of ammonium fluoroscein with equivalent
aerodynamic diameters as specified in table D-2. The geometric standard
deviation for each particle size and type generated shall not exceed 1.1
(for primary particles) and the proportion of multiplets (doublets and
triplets) in a test particle atmosphere shall not exceed 10 percent. The
particle delivery system shall consist of a blower system and a wind
tunnel having a test section of sufficiently large cross-sectional area
such that the test sampler, or portion thereof, as installed in the test
section for testing, blocks no more than 15 percent of that area. To be
acceptable, the blower system must be capable of achieving uniform wind
speeds at the speeds specified in table D-2.
Table D-2--Particle Sizes and Wind Speeds for Sampling Effectiveness
Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wind speed (km/hr)
Particle size (m) \a\ -------------------------------------
2 8 24
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3[0.5............................. l l l
5[0.5............................. l l l
7[0.5............................. l l l
9[0.5............................. l l l
10[0.5............................ l l l
11[0.5............................ l l l
13[1.0............................ l l l
15[1.0............................ l l l
20[1.0............................ l l l
25[1.0............................ l l/s l/s
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Mass median aerodynamic diameter.
l = liquid particle.
s=solid particle.
Number of liquid particle test points (minimum of 3 replicates for each
combination of particle size and wind speed): 90.
Number of solid particle test points (minimum of 3 replicates for each
combination of particle size and wind speed): 6.
Total number of test points: 96.
(b) The size of the test particles delivered to the test section of
the wind tunnel shall be established using the operating parameters of
the vibrating orifice aerosol generator and shall be verified during the
tests by microscopic examination of samples of the particles collected
on glass slides or other suitable substrates. When sizing liquid
particles on glass slides, the slides should be pretreated with an
oleophobic surfactant and an appropriate flattening factor shall be used
in the calculation of aerodynamic diameter. The particle size, as
established by the operating parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol
generator, shall be within the tolerance specified in table D-2. The
precision of the particle size verification technique shall be 0.5
m or better, and particle size determined by the verification
technique shall not differ by more than 0.5 m or 10 percent,
whichever is higher, from that established by the operating parameters
of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator.
[[Page 60]]
(c) The population of multiplets in a test particle atmosphere shall
be determined during the tests and shall not exceed 10 percent. Solid
particles shall be checked for dryness and evidence of breakage or
agglomeration during the microscopic examination. If the solid particles
in a test atmosphere are wet or show evidence of significant breakage or
agglomeration (5 percent), the solid particle test atmosphere
is unacceptable for purposes of these tests.
(d) The concentration of particles in the wind tunnel is not
critical. However, the cross-sectional uniformity of the particle
concentration in the sampling zone of the test section shall be
established during the tests using isokinetic samplers. An array of not
less than five evenly spaced isokinetic samplers shall be used to
determine the particle concentration uniformity in the sampling zone. If
the particle concentration measured by any single isokinetic sampler in
the sampling zone differs by more than 10 percent from the mean
concentration, the particle delivery system is unacceptable in terms of
uniformity of particle concentration. The sampling zone shall be a
rectangular area having a horizontal dimension not less than 1.2 times
the width of the test sampler at its inlet opening and a vertical
dimension not less than 25 centimeters. The sampling zone is an area in
the test section of the wind tunnel that is horizontally and vertically
symmetrical with respect to the test sampler inlet opening.
(e) The wind speed in the wind tunnel shall be determined during the
tests using an appropriate technique capable of a precision of 5 percent
or better (e.g., hot-wire anemometry). The mean wind speed in the test
section of the wind tunnel during the tests shall be within 10 percent
of the value specified in table D-2. The wind speed measured at any test
point in the test section shall not differ by more than 10 percent from
the mean wind speed in the test section. The turbulence intensity
(longitudinal component and macroscale) in the test section shall be
determined during the tests using an appropriate technique (e.g., hot-
wire anemometry).
(f) The accuracy of all flow measurements used to calculate the test
atmosphere concentrations and the test results shall be documented to be
within [2 percent, referenced to a primary standard. Any flow
measurement corrections shall be clearly shown. All flow measurements
shall be given in actual volumetric units.
(g) Schematic drawings of the particle delivery system (wind tunnel
and blower system) and other information showing complete procedural
details of the test atmosphere generation, verification, and delivery
techniques shall be submitted to EPA. All pertinent calculations shall
be clearly presented.
Sec. 53.43 Test procedures.
(a) Sampling effectiveness--(1) Technical definition. The ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of the mass concentration of particles of a
given size reaching the sampler filter or filters to the mass
concentration of particles of the same size approaching the sampler.
(2) Test procedure. (i) Establish a wind speed specified in table D-
2 and measure the wind speed and turbulence intensity (longitudinal
component and macroscale) at a minimum of 12 test points in a cross-
sectional area of the test section of the wind tunnel. The mean wind
speed in the test section must be within [10 percent of the value
specified in table D-2 and the variation at any test point in the test
section may not exceed 10 percent of the mean.
(ii) Generate particles of a size and type specified in table D-2
using a vibrating orifice aerosol generator. Check for the presence of
satellites and adjust the generator as necessary. Calculate the
aerodynamic particle size using the operating parameters of the
vibrating orifice aerosol generator and record. The calculated
aerodynamic diameter must be within the tolerance specified in table D-
2.
(iii) Collect a sample of the particles on a glass slide or other
suitable substrate at the particle injection point. If a glass slide is
used, it should be pretreated with an appropriate oleophobic surfactant
when collecting liquid particles. Use a microscopic technique to size a
minimum of 25 primary particles in three viewing fields (do not include
multiplets). Determine
[[Page 61]]
the geometric mean aerodynamic diameter and geometric standard deviation
using the bulk density of the particle type (and an appropriate
flattening factor for liquid particles if collected on a glass slide).
The measured geometric mean aerodynamic diameter must be within 0.5
m or 10 percent of the aerodynamic diameter calculated from the
operating parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator. The
geometric standard deviation must not exceed 1.1.
(iv) Determine the population of multiplets (doublets and triplets)
in the collected sample by counting a minimum of 100 particles in three
viewing fields. The multiplet population of the particle test atmosphere
must not exceed 10 percent.
(v) Introduce the particles into the wind tunnel and allow the
particle concentration to stabilize.
(vi) Install an array of five or more evenly spaced isokinetic
samplers in the sampling zone (see Sec. 53.42(d)) of the wind tunnel.
Collect particles on appropriate filters (e.g., glass fiber) over a time
period such that the relative error of the measured particle
concentration is less than 5 percent. Relative error is defined as
(px100%)/(X), where p is the precision of the fluorometer on the
appropriate range, X is the measured concentration, and the units of p
and X are the same.
(vii) Determine the quantity of material collected with each
isokinetic sampler in the array using a calibrated fluorometer.
Calculate and record the mass concentration for each isokinetic sampler
as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.015
where
i = replicate number and j = isokinetic sampler number.
(viii) Calculate and record the mean mass concentration as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.016
where
n = total number of isokinetic samplers.
(ix) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation of the mass
concentration measurements as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.017
If the value of CViso(i) exceeds 0.10, the particle
concentration uniformity is unacceptable and steps (vi) through (ix)
must be repeated. If adjustment of the vibrating orifice aerosol
generator or changes in the particle delivery system are necessary to
achieve uniformity, steps (ii) through (ix) must be repeated. Remove the
array of isokinetic samplers from the wind tunnel. NOTE: A single
isokinetic sampler, operated at the same nominal flow rate as the test
sampler, may be used in place of the array of isokinetic samplers for
the determination of particle mass concentration used in the calculation
of sampling effectiveness of the test sampler in step (xiii). In this
case, the
[[Page 62]]
array of isokinetic samplers must be used to demonstrate particle
concentration uniformity prior to the replicate measurements of sampling
effectiveness.
(x) If a single isokinetic sampler is used, install the sampler in
the wind tunnel with the sampler nozzle centered in the sampling zone
(see Sec. 53.42(d)). Collect particles on an appropriate filter (e.g.,
glass fiber) for a time period such that the relative error of the
measured concentration (as defined in step (vi)) is less than 5 percent.
Determine the quantity of material collected with the isokinetic sampler
using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration as Ciso(i) as in step vii. Remove the
isokinetic sampler from the wind tunnel.
(xi) Install the test sampler (or portion thereof) in the wind
tunnel with the sampler inlet opening centered in the sampling zone (see
Sec. 53.42(d)). To meet the maximum blockage limit of Sec. 53.42(a) or
for convenience, part of the test sampler may be positioned external to
the wind tunnel provided that neither the geometry of the sampler nor
the length of any connecting tube or pipe is altered. Collect particles
on an appropriate filter or filters (e.g., glass fiber) for a time
period such that the relative error of the measured concentration (as
defined in step (vi)) is less than 5 percent.
(xii) Determine the quantity of material collected with the test
sampler using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.018
where i=replicate number.
(xiii) Calculate and record the sampling effectiveness of the test
sampler as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.019
where i = replicate number.
Note: If a single isokinetic sampler is used for the determination
of particle mass concentration, replace Ciso(i) with
Ciso(i).
(xiv) Remove the test sampler from the wind tunnel. Repeat steps
(vi) through (xiii), as appropriate, to obtain a minimum of three
replicate measurements of sampling effectiveness.
(xv) Calculate and record the average sampling effectiveness of the
test sampler as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.020
where n=number of replicates.
(xvi) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation for the
replicate sampling effectiveness measurements of the test sampler as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.021
If the value of CVE exceeds 0.10, the test run (steps (ii)
through (xvi)) must be repeated.
(xvii) Repeat steps i through xvi for each wind speed, particle
size, and particle type specified in table D-2.
(xviii) For each of the three wind speeds (nominally 2, 8, and 24
km/hr), correct the liquid particle sampling effectiveness data for the
presence of multiplets (doublets and triplets) in the test particle
atmospheres.
(xix) For each wind speed, plot the corrected liquid particle
sampling effectiveness of the test sampler (Ecorr) as a
function of particle size (dp) on semi-logarithmic graph
paper where dp is the particle size established by the
operating parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator.
Construct a smooth curve through the data.
[[Page 63]]
(xx) For each wind speed, calculate the expected mass concentration
for the test sampler under the assumed particle size distribution and
compare it to the mass concentration predicted for the ideal sampler, as
follows:
(A) Extrapolate the upper and lower ends of the corrected liquid
particle sampling effectiveness curve to 100 percent and 0 percent,
respectively, using smooth curves. Assume that Ecorr = 100
percent at a particle size of 1.0 m and Ecorr = 0
percent at a particle size of 50 m.
(B) Determine the value of Ecorr at each of the particle
sizes specified in the first column of table D-3. Record each
Ecorr value as a decimal between 0 and 1 in the second column
of table D-3.
(C) Multiply the values of Ecorr in column 2 by the
interval mass concentration values in column 3 and enter the products in
column 4 of table D-3.
(D) Sum the values in column 4 and enter the total as the expected
mass concentration for the test sampler at the bottom of column 4 of
table D-3.
(E) Calculate and record the percent difference in expected mass
concentration between the test sampler and the ideal sampler as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC09NO91.022
where:
Csam(exp) = expected mass concentration for the test sampler,
g/m\3\
Cideal(exp) = expected mass concentration for the ideal
sampler, g/m\3\ (calculated for the ideal sampler and
given at the bottom of column 7 of table D-3.)
(F) The candidate method passes the liquid particle sampling
effectiveness test if the [Delta] C value for each wind speed meets the
specification in table D-1.
(xxi) For each of the two wind speeds (nominally 8 and 24 km/hr),
calculate the difference between the average sampling effectiveness
value for the 25 m solid particles and the average sampling
effectiveness value for the 25 m liquid particles (uncorrected
for multiplets).
(xxii) The candidate method passes the solid particle sampling
effectiveness test if each such difference meets the specification in
table D-1.
Table D-3--Expected Mass Concentration for PM 10 Samplers
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test sampler Ideal Sampler
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected mass Interval mass Expected mass
Particle size (um) Sampling Interval mass concentration Sampling concentration concentration
effectiveness concentration (g/m\3\) effectiveness (g/m\3\) (g/m\3\)
m>g/m\3\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41.0 1.000 62.813 62.813 1.000 62.813 62.813
1.5 .................... 9.554 .................... 0.949 9.554 9.067
02.0 .................... 2.164 .................... 0.942 2.164 2.038
02.5 .................... 1.785 .................... 0.933 1.785 1.665
03.0 .................... 2.084 .................... 0.922 2.084 1.921
03.5 .................... 2.618 .................... 0.909 2.618 2.380
04.0 .................... 3.211 .................... 0.893 3.211 2.867
04.5 .................... 3.784 .................... 0.876 3.784 3.315
05.0 .................... 4.300 .................... 0.857 4.300 3.685
05.5 .................... 4.742 .................... 0.835 4.742 3.960
06.0 .................... 5.105 .................... 0.812 5.105 4.145
06.5 .................... 5.389 .................... 0.786 5.389 4.236
07.0 .................... 5.601 .................... 0.759 5.601 4.251
07.5 .................... 5.746 .................... 0.729 5.746 4.189
08.0 .................... 5.834 .................... 0.697 5.834 4.066
08.5 .................... 5.871 .................... 0.664 5.871 3.898
09.0 .................... 5.864 .................... 0.628 5.864 3.683
09.5 .................... 5.822 .................... 0.590 5.822 3.435
10.0 .................... 5.750 .................... 0.551 5.750 3.168
10.5 .................... 5.653 .................... 0.509 5.653 2.877
11.0 .................... 8.257 .................... 0.465 8.257 3.840
12.0 .................... 10.521 .................... 0.371 10.521 3.903
13.0 .................... 9.902 .................... 0.269 9.902 2.664
14.0 .................... 9.250 .................... 0.159 9.250 1.471
15.0 .................... 8.593 .................... 0.041 8.593 0.352
16.0 .................... 7.948 .................... 0.000 7.948 0.000
[[Page 64]]
17.0 .................... 7.329 .................... 0.000 7.329 0.000
18.0 .................... 9.904 .................... 0.000 9.904 0.000
20.0 .................... 11.366 .................... 0.000 11.366 0.000
22.0 .................... 9.540 .................... 0.000 9.540 0.000
24.0 .................... 7.997 .................... 0.000 7.997 0.000
26.0 .................... 6.704 .................... 0.000 6.704 0.000
28.0 .................... 5.627 .................... 0.000 5.627 0.000
30.0 .................... 7.785 .................... 0.000 7.785 0.000
35.0 .................... 7.800 .................... 0.000 7.800 0.000
40.0 .................... 5.192 .................... 0.000 5.192 0.000
45.0 .................... 4.959 .................... 0.000 4.959 0.000
.................... Csam(exp) = D .................... ................... Cideal(exp) = 143.889
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) 50 Percent cutpoint--(1) Technical definition. The particle size
for which the sampling effectiveness of the sampler is 50 percent.
(2) Test procedure. (i) From the corrected liquid particle sampling
effectiveness curves for each of the three wind speeds, determine the
particle size at which the curve crosses the 50 percent effectiveness
line and record as D50 on the corresponding sampling
effectiveness plot.
(ii) The candidate method passes the 50 percent cutpoint test if the
D50 value at each wind speed meets the specification in table
D-1.
(c) Precision--(1) Technical definition. The variation in the
measured particle concentration among identical samplers under typical
sampling conditions.
(2) Test procedure. (i) Set up three identical test samplers at the
test site in strict accordance with the instructions in the manual
referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). Locate the test sampler inlet openings
at the same height and between 2 and 4 meters apart. The samplers shall
be oriented in a manner that will minimize spatial and wind directional
effects on sample collection. Perform a flow calibration for each test
sampler in accordance with the instructions given in the instruction
manual and/or appendix J to part 50 of this chapter. Set the operating
flow rate to the value prescribed in the sampler instruction manual.
Note: For candidate equivalent methods, this test may be used to
satisfy part of the requirements of subpart C of this chapter. In that
case, three reference method samplers are also used at the test site,
measurements with the candidate and reference methods are compared as
specified in Sec. 53.34, and the test site must meet the requirements of
Sec. 53.30(b).
(ii) Measure the PM 10 concentration of the atmosphere
using the three test samplers for 10 periods (test days) of 24 hours
each. On each of the 10 test days, measure the initial and final flow
rates of each test sampler. On three of the test days, measure the flow
rate of each test sampler after 6, 12, and 18 hours of operation. All
measurements of flow rate and mass collected must be made in accordance
with the procedures prescribed in the sampler instruction manual and/or
appendix J to part 50 of this chapter. All measurements of flow rate
must be in actual volumetric units. Record the PM 10
concentration for each sampler and each test day as C(i)(j)
where i is the sampler number and j is the test day.
(iii) For each test day, calculate and record the average of the
three measured PM 10 concentrations as C(j) where
j is the test day. If C(j)130 g/m\3\ for any test
day, data from that test day are unacceptable and the tests for that day
must be repeated.
(iv) Calculate and record the precision for each of the 10 test days
as:
[[Page 65]]
(v) The candidate method passes the precision test if all 10
Pj or RPj values meet the specifications in table
D-1.
(d) Flow rate stability--(1) Technical definition. Freedom from
variation in the operating flow rate of the sampler under typical
sampling conditions.
(2) Test procedure. (i) For each of the three test samplers and each
of the 10 test days of the precision test, record each measured flow
rate as F(i)(j)(t), where i is the sampler number, j is the
test day, and t is the time of flow rate measurement (t=0, 6, 12, 18, or
24 hours).
(ii) For each sampler and for each test day, calculate and record
the average flow rate as:
where n = number of flow rate measurements during the 24-hour test day.
(iii) For each sampler and for each test day, calculate and record
the percent difference between the average flow rate and the initial
flow rate as:
where F(i)(j)(0) is the initial flow rate (t=0).
(iv) For each sampler and for each of the 3 test days on which flow
measurements were obtained at 6-hour intervals throughout the 24-hour
sampling period, calculate and record the percent differences between
each measured flow rate and the initial flow rate as:
where t = 6, 12, 18, or 24 hours.
(v) The candidate method passes the flow rate stability test if all
of the [Delta] F(i)(j) and [Delta] F(i)(j)(t)
values meet the specifications in table D-1.
Subpart E_Procedures for Testing Physical (Design) and Performance
Characteristics of Reference Methods and Class I and Class II Equivalent
Methods for PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5
Source: 62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.50 General provisions.
(a) A candidate method for PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5
described in an application for a FRM or FEM determination submitted
under Sec. 53.4 shall be determined by the EPA to be a FRM or a Class I,
II, or III FEM on the basis of the definitions for such methods given in
Sec. 53.1. This subpart sets forth the specific tests that must be
carried out and the test results, evidence, documentation,
[[Page 66]]
and other materials that must be provided to EPA to demonstrate that a
PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 sampler associated with a
candidate reference method or Class I or Class II equivalent method
meets all design and performance specifications set forth in appendix L
or O, respectively, of part 50 of this chapter as well as additional
requirements specified in this subpart E. Some or all of these tests may
also be applicable to a candidate Class III equivalent method or
analyzer, as may be determined under Sec. 53.3(b)(3).
(b) PM2.5 methods--(1) Reference method. A sampler associated with a
candidate reference method for PM 2.5 shall be subject to the
provisions, specifications, and test procedures prescribed in
Secs. 53.51 through 53.58.
(2) Class I method. A sampler associated with a candidate Class I
equivalent method for PM 2.5 shall be subject to the
provisions, specifications, and test procedures prescribed in all
sections of this subpart.
(3) Class II method. A sampler associated with a candidate Class II
equivalent method for PM 2.5 shall be subject to the
provisions, specifications, and test procedures prescribed in all
applicable sections of this subpart, as specified in subpart F of this
part or as specified in Sec. 53.3(a)(3).
(c) PM10-2.5 methods--(1) Reference method. A sampler
associated with a reference method for PM 10-2.5, as
specified in appendix O to part 50 of this chapter, shall be subject to
the requirements in this paragraph (c)(1).
(i) The PM 2.5 sampler of the PM 10-2.5
sampler pair shall be verified to be either currently designated under
this part 53 as a FRM for PM 2.5, or shown to meet all
requirements for designation as a FRM for PM 2.5, in
accordance with this part 53.
(ii) The PM 10C sampler of the PM 10-2.5
sampler pair shall be verified to be of like manufacturer, design,
configuration, and fabrication to the PM 2.5 sampler of the
PM 10-2.5 sampler pair, except for replacement of the
particle size separator specified in section 7.3.4 of appendix L to part
50 of this chapter with the downtube extension as specified in Figure O-
1 of appendix O to part 50 of this chapter.
(iii) For samplers that meet the provisions of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)
and (ii) of this section, the candidate PM 10-2.5 reference
method may be determined to be a FRM without further testing.
(2) Class I method. A sampler associated with a Class I candidate
equivalent method for PM 10-2.5 shall meet the requirements
in this paragraph (c)(2).
(i) The PM 2.5 sampler of the PM 10-2.5
sampler pair shall be verified to be either currently designated under
this part 53 as a FRM or Class I FEM for PM 2.5, or shown to
meet all requirements for designation as a FRM or Class I FEM for PM
2.5, in accordance with this part 53.
(ii) The PM 10c sampler of the PM 10-2.5
sampler pair shall be verified to be of similar design to the PM
10-2.5 sampler and to meet all requirements for designation
as a FRM or Class I FRM for PM 2.5, in accordance with this
part 53, except for replacement of the particle size separator specified
in section 7.3.4 of appendix L to part 50 of this chapter with the
downtube extension as specified in Figure O-1 of appendix O to part 50
of this chapter.
(iii) For samplers that meet the provisions of paragraphs (c)(2)(i)
and (ii) of this section, the candidate PM 10-2.5 method may
be determined to be a Class I FEM without further testing.
(3) Class II method. A sampler associated with a Class II candidate
equivalent method for PM 10-2.5 shall be subject to the
applicable requirements of this subpart E, as described in
Sec. 53.3(a)(5).
(d) The provisions of Sec. 53.51 pertain to test results and
documentation required to demonstrate compliance of a candidate method
sampler with the design specifications set forth in 40 CFR part 50,
appendix L or O, as applicable. The test procedures prescribed in
Secs. 53.52 through 53.59 pertain to performance tests required to
demonstrate compliance of a candidate method sampler with the
performance specifications set forth in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L or O,
as applicable, as well as additional requirements specified in this
subpart E. These latter test procedures shall be used to test the
performance of candidate samplers against the performance specifications
and requirements specified in each procedure and
[[Page 67]]
summarized in table E-1 of this subpart.
(e) Test procedures prescribed in Sec. 53.59 do not apply to
candidate reference method samplers. These procedures apply primarily to
candidate Class I or Class II equivalent method samplers for PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 that have a sample air flow path
configuration upstream of the sample filter that is modified from that
specified for the FRM sampler, as set forth in 40 CFR part 50, appendix
L, Figures L-1 to L-29 or 40 CFR part 50 appendix O, Figure O-1, if
applicable, such as might be necessary to provide for sequential sample
capability. The additional tests determine the adequacy of aerosol
transport through any altered components or supplemental devices that
are used in a candidate sampler upstream of the filter. In addition to
the other test procedures in this subpart, these test procedures shall
be used to further test the performance of such an equivalent method
sampler against the performance specifications given in the procedure
and summarized in table E-1 of this subpart.
(f) A 10-day operational field test of measurement precision is
required under Sec. 53.58 for both FRM and Class I FEM samplers for PM
2.5. This test requires collocated operation of three
candidate method samplers at a field test site. For candidate FEM
samplers, this test may be combined and carried out concurrently with
the test for comparability to the FRM specified under Sec. 53.34, which
requires collocated operation of three FRM samplers and three candidate
FEM samplers.
(g) All tests and collection of test data shall be performed in
accordance with the requirements of reference 1, section 4.10.5 (ISO
9001) and reference 2, part B, (section 6) and Part C, (section 7) in
appendix A of this subpart. All test data and other documentation
obtained specifically from or pertinent to these tests shall be
identified, dated, signed by the analyst performing the test, and
submitted to EPA in accordance with subpart A of this part.
[71 FR 61289, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.51 Demonstration of compliance with design specifications and
manufacturing and test requirements.
(a) Overview. (1) Paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section specify
certain documentation that must be submitted and tests that are required
to demonstrate that samplers associated with a designated FRM or FEM for
PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 are properly manufactured to
meet all applicable design and performance specifications and have been
properly tested according to all applicable test requirements for such
designation. Documentation is required to show that instruments and
components of a PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 sampler are
manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered facility under a quality system
that meets ISO-9001 requirements for manufacturing quality control and
testing.
(2) In addition, specific tests are required by paragraph (d) of
this section to verify that critical features of FRM samplers--the
particle size separator and the surface finish of surfaces specified to
be anodized--meet the specifications of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L or
appendix O, as applicable. A checklist is required to provide
certification by an ISO-certified auditor that all performance and other
required tests have been properly and appropriately conducted, based on
a reasonable and appropriate sample of the actual operations or their
documented records. Following designation of the method, another
checklist is required initially to provide an ISO-certified auditor's
certification that the sampler manufacturing process is being
implemented under an adequate and appropriate quality system.
(3) For the purposes of this section, the definitions of ISO 9001-
registered facility and ISO-certified auditor are found in Sec. 53.1. An
exception to the reliance by EPA on ISO-certified auditors is the
requirement for the submission of the operation or instruction manual
associated with the candidate method to EPA as part of the application.
This manual is required under Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The EPA has determined
that acceptable technical judgment for review of this manual may not be
assured by ISO-certified auditors, and approval of this manual will
therefore be performed by EPA.
[[Page 68]]
(b) ISO registration of manufacturing facility. The applicant must
submit documentation verifying that the samplers identified and sold as
part of a designated PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 FRM or
FEM will be manufactured in an ISO 9001-registered facility and that the
manufacturing facility is maintained in compliance with all applicable
ISO 9001 requirements (reference 1 in appendix A of this subpart). The
documentation shall indicate the date of the original ISO 9001
registration for the facility and shall include a copy of the most
recent certification of continued ISO 9001 facility registration. If the
manufacturer does not wish to initiate or complete ISO 9001 registration
for the manufacturing facility, documentation must be included in the
application to EPA describing an alternative method to demonstrate that
the facility meets the same general requirements as required for
registration to ISO-9001. In this case, the applicant must provide
documentation in the application to demonstrate, by required ISO-
certified auditor's inspections, that a quality system is in place which
is adequate to document and monitor that the sampler system components
and final assembled samplers all conform to the design, performance and
other requirements specified in this part and in 40 CFR part 50,
appendix L.
(c) Sampler manufacturing quality control. The manufacturer must
ensure that all components used in the manufacture of PM 2.5
or PM 10-2.5 samplers to be sold as part of a FRM or FEM and
that are specified by design in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L or O (as
applicable), are fabricated or manufactured exactly as specified. If the
manufacturer's quality records show that its quality control (QC) and
quality assurance (QA) system of standard process control inspections
(of a set number and frequency of testing that is less than 100 percent)
complies with the applicable QA provisions of section 4 of reference 4
in appendix A of this subpart and prevents nonconformances, 100 percent
testing shall not be required until that conclusion is disproved by
customer return or other independent manufacturer or customer test
records. If problems are uncovered, inspection to verify conformance to
the drawings, specifications, and tolerances shall be performed. Refer
also to paragraph (e) of this section--final assembly and inspection
requirements.
(d) Specific tests and supporting documentation required to verify
conformance to critical component specifications--(1) Verification of
PM2.5 (WINS) impactor jet diameter. For samplers utilizing
the WINS impactor particle size separator specified in paragraphs
7.3.4.1, 7.3.4.2, and 7.3.4.3 of appendix L to part 50 of this chapter,
the diameter of the jet of each impactor manufactured for a PM
2.5 or PM 10-2.5 sampler under the impactor design
specifications set forth in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L, shall be
verified against the tolerance specified on the drawing, using standard,
NIST-traceable ZZ go/no go plug gages. This test shall be a final check
of the jet diameter following all fabrication operations, and a record
shall be kept of this final check. The manufacturer shall submit
evidence that this procedure is incorporated into the manufacturing
procedure, that the test is or will be routinely implemented, and that
an appropriate procedure is in place for the disposition of units that
fail this tolerance test.
(2) VSCC separator. For samplers utilizing the BGI VSCC\TM\ Very
Sharp Cut Cyclone particle size separator specified in paragraph 7.3.4.4
of appendix L to part 50 of this chapter, the VSCC manufacturer shall
identify the critical dimensions and manufacturing tolerances for the
device, develop appropriate test procedures to verify that the critical
dimensions and tolerances are maintained during the manufacturing
process, and carry out those procedures on each VSCC manufactured to
verify conformance of the manufactured products. The manufacturer shall
also maintain records of these tests and their results and submit
evidence that this procedure is incorporated into the manufacturing
procedure, that the test is or will be routinely implemented, and that
an appropriate procedure is in place for the disposition of units that
fail this tolerance test.
(3) Verification of surface finish. The anodization process used to
treat surfaces specified to be anodized shall be verified by testing
treated specimen
[[Page 69]]
surfaces for weight and corrosion resistance to ensure that the coating
obtained conforms to the coating specification. The specimen surfaces
shall be finished in accordance with military standard specification
8625F, Type II, Class I (reference 4 in appendix A of this subpart) in
the same way the sampler surfaces are finished, and tested, prior to
sealing, as specified in section 4.5.2 of reference 4 in appendix A of
this subpart.
(e) Final assembly and inspection requirements. Each sampler shall
be tested after manufacture and before delivery to the final user. Each
manufacturer shall document its post-manufacturing test procedures. As a
minimum, each test shall consist of the following: Tests of the overall
integrity of the sampler, including leak tests; calibration or
verification of the calibration of the flow measurement device,
barometric pressure sensor, and temperature sensors; and operation of
the sampler with a filter in place over a period of at least 48 hours.
The results of each test shall be suitably documented and shall be
subject to review by an ISO-certified auditor.
(f) Manufacturer's audit checklists. Manufacturers shall require an
ISO-certified auditor to sign and date a statement indicating that the
auditor is aware of the appropriate manufacturing specifications
contained in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L or O (as applicable), and the
test or verification requirements in this subpart. Manufacturers shall
also require an ISO-certified auditor to complete the checklists, shown
in figures E-1 and E-2 of this subpart, which describe the
manufacturer's ability to meet the requirements of the standard for both
designation testing and product manufacture.
(1) Designation testing checklist. The completed statement and
checklist as shown in figure E-1 of this subpart shall be submitted with
the application for FRM or FEM determination.
(2) Product manufacturing checklist. Manufacturers shall require an
ISO-certified auditor to complete a Product Manufacturing Checklist
(figure E-2 of this subpart), which evaluates the manufacturer on its
ability to meet the requirements of the standard in maintaining quality
control in the production of FRM or FEM devices. The completed checklist
shall be submitted with the application for FRM or FEM determination.
[71 FR 61290, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.52 Leak check test.
(a) Overview. In section 7.4.6 of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L, the
sampler is required to include the facility, including components,
instruments, operator controls, a written procedure, and other
capabilities as necessary, to allow the operator to carry out a leak
test of the sampler at a field monitoring site without additional
equipment. This test procedure is intended to test the adequacy and
effectiveness of the sampler's leak check facility. Because of the
variety of potential sampler configurations and leak check procedures
possible, some adaptation of this procedure may be necessary to
accommodate the specific sampler under test. The test conditions and
performance specifications associated with this test are summarized in
table E-1 of this subpart. The candidate test sampler must meet all test
parameters and test specifications to successfully pass this test.
(b) Technical definitions. (1) External leakage includes the total
flow rate of external ambient air which enters the sampler other than
through the sampler inlet and which passes through any one or more of
the impactor, filter, or flow rate measurement components.
(2) Internal leakage is the total sample air flow rate that passes
through the filter holder assembly without passing through the sample
filter.
(c) Required test equipment. (1) Flow rate measurement device, range
70 mL/min to 130 mL/min, 2 percent certified accuracy, NIST-traceable.
(2) Flow rate measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L,
figure L-30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sampler
flow rate at the top of the downtube.
(3) Impermeable membrane or disk, 47 mm nominal diameter.
(4) Means, such as a micro-valve, of providing a simulated leak flow
rate through the sampler of approximately 80 mL/min under the conditions
specified for the leak check in the sampler's leak check procedure.
[[Page 70]]
(5) Teflon sample filter, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L.
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and one or more non-zero flow rates within 7 days of use for this
test.
(e) Test setup. (1) The test sampler shall be set up for testing as
described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual referred to
in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall be installed upright and set up in
its normal configuration for collecting PM samples, except that the
sample air inlet shall be removed and the flow rate measurement adaptor
shall be installed on the sampler's downtube.
(2) The flow rate control device shall be set up to provide a
constant, controlled flow rate of 80 mL/min into the sampler downtube
under the conditions specified for the leak check in the sampler's leak
check procedure.
(3) The flow rate measurement device shall be set up to measure the
controlled flow rate of 80 mL/min into the sampler downtube under the
conditions specified for the leak check in the sampler's leak check
procedure.
(f) Procedure. (1) Install the impermeable membrane in a filter
cassette and install the cassette into the sampler. Carry out the
internal leak check procedure as described in the sampler's operation/
instruction manual and verify that the leak check acceptance criterion
specified in table E-1 of this subpart is met.
(2) Replace the impermeable membrane with a Teflon filter and
install the cassette in the sampler. Remove the inlet from the sampler
and install the flow measurement adaptor on the sampler's downtube.
Close the valve of the adaptor to seal the flow system. Conduct the
external leak check procedure as described in the sampler's operation/
instruction manual and verify that the leak check acceptance criteria
specified in table E-1 of this subpart are met.
(3) Arrange the flow control device, flow rate measurement device,
and other apparatus as necessary to provide a simulated leak flow rate
of 80 mL/min into the test sampler through the downtube during the
specified external leak check procedure. Carry out the external leak
check procedure as described in the sampler's operation/instruction
manual but with the simulated leak of 80 mL/min.
(g) Test results. The requirements for successful passage of this
test are:
(1) That the leak check procedure indicates no significant external
or internal leaks in the test sampler when no simulated leaks are
introduced.
(2) That the leak check procedure properly identifies the occurrence
of the simulated external leak of 80 mL/min.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61291, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.53 Test for flow rate accuracy, regulation, measurement accuracy,
and cut-off.
(a) Overview. This test procedure is designed to evaluate a
candidate sampler's flow rate accuracy with respect to the design flow
rate, flow rate regulation, flow rate measurement accuracy, coefficient
of variability measurement accuracy, and the flow rate cut-off function.
The tests for the first four parameters shall be conducted over a 6-hour
time period during which reference flow measurements are made at
intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. The flow rate cut-off test, conducted
separately, is intended to verify that the sampler carries out the
required automatic sample flow rate cut-off function properly in the
event of a low-flow condition. The test conditions and performance
specifications associated with this test are summarized in table E-1 of
this subpart. The candidate test sampler must meet all test parameters
and test specifications to successfully pass this test.
(b) Technical definitions. (1) Sample flow rate means the
quantitative volumetric flow rate of the air stream caused by the
sampler to enter the sampler inlet and pass through the
[[Page 71]]
sample filter, measured in actual volume units at the temperature and
pressure of the air as it enters the inlet.
(2) The flow rate cut-off function requires the sampler to
automatically stop sample flow and terminate the current sample
collection if the sample flow rate deviates by more than the variation
limits specified in table E-1 of this subpart ([10 percent from the
nominal sample flow rate) for more than 60 seconds during a sample
collection period. The sampler is also required to properly notify the
operator with a flag warning indication of the out-of-specification flow
rate condition and if the flow rate cut-off results in an elapsed sample
collection time of less than 23 hours.
(c) Required test equipment. (1) Flow rate meter, suitable for
measuring and recording the actual volumetric sample flow rate at the
sampler downtube, with a minimum range of 10 to 25 L/min, 2 percent
certified, NIST-traceable accuracy. Optional capability for continuous
(analog) recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to
exceed 30 seconds is recommended. While a flow meter which provides a
direct indication of volumetric flow rate is preferred for this test, an
alternative certified flow measurement device may be used as long as
appropriate volumetric flow rate corrections are made based on
measurements of actual ambient temperature and pressure conditions.
(2) Ambient air temperature sensor, with a resolution of 0.1 C and
certified to be accurate to within 0.5 C (if needed). If the certified
flow meter does not provide direct volumetric flow rate readings,
ambient air temperature measurements must be made using continuous
(analog) recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to
exceed 5 minutes.
(3) Barometer, range 600 mm Hg to 800 mm Hg, certified accurate to 2
mm Hg (if needed). If the certified flow meter does not provide direct
volumetric flow rate readings, ambient pressure measurements must be
made using continuous (analog) recording capability or digital recording
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
(4) Flow measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L, figure L-
30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sample flow rate
at the sampler downtube.
(5) Valve or other means to restrict or reduce the sample flow rate
to a value at least 10 percent below the design flow rate (16.67 L/min).
If appropriate, the valve of the flow measurement adaptor may be used
for this purpose.
(6) Means for creating an additional pressure drop of 55 mm Hg in
the sampler to simulate a heavily loaded filter, such as an orifice or
flow restrictive plate installed in the filter holder or a valve or
other flow restrictor temporarily installed in the flow path near the
filter.
(7) Teflon sample filter, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L (if required).
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow-rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(e) Test setup. (1) Setup of the sampler shall be as required in
this paragraph (e) and otherwise as described in the sampler's operation
or instruction manual referred to in Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall
be installed upright and set up in its normal configuration for
collecting PM samples. A sample filter and (or) the device for creating
an additional 55 mm Hg pressure drop shall be installed for the duration
of these tests. The sampler's ambient temperature, ambient pressure, and
flow rate measurement systems shall all be calibrated per the sampler's
operation or instruction manual within 7 days prior to this test.
[[Page 72]]
(2) The inlet of the candidate sampler shall be removed and the flow
measurement adaptor installed on the sampler's downtube. A leak check as
described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual shall be
conducted and must be properly passed before other tests are carried
out.
(3) The inlet of the flow measurement adaptor shall be connected to
the outlet of the flow rate meter.
(4) For the flow rate cut-off test, the valve or means for reducing
sampler flow rate shall be installed between the flow measurement
adaptor and the downtube or in another location within the sampler such
that the sampler flow rate can be manually restricted during the test.
(f) Procedure. (1) Set up the sampler as specified in paragraph (e)
of this section and otherwise prepare the sampler for normal sample
collection operation as directed in the sampler's operation or
instruction manual. Set the sampler to automatically start a 6-hour
sample collection period at a convenient time.
(2) During the 6-hour operational flow rate portion of the test,
measure and record the sample flow rate with the flow rate meter at
intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. If ambient temperature and pressure
corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate, ambient
temperature and pressure shall be measured at the same frequency as that
of the certified flow rate measurements. Note and record the actual
start and stop times for the 6-hour flow rate test period.
(3) Following completion of the 6-hour flow rate test period,
install the flow rate reduction device and change the sampler flow rate
recording frequency to intervals of not more than 30 seconds. Reset the
sampler to start a new sample collection period. Manually restrict the
sampler flow rate such that the sampler flow rate is decreased slowly
over several minutes to a flow rate slightly less than the flow rate
cut-off value (15.0 L/min). Maintain this flow rate for at least 2.0
minutes or until the sampler stops the sample flow automatically.
Manually terminate the sample period, if the sampler has not terminated
it automatically.
(g) Test results. At the completion of the test, validate the test
conditions and determine the test results as follows:
(1) Mean sample flow rate. (i) From the certified measurements
(Qref) of the test sampler flow rate obtained by use of the
flow rate meter, tabulate each flow rate measurement in units of L/min.
If ambient temperature and pressure corrections are necessary to
calculate volumetric flow rate, each measured flow rate shall be
corrected using its corresponding temperature and pressure measurement
values. Calculate the mean flow rate for the sample period
(Qref,ave) as follows:
Equation 1
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.063
where:
n equals the number of discrete certified flow rate measurements over
the 6-hour test period.
(ii)(A) Calculate the percent difference between this mean flow rate
value and the design value of 16.67 L/min, as follows:
Equation 2
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.064
(B) To successfully pass the mean flow rate test, the percent
difference calculated in Equation 2 of this paragraph (g)(1)(ii) must be
within [5 percent.
(2) Sample flow rate regulation. (i) From the certified measurements
of the test sampler flow rate, calculate the sample coefficient of
variation (CV) of the discrete measurements as follows:
Equation 3
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.065
[[Page 73]]
(ii) To successfully pass the flow rate regulation test, the
calculated coefficient of variation for the certified flow rates must
not exceed 2 percent.
(3) Flow rate measurement accuracy. (i) Using the mean volumetric
flow rate reported by the candidate test sampler at the completion of
the 6-hour test period (Qind,ave), determine the accuracy of
the reported mean flow rate as:
Equation 4
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.066
(ii) To successfully pass the flow rate measurement accuracy test,
the percent difference calculated in Equation 4 of this paragraph (g)(3)
shall not exceed 2 percent.
(4) Flow rate coefficient of variation measurement accuracy. (i)
Using the flow rate coefficient of variation indicated by the candidate
test sampler at the completion of the 6-hour test (%CVind),
determine the accuracy of this reported coefficient of variation as:
Equation 5
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.067
(ii) To successfully pass the flow rate CV measurement accuracy
test, the absolute difference in values calculated in Equation 5 of this
paragraph (g)(4) must not exceed 0.3 (CV%).
(5) Flow rate cut-off. (i) Inspect the measurements of the sample
flow rate during the flow rate cut-off test and determine the time at
which the sample flow rate decreased to a value less than the cut-off
value specified in table E-1 of this subpart. To pass this test, the
sampler must have automatically stopped the sample flow at least 30
seconds but not more than 90 seconds after the time at which the sampler
flow rate was determined to have decreased to a value less than the cut-
off value.
(ii) At the completion of the flow rate cut-off test, download the
archived data from the test sampler and verify that the sampler's
required Flow-out-of-spec and Incorrect sample period flag indicators
are properly set.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61291, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.54 Test for proper sampler operation following power interruptions.
(a) Overview. (1) This test procedure is designed to test certain
performance parameters of the candidate sampler during a test period in
which power interruptions of various duration occur. The performance
parameters tested are:
(i) Proper flow rate performance of the sampler.
(ii) Accuracy of the sampler's average flow rate, CV, and sample
volume measurements.
(iii) Accuracy of the sampler's reported elapsed sampling time.
(iv) Accuracy of the reported time and duration of power
interruptions.
(2) This test shall be conducted during operation of the test
sampler over a continuous 6-hour test period during which the sampler's
flow rate shall be measured and recorded at intervals not to exceed 5
minutes. The performance parameters tested under this procedure, the
corresponding minimum performance specifications, and the applicable
test conditions are summarized in table E-1 of this subpart. Each
performance parameter tested, as described or determined in the test
procedure, must meet or exceed the associated performance specification
to successfully pass this test.
(b) Required test equipment. (1) Flow rate meter, suitable for
measuring and recording the actual volumetric sample flow rate at the
sampler downtube, with a minimum range of 10 to 25 L/min, 2 percent
certified, NIST-traceable accuracy. Optional capability for continuous
(analog) recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to
exceed 5 minutes is recommended. While a flow meter which provides a
direct indication of volumetric flow rate is preferred for this test, an
alternative certified flow measurement device may be used as long as
appropriate volumetric flow rate corrections are made based on
measurements of actual ambient temperature and pressure conditions.
[[Page 74]]
(2) Ambient air temperature sensor (if needed for volumetric
corrections to flow rate measurements), with a resolution of 0.1 C,
certified accurate to within 0.5 C, and continuous (analog) recording
capability or digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
(3) Barometer (if needed for volumetric corrections to flow rate
measurements), range 600 mm Hg to 800 mm Hg, certified accurate to 2 mm
Hg, with continuous (analog) recording capability or digital recording
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
(4) Flow measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L, figure L-
30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sample flow rate
at the sampler downtube.
(5) Means for creating an additional pressure drop of 55 mm Hg in
the sampler to simulate a heavily loaded filter, such as an orifice or
flow restrictive plate installed in the filter holder or a valve or
other flow restrictor temporarily installed in the flow path near the
filter.
(6) Teflon sample filter, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L (if required).
(7) Time measurement system, accurate to within 10 seconds per day.
(c) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(d) Test setup. (1) Setup of the sampler shall be performed as
required in this paragraph (d) and otherwise as described in the
sampler's operation or instruction manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall be installed upright and set up in
its normal configuration for collecting PM samples. A sample filter and
(or) the device for creating an additional 55 mm Hg pressure drop shall
be installed for the duration of these tests. The sampler's ambient
temperature, ambient pressure, and flow measurement systems shall all be
calibrated per the sampler's operating manual within 7 days prior to
this test.
(2) The inlet of the candidate sampler shall be removed and the flow
measurement adaptor installed on the sample downtube. A leak check as
described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual shall be
conducted and must be properly passed before other tests are carried
out.
(3) The inlet of the flow measurement adaptor shall be connected to
the outlet of the flow rate meter.
(e) Procedure. (1) Set up the sampler as specified in paragraph (d)
of this section and otherwise prepare the sampler for normal sample
collection operation as directed in the sampler's operation or
instruction manual. Set the sampler to automatically start a 6-hour
sample collection period at a convenient time.
(2) During the entire 6-hour operational flow rate portion of the
test, measure and record the sample flow rate with the flow rate meter
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. If ambient temperature and
pressure corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate,
ambient temperature and pressure shall be measured at the same frequency
as that of the certified flow rate measurements. Note and record the
actual start and stop times for the 6-hour flow rate test period.
(3) During the 6-hour test period, interrupt the AC line electrical
power to the sampler 5 times, with durations of 20 seconds, 40 seconds,
2 minutes, 7 minutes, and 20 minutes (respectively), with not less than
10 minutes of normal electrical power supplied between each power
interruption. Record the hour and minute and duration of each power
interruption.
(4) At the end of the test, terminate the sample period (if not
automatically terminated by the sampler) and download all archived
instrument data from the test sampler.
(f) Test results. At the completion of the sampling period, validate
the test
[[Page 75]]
conditions and determine the test results as follows:
(1) Mean sample flow rate. (i) From the certified measurements
(Qref) of the test sampler flow rate, tabulate each flow rate
measurement in units of L/min. If ambient temperature and pressure
corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate, each
measured flow rate shall be corrected using its corresponding
temperature and pressure measurement values. Calculate the mean flow
rate for the sample period (Qref,ave) as follows:
Equation 6
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.068
where:
n equals the number of discrete certified flow rate measurements over
the 6-hour test period, excluding flow rate values obtained
during periods of power interruption.
(ii)(A) Calculate the percent difference between this mean flow rate
value and the design value of 16.67 L/min, as follows:
Equation 7
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.069
(B) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 7 of this paragraph (f)(1)(ii) must be within [5
percent.
(2) Sample flow rate regulation. (i) From the certified measurements
of the test sampler flow rate, calculate the sample coefficient of
variation of the discrete measurements as follows:
Equation 8
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.070
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the calculated coefficient of
variation for the certified flow rates must not exceed 2 percent.
(3) Flow rate measurement accuracy. (i) Using the mean volumetric
flow rate reported by the candidate test sampler at the completion of
the 6-hour test (Qind,ave), determine the accuracy of the
reported mean flow rate as:
Equation 9
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.071
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 9 of this paragraph (f)(3) shall not exceed 2
percent.
(4) Flow rate CV measurement accuracy. (i) Using the flow rate
coefficient of variation indicated by the candidate test sampler at the
completion of the 6-hour test (%CVind), determine the
accuracy of the reported coefficient of variation as:
Equation 10
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.072
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the absolute difference in
values calculated in Equation 10 of this paragraph (f)(4) must not
exceed 0.3 (CV%).
(5) Verify that the sampler properly provided a record and visual
display of the correct year, month, day-of-month, hour, and minute with
an accuracy of [2 minutes, of the start of each power interruption of
duration greater than 60 seconds.
(6) Calculate the actual elapsed sample time, excluding the periods
of electrical power interruption. Verify that the elapsed sample time
reported by the sampler is accurate to within [20 seconds for the 6-hour
test run.
(7) Calculate the sample volume as Qref.ave multiplied by
the sample time, excluding periods of power interruption. Verify that
the sample volume reported by the sampler is within 2 percent of the
calculated sample volume to successfully pass this test.
(8) Inspect the downloaded instrument data from the test sampler and
verify that all data are consistent with normal operation of the
sampler.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998, as amended at 71
FR 61291, Oct. 17, 2006]
[[Page 76]]
Sec. 53.55 Test for effect of variations in power line voltage and
ambient temperature.
(a) Overview. (1) This test procedure is a combined procedure to
test various performance parameters under variations in power line
voltage and ambient temperature. Tests shall be conducted in a
temperature-controlled environment over four 6-hour time periods during
which reference temperature and flow rate measurements shall be made at
intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. Specific parameters to be evaluated
at line voltages of 105 and 125 volts and temperatures of -20 C and +40
C are as follows:
(i) Sample flow rate.
(ii) Flow rate regulation.
(iii) Flow rate measurement accuracy.
(iv) Coefficient of variability measurement accuracy.
(v) Ambient air temperature measurement accuracy.
(vi) Proper operation of the sampler when exposed to power line
voltage and ambient temperature extremes.
(2) The performance parameters tested under this procedure, the
corresponding minimum performance specifications, and the applicable
test conditions are summarized in table E-1 of this subpart. Each
performance parameter tested, as described or determined in the test
procedure, must meet or exceed the associated performance specification
given. The candidate sampler must meet all specifications for the
associated PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 method (as
applicable) to pass this test procedure.
(b) Technical definition. Sample flow rate means the quantitative
volumetric flow rate of the air stream caused by the sampler to enter
the sampler inlet and pass through the sample filter, measured in actual
volume units at the temperature and pressure of the air as it enters the
inlet.
(c) Required test equipment. (1) Environmental chamber or other
temperature-controlled environment or environments, capable of obtaining
and maintaining temperatures at -20 C and =40 C as required for the
test with an accuracy of [2 C. The test environment(s) must be capable
of maintaining these temperatures within the specified limits
continuously with the additional heat load of the operating test sampler
in the environment. Henceforth, where the test procedures specify a test
or environmental ``chamber,'' an alternative temperature-controlled
environmental area or areas may be substituted, provided the required
test temperatures and all other test requirements are met.
(2) Variable voltage AC power transformer, range 100 Vac to 130 Vac,
with sufficient current capacity to operate the test sampler
continuously under the test conditions.
(3) Flow rate meter, suitable for measuring and recording the actual
volumetric sample flow rate at the sampler downtube, with a minimum
range of 10 to 25 actual L/min, 2 percent certified, NIST-traceable
accuracy. Optional capability for continuous (analog) recording
capability or digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes is
recommended. While a flow meter which provides a direct indication of
volumetric flow rate is preferred for this test, an alternative
certified flow measurement device may be used as long as appropriate
volumetric flow rate corrections are made based on measurements of
actual ambient temperature and pressure conditions.
(4) Ambient air temperature recorder, range -30 C to =50 C, with a
resolution of 0.1 C and certified accurate to within 0.5 C. Ambient
air temperature measurements must be made using continuous (analog)
recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5
minutes.
(5) Barometer, range 600 mm Hg to 800 mm Hg, certified accurate to 2
mm Hg. If the certified flow rate meter does not provide direct
volumetric flow rate readings, ambient pressure measurements must be
made using continuous (analog) recording capability or digital recording
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
(6) Flow measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L, figure L-
30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sampler flow rate
at the sampler downtube.
(7) Means for creating an additional pressure drop of 55 mm Hg in
the sampler to simulate a heavily loaded filter,
[[Page 77]]
such as an orifice or flow restrictive plate installed in the filter
holder or a valve or other flow restrictor temporarily installed in the
flow path near the filter.
(8) AC RMS voltmeter, accurate to 1.0 volt.
(9) Teflon sample filter, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L (if required).
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(e) Test setup. (1) Setup of the sampler shall be performed as
required in this paragraph (e) and otherwise as described in the
sampler's operation or instruction manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall be installed upright and set up in
the temperature-controlled chamber in its normal configuration for
collecting PM samples. A sample filter and (or) the device for creating
an additional 55 mm Hg pressure drop shall be installed for the duration
of these tests. The sampler's ambient temperature, ambient pressure, and
flow measurement systems shall all be calibrated per the sampler's
operating manual within 7 days prior to this test.
(2) The inlet of the candidate sampler shall be removed and the flow
measurement adaptor installed on the sampler's downtube. A leak check as
described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual shall be
conducted and must be properly passed before other tests are carried
out.
(3) The inlet of the flow measurement adaptor shall be connected to
the outlet of the flow rate meter.
(4) The ambient air temperature recorder shall be installed in the
test chamber such that it will accurately measure the temperature of the
air in the vicinity of the candidate sampler without being unduly
affected by the chamber's air temperature control system.
(f) Procedure. (1) Set up the sampler as specified in paragraph (e)
of this section and otherwise prepare the sampler for normal sample
collection operation as directed in the sampler's operation or
instruction manual.
(2) The test shall consist of four test runs, one at each of the
following conditions of chamber temperature and electrical power line
voltage (respectively):
(i) -20 C [2 C and 105 [1 Vac.
(ii) -20 C [2 C and 125 [1 Vac.
(iii) =40 C [2 C and 105 [1 Vac.
(iv) =40 C [2 C and 125 [1 Vac.
(3) For each of the four test runs, set the selected chamber
temperature and power line voltage for the test run. Upon achieving each
temperature setpoint in the chamber, the candidate sampler and flow
meter shall be thermally equilibrated for a period of at least 2 hours
prior to the test run. Following the thermal conditioning time, set the
sampler to automatically start a 6-hour sample collection period at a
convenient time.
(4) During each 6-hour test period:
(i) Measure and record the sample flow rate with the flow rate meter
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. If ambient temperature and
pressure corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate,
ambient temperature and pressure shall be measured at the same frequency
as that of the certified flow rate measurements. Note and record the
actual start and stop times for the 6-hour flow rate test period.
(ii) Determine and record the ambient (chamber) temperature
indicated by the sampler and the corresponding ambient (chamber)
temperature measured by the ambient temperature recorder specified in
paragraph (c)(4) of this section at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
(iii) Measure the power line voltage to the sampler at intervals not
greater than 1 hour.
[[Page 78]]
(5) At the end of each test run, terminate the sample period (if not
automatically terminated by the sampler) and download all archived
instrument data from the test sampler.
(g) Test results. For each of the four test runs, examine the
chamber temperature measurements and the power line voltage
measurements. Verify that the temperature and line voltage met the
requirements specified in paragraph (f) of this section at all times
during the test run. If not, the test run is not valid and must be
repeated. Determine the test results as follows:
(1) Mean sample flow rate. (i) From the certified measurements
(Qref) of the test sampler flow rate, tabulate each flow rate
measurement in units of L/min. If ambient temperature and pressure
corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate, each
measured flow rate shall be corrected using its corresponding
temperature and pressure measurement values. Calculate the mean flow
rate for each sample period (Qref,ave) as follows:
Equation 11
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.073
where:
n equals the number of discrete certified flow rate measurements over
each 6-hour test period.
(ii)(A) Calculate the percent difference between this mean flow rate
value and the design value of 16.67 L/min, as follows:
Equation 12
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.074
(B) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 12 of this paragraph (g)(1)(ii) must be within [5
percent for each test run.
(2) Sample flow rate regulation. (i) From the certified measurements
of the test sampler flow rate, calculate the sample coefficient of
variation of the discrete measurements as follows:
Equation 13
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.075
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the calculated coefficient of
variation for the certified flow rates must not exceed 2 percent.
(3) Flow rate measurement accuracy. (i) Using the mean volumetric
flow rate reported by the candidate test sampler at the completion of
each 6-hour test (Qind,ave), determine the accuracy of the
reported mean flow rate as:
Equation 14
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.076
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 14 of this paragraph (g)(3) shall not exceed 2
percent for each test run.
(4) Flow rate coefficient of variation measurement accuracy. (i)
Using the flow rate coefficient of variation indicated by the candidate
test sampler (%CVind), determine the accuracy of the reported
coefficient of variation as:
Equation 15
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.077
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the absolute difference
calculated in Equation 15 of this paragraph (g)(4) must not exceed 0.3
(CV%) for each test run.
(5) Ambient temperature measurement accuracy. (i) Calculate the
absolute value of the difference between the mean ambient air
temperature indicated by the test sampler and the mean ambient (chamber)
air temperature measured with the ambient air temperature recorder as:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.037
Where:
Tind,ave = The mean ambient air temperature indicated by the
test sampler, C; and
[[Page 79]]
Tref,ave = The mean ambient air temperature measured by the
reference temperature instrument, C.
(ii) The calculated temperature difference must be less than 2 C
for each test run.
(6) Sampler functionality. To pass the sampler functionality test,
the following two conditions must both be met for each test run:
(i) The sampler must not shutdown during any portion of the 6-hour
test.
(ii) An inspection of the downloaded data from the test sampler
verifies that all the data are consistent with normal operation of the
sampler.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61291, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.56 Test for effect of variations in ambient pressure.
(a) Overview. (1) This test procedure is designed to test various
sampler performance parameters under variations in ambient (barometric)
pressure. Tests shall be conducted in a pressure-controlled environment
over two 6-hour time periods during which reference pressure and flow
rate measurements shall be made at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
Specific parameters to be evaluated at operating pressures of 600 and
800 mm Hg are as follows:
(i) Sample flow rate.
(ii) Flow rate regulation.
(iii) Flow rate measurement accuracy.
(iv) Coefficient of variability measurement accuracy.
(v) Ambient pressure measurement accuracy.
(vi) Proper operation of the sampler when exposed to ambient
pressure extremes.
(2) The performance parameters tested under this procedure, the
corresponding minimum performance specifications, and the applicable
test conditions are summarized in table E-1 of this subpart. Each
performance parameter tested, as described or determined in the test
procedure, must meet or exceed the associated performance specification
given. The candidate sampler must meet all specifications for the
associated PM 2.5 or PM 10-2.5 method (as
applicable) to pass this test procedure.
(b) Technical definition. Sample flow rate means the quantitative
volumetric flow rate of the air stream caused by the sampler to enter
the sampler inlet and pass through the sample filter, measured in actual
volume units at the temperature and pressure of the air as it enters the
inlet.
(c) Required test equipment. (1) Hypobaric chamber or other
pressure-controlled environment or environments, capable of obtaining
and maintaining pressures at 600 mm Hg and 800 mm Hg required for the
test with an accuracy of 5 mm Hg. Henceforth, where the test procedures
specify a test or environmental chamber, an alternative pressure-
controlled environmental area or areas may be substituted, provided the
test pressure requirements are met. Means for simulating ambient
pressure using a closed-loop sample air system may also be approved for
this test; such a proposed method for simulating the test pressure
conditions may be described and submitted to EPA at the address given in
Sec. 53.4(a) prior to conducting the test for a specific individual
determination of acceptability.
(2) Flow rate meter, suitable for measuring and recording the actual
volumetric sampler flow rate at the sampler downtube, with a minimum
range of 10 to 25 L/min, 2 percent certified, NIST-traceable accuracy.
Optional capability for continuous (analog) recording capability or
digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes is recommended.
While a flow meter which provides a direct indication of volumetric flow
rate is preferred for this test, an alternative certified flow
measurement device may be used as long as appropriate volumetric flow
rate corrections are made based on measurements of actual ambient
temperature and pressure conditions.
(3) Ambient air temperature recorder (if needed for volumetric
corrections to flow rate measurements) with a range -30 C to =50 C,
certified accurate to within 0.5 C. If the certified flow meter does
not provide direct volumetric flow rate readings, ambient temperature
measurements must be made using continuous (analog) recording capability
or digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
[[Page 80]]
(4) Barometer, range 600 mm Hg to 800 mm Hg, certified accurate to 2
mm Hg. Ambient air pressure measurements must be made using continuous
(analog) recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to
exceed 5 minutes.
(5) Flow measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L, figure L-
30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sampler flow rate
at the sampler downtube.
(6) Means for creating an additional pressure drop of 55 mm Hg in
the sampler to simulate a heavily loaded filter, such as an orifice or
flow restrictive plate installed in the filter holder or a valve or
other flow restrictor temporarily installed in the flow path near the
filter.
(7) Teflon sample filter, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L (if required).
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(e) Test setup. (1) Setup of the sampler shall be performed as
required in this paragraph (e) and otherwise as described in the
sampler's operation or instruction manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall be installed upright and set up in
the pressure-controlled chamber in its normal configuration for
collecting PM samples. A sample filter and (or) the device for creating
an additional 55 mm Hg pressure drop shall be installed for the duration
of these tests. The sampler's ambient temperature, ambient pressure, and
flow measurement systems shall all be calibrated per the sampler's
operating manual within 7 days prior to this test.
(2) The inlet of the candidate sampler shall be removed and the flow
measurement adaptor installed on the sampler's downtube. A leak check as
described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual shall be
conducted and must be properly passed before other tests are carried
out.
(3) The inlet of the flow measurement adaptor shall be connected to
the outlet of the flow rate meter.
(4) The barometer shall be installed in the test chamber such that
it will accurately measure the air pressure to which the candidate
sampler is subjected.
(f) Procedure. (1) Set up the sampler as specified in paragraph (e)
of this section and otherwise prepare the sampler for normal sample
collection operation as directed in the sampler's operation or
instruction manual.
(2) The test shall consist of two test runs, one at each of the
following conditions of chamber pressure:
(i) 600 mm Hg.
(ii) 800 mm Hg.
(3) For each of the two test runs, set the selected chamber pressure
for the test run. Upon achieving each pressure setpoint in the chamber,
the candidate sampler shall be pressure-equilibrated for a period of at
least 30 minutes prior to the test run. Following the conditioning time,
set the sampler to automatically start a 6-hour sample collection period
at a convenient time.
(4) During each 6-hour test period:
(i) Measure and record the sample flow rate with the flow rate meter
at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes. If ambient temperature and
pressure corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate,
ambient temperature and pressure shall be measured at the same frequency
as that of the certified flow rate measurements. Note and record the
actual start and stop times for the 6-hour flow rate test period.
(ii) Determine and record the ambient (chamber) pressure indicated
by the sampler and the corresponding ambient (chamber) pressure measured
by the barometer specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section at
intervals not to exceed 5 minutes.
[[Page 81]]
(5) At the end of each test period, terminate the sample period (if
not automatically terminated by the sampler) and download all archived
instrument data for the test run from the test sampler.
(g) Test results. For each of the two test runs, examine the chamber
pressure measurements. Verify that the pressure met the requirements
specified in paragraph (f) of this section at all times during the test.
If not, the test run is not valid and must be repeated. Determine the
test results as follows:
(1) Mean sample flow rate. (i) From the certified measurements
(Qref) of the test sampler flow rate, tabulate each flow rate
measurement in units of L/min. If ambient temperature and pressure
corrections are necessary to calculate volumetric flow rate, each
measured flow rate shall be corrected using its corresponding
temperature and pressure measurement values. Calculate the mean flow
rate for the sample period (Qref,ave) as follows:
Equation 17
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.079
where:
n equals the number of discrete certified flow measurements over the 6-
hour test period.
(ii)(A) Calculate the percent difference between this mean flow rate
value and the design value of 16.67 L/min, as follows:
Equation 18
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.080
(B) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 18 of this paragraph (g)(1) must be within [5
percent for each test run.
(2) Sample flow rate regulation. (i) From the certified measurements
of the test sampler flow rate, calculate the sample coefficient of
variation of the discrete measurements as follows:
Equation 19
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.081
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the calculated coefficient of
variation for the certified flow rates must not exceed 2 percent.
(3) Flow rate measurement accuracy. (i) Using the mean volumetric
flow rate reported by the candidate test sampler at the completion of
each 6-hour test (Qind,ave), determine the accuracy of the
reported mean flow rate as:
Equation 20
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.082
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the percent difference
calculated in Equation 20 of this paragraph (g)(3) shall not exceed 2
percent for each test run.
(4) Flow rate CV measurement accuracy. (i) Using the flow rate
coefficient of variation indicated by the candidate test sampler at the
completion of the 6-hour test (%CVind), determine the
accuracy of the reported coefficient of variation as:
Equation 21
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.083
(ii) To successfully pass this test, the absolute difference in
values calculated in Equation 21 of this paragraph (g)(4) must not
exceed 0.3 (CV%) for each test run.
(5) Ambient pressure measurement accuracy. (i) Calculate the
absolute difference between the mean ambient air pressure indicated by
the test sampler and the ambient (chamber) air pressure measured with
the reference barometer as:
Equation 22
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.084
where:
Pind,ave = mean ambient pressure indicated by the test
sampler, mm Hg; and
[[Page 82]]
Pref,ave = mean barometric pressure measured by the reference
barometer, mm Hg.
(ii) The calculated pressure difference must be less than 10 mm Hg
for each test run to pass the test.
(6) Sampler functionality. To pass the sampler functionality test,
the following two conditions must both be met for each test run:
(i) The sampler must not shut down during any part of the 6-hour
tests; and
(ii) An inspection of the downloaded data from the test sampler
verifies that all the data are consistent with normal operation of the
sampler.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998, as amended at 71
FR 61292, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.57 Test for filter temperature control during sampling and
post-sampling periods.
(a) Overview. This test is intended to measure the candidate
sampler's ability to prevent excessive overheating of the PM sample
collection filter (or filters) under conditions of elevated solar
insolation. The test evaluates radiative effects on filter temperature
during a 4-hour period of active sampling as well as during a subsequent
4-hour non-sampling time period prior to filter retrieval. Tests shall
be conducted in an environmental chamber which provides the proper
radiant wavelengths and energies to adequately simulate the sun's
radiant effects under clear conditions at sea level. For additional
guidance on conducting solar radiative tests under controlled
conditions, consult military standard specification 810-E (reference 6
in appendix A of this subpart). The performance parameters tested under
this procedure, the corresponding minimum performance specifications,
and the applicable test conditions are summarized in table E-1 of this
subpart. Each performance parameter tested, as described or determined
in the test procedure, must meet or exceed the associated performance
specification to successfully pass this test.
(b) Technical definition. Filter temperature control during sampling
is the ability of a sampler to maintain the temperature of the
particulate matter sample filter within the specified deviation (5 C)
from ambient temperature during any active sampling period. Post-
sampling temperature control is the ability of a sampler to maintain the
temperature of the particulate matter sample filter within the specified
deviation from ambient temperature during the period from the end of
active sample collection by the sampler until the filter is retrieved
from the sampler for laboratory analysis.
(c) Required test equipment. (1) Environmental chamber providing the
means, such as a bank of solar-spectrum lamps, for generating or
simulating thermal radiation in approximate spectral content and
intensity equivalent to solar insulation of 1000 [50 W/m\2\ inside the
environmental chamber. To properly simulate the sun's radiative effects
on the sampler, the solar bank must provide the spectral energy
distribution and permitted tolerances specified in table E-2 of this
subpart. The solar radiation source area shall be such that the width of
the candidate sampler shall not exceed one-half the dimensions of the
solar bank. The solar bank shall be located a minimum of 76 cm (30
inches) from any surface of the candidate sampler. To meet requirements
of the solar radiation tests, the chamber's internal volume shall be a
minimum of 10 times that of the volume of the candidate sampler. Air
velocity in the region of the sampler must be maintained continuously
during the radiative tests at 2.0 [0.5 m/sec.
(2) Ambient air temperature recorder, range -30 C to =50 C, with a
resolution of 0.1 C and certified accurate to within 0.5 C. Ambient
air temperature measurements must be made using continuous (analog)
recording capability or digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5
minutes.
(3) Flow measurement adaptor (40 CFR part 50, appendix L, figure L-
30) or equivalent adaptor to facilitate measurement of sampler flow rate
at the sampler downtube.
(4) Miniature temperature sensor(s), capable of being installed in
the sampler without introducing air leakage and capable of measuring the
sample air temperature within 1 cm of the center of the filter,
downstream of the filter; with a resolution of 0.1 C, certified
[[Page 83]]
accurate to within 0.5 C, NIST-traceable, with continuous (analog)
recording capability or digital recording at intervals of not more than
5 minutes.
(5) Solar radiometer, to measure the intensity of the simulated
solar radiation in the test environment, range of 0 to approximately
1500 W/m\2\. Optional capability for continuous (analog) recording or
digital recording at intervals not to exceed 5 minutes is recommended.
(6) Sample filter or filters, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR
part 50, appendix L.
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(e) Test setup. (1) Setup of the sampler shall be performed as
required in this paragraph (e) and otherwise as described in the
sampler's operation or instruction manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3). The sampler shall be installed upright and set up in
the solar radiation environmental chamber in its normal configuration
for collecting PM samples (with the inlet installed). The sampler's
ambient and filter temperature measurement systems shall be calibrated
per the sampler's operating manual within 7 days prior to this test. A
sample filter shall be installed for the duration of this test. For
sequential samplers, a sample filter shall also be installed in each
available sequential channel or station intended for collection of a
sequential sample (or at least five additional filters for magazine-type
sequential samplers) as directed by the sampler's operation or
instruction manual.
(2) The miniature temperature sensor shall be temporarily installed
in the test sampler such that it accurately measures the air temperature
1 cm from the center of the filter on the downstream side of the filter.
The sensor shall be installed such that no external or internal air
leakage is created by the sensor installation. The sensor's dimensions
and installation shall be selected to minimize temperature measurement
uncertainties due to thermal conduction along the sensor mounting
structure or sensor conductors. For sequential samplers, similar
temperature sensors shall also be temporarily installed in the test
sampler to monitor the temperature 1 cm from the center of each filter
stored in the sampler for sequential sample operation.
(3) The solar radiant energy source shall be installed in the test
chamber such that the entire test sampler is irradiated in a manner
similar to the way it would be irradiated by solar radiation if it were
located outdoors in an open area on a sunny day, with the radiation
arriving at an angle of between 30 and 45 from vertical. The intensity
of the radiation received by all sampler surfaces that receive direct
radiation shall average 1000 [50 W/m\2\, measured in a plane
perpendicular to the incident radiation. The incident radiation shall be
oriented with respect to the sampler such that the area of the sampler's
ambient temperature sensor (or temperature shield) receives full, direct
radiation as it would or could during normal outdoor installation. Also,
the temperature sensor must not be shielded or shaded from the radiation
by a sampler part in a way that would not occur at other normal
insulation angles or directions.
(4) The solar radiometer shall be installed in a location where it
measures thermal radiation that is generally representative of the
average thermal radiation intensity that the upper portion of the
sampler and sampler inlet receive. The solar radiometer shall be
oriented so that it measures the radiation in a plane perpendicular to
its angle of incidence.
(5) The ambient air temperature recorder shall be installed in the
test chamber such that it will accurately measure the temperature of the
air in
[[Page 84]]
the chamber without being unduly affected by the chamber's air
temperature control system or by the radiant energy from the solar
radiation source that may be present inside the test chamber.
(f) Procedure. (1) Set up the sampler as specified in paragraph (e)
of this section and otherwise prepare the sampler for normal sample
collection operation as directed in the sampler's operation or
instruction manual.
(2) Remove the inlet of the candidate test sampler and install the
flow measurement adaptor on the sampler's downtube. Conduct a leak check
as described in the sampler's operation or instruction manual. The leak
test must be properly passed before other tests are carried out.
(3) Remove the flow measurement adaptor from the downtube and re-
install the sampling inlet.
(4) Activate the solar radiation source and verify that the
resulting energy distribution prescribed in table E-2 of this subpart is
achieved.
(5) Program the test sampler to conduct a single sampling run of 4
continuous hours. During the 4-hour sampling run, measure and record the
radiant flux, ambient temperature, and filter temperature (all filter
temperatures for sequential samplers) at intervals not to exceed 5
minutes.
(6) At the completion of the 4-hour sampling phase, terminate the
sample period, if not terminated automatically by the sampler. Continue
to measure and record the radiant flux, ambient temperature, and filter
temperature or temperatures for 4 additional hours at intervals not to
exceed 5 minutes. At the completion of the 4-hour post-sampling period,
discontinue the measurements and turn off the solar source.
(7) Download all archived sampler data from the test run.
(g) Test results. Chamber radiant flux control. Examine the
continuous record of the chamber radiant flux and verify that the flux
met the requirements specified in table E-2 of this subpart at all times
during the test. If not, the entire test is not valid and must be
repeated.
(1) Filter temperature measurement accuracy. (i) For each 4-hour
test period, calculate the absolute value of the difference between the
mean filter temperature indicated by the sampler (active filter) and the
mean filter temperature measured by the reference temperature sensor
installed within 1 cm downstream of the (active) filter as:
Equation 23
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.085
where:
Tind,filter = mean filter temperature indicated by the test
sampler, C; and
Tref,filter = mean filter temperature measured by the
reference temperature sensor, C.
(ii) To successfully pass the indicated filter temperature accuracy
test, the calculated difference between the measured means
(Tdiff,filter) must not exceed 2 C for each 4-hour test
period.
(2) Ambient temperature measurement accuracy. (i) For each 4-hour
test period, calculate the absolute value of the difference between the
mean ambient air temperature indicated by the test sampler and the mean
ambient air temperature measured by the reference ambient air
temperature recorder as:
Equation 24
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.086
where:
Tind,ambient = mean ambient air temperature indicated by the
test sampler, C; and
Tref,ambient = mean ambient air temperature measured by the
reference ambient air temperature recorder, C.
(ii) To successfully pass the indicated ambient temperature accuracy
test, the calculated difference between the measured means
(Tdiff,ambient) must not exceed 2 C for each 4-hour test
period.
(3) Filter temperature control accuracy. (i) For each temperature
measurement interval over each 4-hour test period, calculate the
difference between the filter temperature indicated by the reference
temperature sensor and the ambient temperature indicated by the test
sampler as:
Equation 25
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.087
[[Page 85]]
(ii) Tabulate and inspect the calculated differences as a function
of time. To successfully pass the indicated filter temperature control
test, the calculated difference between the measured values must not
exceed 5 C for any consecutive intervals covering more than a 30-minute
time period.
(iii) For sequential samplers, repeat the test calculations for each
of the stored sequential sample filters. All stored filters must also
meet the 5 C temperature control test.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998, as amended at 71
FR 61292, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.58 Operational field precision and blank test.
(a) Overview. This test is intended to determine the operational
precision of the candidate sampler during a minimum of 10 days of field
operation, using three collocated test samplers. Measurements of PM are
made at a test site with all of the samplers and then compared to
determine replicate precision. Candidate sequential samplers are also
subject to a test for possible deposition of particulate matter on
inactive filters during a period of storage in the sampler. This
procedure is applicable to both reference and equivalent methods. In the
case of equivalent methods, this test may be combined and conducted
concurrently with the comparability test for equivalent methods
(described in subpart C of this part), using three reference method
samplers collocated with three candidate equivalent method samplers and
meeting the applicable site and other requirements of subpart C of this
part.
(b) Technical definition. (1) Field precision is defined as the
standard deviation or relative standard deviation of a set of PM
measurements obtained concurrently with three or more collocated
samplers in actual ambient air field operation.
(2) Storage deposition is defined as the mass of material
inadvertently deposited on a sample filter that is stored in a
sequential sampler either prior to or subsequent to the active sample
collection period.
(c) Test site. Any outdoor test site having PM 2.5 (or PM
10-2.5, as applicable) concentrations that are reasonably
uniform over the test area and that meet the minimum level requirement
of paragraph (g)(2) of this section is acceptable for this test.
(d) Required facilities and equipment. (1) An appropriate test site
and suitable electrical power to accommodate three test samplers are
required.
(2) Teflon sample filters, as specified in section 6 of 40 CFR part
50, appendix L, conditioned and preweighed as required by section 8 of
40 CFR part 50, appendix L, as needed for the test samples.
(e) Test setup. (1) Three identical test samplers shall be installed
at the test site in their normal configuration for collecting PM samples
in accordance with the instructions in the associated manual referred to
in Sec. 53.4(b)(3) and also in accordance with applicable supplemental
guidance provided in reference 3 in appendix A of this subpart. The test
samplers' inlet openings shall be located at the same height above
ground and between 2 (1 for samplers with flow rates less than 200 L/
min.) and 4 meters apart horizontally. The samplers shall be arranged or
oriented in a manner that will minimize the spatial and wind directional
effects on sample collection of one sampler on any other sampler.
(2) Each test sampler shall be successfully leak checked,
calibrated, and set up for normal operation in accordance with the
instruction manual and with any applicable supplemental guidance
provided in reference 3 in appendix A of this subpart.
(f) Test procedure. (1) Install a conditioned, preweighed filter in
each test sampler and otherwise prepare each sampler for normal sample
collection. Set identical sample collection start and stop times for
each sampler. For sequential samplers, install a conditioned, preweighed
specified filter in each available channel or station intended for
automatic sequential sample filter collection (or at least five
additional filters for magazine-type sequential samplers), as directed
by the sampler's operation or instruction manual. Since the inactive
sequential channels are used for the storage deposition part of the
test, they may not be used to collect the active PM test samples.
[[Page 86]]
(2) Collect either a nominal 24-hour or 48-hour atmospheric PM
sample simultaneously with each of the three test samplers.
(3) Following sample collection, retrieve the collected sample from
each sampler. For sequential samplers, retrieve the additional stored
(blank, unsampled) filters after at least 5 days (120 hours) storage in
the sampler if the active samples are 24-hour samples, or after at least
10 days (240 hours) if the active samples are 48-hour samples.
(4) Determine the measured PM mass concentration for each sample in
accordance with the applicable procedures prescribed for the candidate
method in appendix L or appendix O, as applicable, of part 50 of this
chapter, and in accordance with the associated manual referred to in
Sec. 53.4(b)(3) and supplemental guidance in reference 2 in appendix A
of this subpart. For sequential samplers, also similarly determine the
storage deposition as the net weight gain of each blank, unsampled
filter after the 5-day (or 10-day) period of storage in the sampler.
(5) Repeat this procedure to obtain a total of 10 sets of any
combination of (nominal) 24-hour or 48-hour PM measurements over 10 test
periods. For sequential samplers, repeat the 5-day (or 10-day) storage
test of additional blank filters once for a total of two sets of blank
filters.
(g) Calculations. (1) Record the PM concentration for each test
sampler for each test period as Ci,j, where i is the sampler
number (i = 1,2,3) and j is the test period (j = 1,2, * * * 10).
(2)(i) For each test period, calculate and record the average of the
three measured PM concentrations as Cave,j where j is the
test period using equation 26 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR41AD07.005
(ii) If Cave,j 43 g/m\3\ for any test period,
data from that test period are unacceptable, and an additional sample
collection set must be obtained to replace the unacceptable data.
(3)(i) Calculate and record the precision for each of the 10 test
periods, as the standard deviation, using equation 27 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.039
(ii) For each of the 10 test periods, also calculate and record the
precision as the relative standard deviation, in percent, using equation
28 of this section:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR17OC06.040
(h) Test results. (1) The candidate method passes the precision test
if either Pj or RPj is less than or equal to the
corresponding specification in table E-1 of this subpart for all 10 test
periods.
(2) The candidate sequential sampler passes the blank filter storage
deposition test if the average net storage deposition weight gain of
each set of blank filters (total of the net weight gain of each blank
filter divided by the number of filters in the set) from each test
sampler (six sets in all) is less than 50 g.
[71 FR 61292, Oct. 17, 2006,as amended at 72 FR 32208, June 12, 2007]
Sec. 53.59 Aerosol transport test for Class I equivalent method samplers.
(a) Overview. This test is intended to verify adequate aerosol
transport through any modified or air flow splitting components that may
be used in a Class I candidate equivalent method sampler such as may be
necessary to achieve sequential sampling capability. This test is
applicable to all Class I candidate samplers in which the aerosol flow
path (the flow path through which sample air passes upstream of sample
collection filter) differs significantly from that specified for
reference method samplers as specified in 40 CFR
[[Page 87]]
part 50, appendix L or appendix O, as applicable. The test requirements
and performance specifications for this test are summarized in table E-1
of this subpart.
(b) Technical definitions. (1) Aerosol transport is the percentage
of a laboratory challenge aerosol which penetrates to the active sample
filter of the candidate equivalent method sampler.
(2) The active sample filter is the exclusive filter through which
sample air is flowing during performance of this test.
(3) A no-flow filter is a sample filter through which no sample air
is intended to flow during performance of this test.
(4) A channel is any of two or more flow paths that the aerosol may
take, only one of which may be active at a time.
(5) An added component is any physical part of the sampler which is
different in some way from that specified for a reference method sampler
in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L or appendix O, as applicable, such as a
device or means to allow or cause the aerosol to be routed to one of
several channels.
(c) Required facilities and test equipment. (1) Aerosol generation
system, as specified in Sec. 53.62(c)(2).
(2) Aerosol delivery system, as specified in Sec. 53.64(c)(2).
(3) Particle size verification equipment, as specified in
Sec. 53.62(c)(3).
(4) Fluorometer, as specified in Sec. 53.62(c)(7).
(5) Candidate test sampler, with the inlet and impactor or impactors
removed, and with all internal surfaces of added components electroless
nickel coated as specified in Sec. 53.64(d)(2).
(6) Filters that are appropriate for use with fluorometric methods
(e.g., glass fiber).
(d) Calibration of test measurement instruments. Submit
documentation showing evidence of appropriately recent calibration,
certification of calibration accuracy, and NIST-traceability (if
required) of all measurement instruments used in the tests. The accuracy
of flow rate meters shall be verified at the highest and lowest
pressures and temperatures used in the tests and shall be checked at
zero and at least one flow rate within [3 percent of 16.7 L/min within 7
days prior to use for this test. Where an instrument's measurements are
to be recorded with an analog recording device, the accuracy of the
entire instrument-recorder system shall be calibrated or verified.
(e) Test setup. (1) The candidate test sampler shall have its inlet
and impactor or impactors removed. The lower end of the down tube shall
be reconnected to the filter holder, using an extension of the downtube,
if necessary. If the candidate sampler has a separate impactor for each
channel, then for this test, the filter holder assemblies must be
connected to the physical location on the sampler where the impactors
would normally connect.
(2) The test particle delivery system shall be connected to the
sampler downtube so that the test aerosol is introduced at the top of
the downtube.
(f) Test procedure. (1) All surfaces of the added or modified
component or components which come in contact with the aerosol flow
shall be thoroughly washed with 0.01 N NaOH and then dried.
(2) Generate aerosol. (i) Generate aerosol composed of oleic acid
with a uranine fluorometric tag of 3 [0.25 m aerodynamic
diameter using a vibrating orifice aerosol generator according to
conventions specified in Sec. 53.61(g).
(ii) Check for the presence of satellites and adjust the generator
to minimize their production.
(iii) Calculate the aerodynamic particle size using the operating
parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator. The calculated
aerodynamic diameter must be 3 [0.25 m aerodynamic diameter.
(3) Verify the particle size according to procedures specified in
Sec. 53.62(d)(4)(i).
(4) Collect particles on filters for a time period such that the
relative error of the resulting measured fluorometric concentration for
the active filter is less than 5 percent.
(5) Determine the quantity of material collected on the active
filter using a calibrated fluorometer. Record the mass of fluorometric
material for the active filter as Mactive (i) where i = the
active channel number.
(6) Determine the quantity of material collected on each no-flow
filter using a calibrated fluorometer. Record
[[Page 88]]
the mass of fluorometric material on each no-flow filter as
Mno-flow.
(7) Using 0.01 N NaOH, wash the surfaces of the added component or
components which contact the aerosol flow. Determine the quantity of
material collected using a calibrated fluorometer. Record the mass of
fluorometric material collected in the wash as Mwash.
(8) Calculate the aerosol transport as:
Equation 29
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.091
where:
i = the active channel number.
(9) Repeat paragraphs (f)(1) through (8) of this section for each
channel, making each channel in turn the exclusive active channel.
(g) Test results. The candidate Class I sampler passes the aerosol
transport test if T(i) is at least 97 percent for each
channel.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61293, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. Table E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53--Summary of Test Requirements for
Reference and Class I Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5 and PM
10-2.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance Part 50, appendix
Subpart E procedure Performance test specification Test conditions L reference
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.52 Sample leak check Sampler leak check External leakage: Controlled leak Sec. 7.4.6.
test. facility. 80 mL/min, max. flow rate of 80
Internal leakage: mL/min.
80 mL/min, max.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.53 Base flow rate test. Sample flow rate.. 1. 16.67 [5%, L/ (a) 6-hour normal Sec. 7.4.1.
1. Mean........... min. operational test Sec. 7.4.2.
2. Regulation..... 2. 2%, max........ plus flow rate Sec. 7.4.3.
3. Meas accuracy.. 3. 2%, max........ cut-off test. Sec. 7.4.4.
4. CV accuracy.... 4. 0.3% max....... (b) Normal Sec. 7.4.5.
5. Cut-off........ 5. Flow rate cut- conditions.
off if flow rate (c) Additional 55
deviates more mm Hg pressure
than 10% from drop to simulate
design flow rate loaded filter.
for >60 [30 (d) Variable flow
seconds. restriction used
for cut-off test.
Sec. 53.54 Power interruption Sample flow rate.. 1. 16.67 [5%, L/ (a) 6-hour normal Sec. 7.4.1.
test. 1. Mean........... min. operational test. Sec. 7.4.2.
2. Regulation..... 2. 2%, max........ (b) Nominal Sec. 7.4.3.
3. Meas. accuracy. 3. 2%, max........ conditions. Sec. 7.4.5.
4. CV accuracy.... 4. 0.3% max....... (c) Additional 55 Sec. 7.4.12.
5. Occurrence time 5. [2 min if >60 mm Hg pressure Sec. 7.4.13.
of power seconds.. drop to simulate Sec. 7.4.15.4.
interruptions. 6. [20 seconds.... loaded filter. Sec. 7.4.15.5.
6. Elapsed sample 7. [2%, max....... (d) 6 power
time. interruptions of
7. Sample volume.. various durations.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.55 Temperature and line Sample flow rate.. 1. 16.67 [5%, L/ (a) 6-hour normal Sec. 7.4.1.
voltage test. 1. Mean........... min. operational test. Sec. 7.4.2.
2. Regulation..... 2. 2%, max........ (b) Normal Sec. 7.4.3.
3. Meas. accuracy. 3. 2%, max........ conditions. Sec. 7.4.5.
4. CV accuracy.... 4. 0.3% max....... (c) Additional 55 Sec. 7.4.8.
5. Temperature 5. 2 C............ mm Hg pressure Sec. 7.4.15.1.
meas. accuracy. drop to simulate
6. Proper loaded filter.
operation.. (d) Ambient
temperature at -
20 and +40 C.
(e) Line voltage:
105 Vac to 125
Vac.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.56 Barometric pressure Sample flow rate.. 1. 16.67 [5%, L/ (a) 6-hour normal Sec. 7.4.1.
effect test. 1. Mean........... p;min. operational test. Sec. 7.4.2.
2. Regulation..... 2. 2%, max........ (b) Normal Sec. 7.4.3.
3. Meas. accuracy. 3. 2%, max........ conditions. Sec. 7.4.5.
4. CV accuracy.... 4. 0.3% max....... (c) Additional 55 Sec. 7.4.9.
5. Pressure meas. 5. 10 mm Hg....... mm Hg pressure
accuracy. drop to simulate
6. Proper loaded filter.
operation.. (d) Barometric
pressure at 600
and 800 mm Hg.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 89]]
Sec. 53.57 Filter temperature 1. Filter temp. 1. 2 C............ (a) 4-hour Sec. 7.4.8.
control test. meas. accuracy. 2. 2 C............ simulated solar Sec. 7.4.10.
2. Ambient temp. 3. Not more than 5 radiation, Sec. 7.4.11.
meas. accuracy. C above ambient sampling.
3. Filter temp. temp. for more (b) 4-hour
control accuracy, than 30 min. simulated solar
sampling and non- radiation, non-
sampling. sampling.
(c) Solar flux of
1000 [50 W/m 2.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.58 Field precision test 1. Measurement 1. Pj <2 g/m 3 or RPj samplers at 1 Sec. 7.3.5.
2. Storage <5%. site for at least Sec. 8.
deposition test 2. 50 g 10 days. Sec. 9.
for sequential max. average (b) PM 2.5 conc. Sec. 10.
samplers. weight gain/blank >3 g/m 3.
filter. (c) 24- or 48-hour
samples.
(d) 5- or 10-day
storage period
for inactive
stored filters.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Following Requirement Is Applicable to Class I Candidate Equivalent Methods Only
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.59 Aerosol transport Aerosol transport. 97%, min. for all Determine aerosol
test. channels.. transport through
any new or
modified
components with
respect to the
reference method
sampler before
the filter for
each channel.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[72 FR 32208, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Table E-2 to Subpart E of Part 53--Spectral Energy Distribution and
Permitted Tolerance for Conducting Radiative Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spectral Region
Characteristic -----------------------------------------------------
Ultraviolet Visible Infrared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandwidth (m) to 0.40
Irradiance (W/ 5 56 450 to 550 439
m\2\)
Allowed Tolerance [35% [25% [10% [10%
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998]
Sec. Figure E-1 to Subpart E of Part 53--Designation Testing Checklist
DESIGNATION TESTING CHECKLIST
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
Auditee Auditor signature Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compliance Status: Y = Yes N = No NA = Not applicable/
Not available Verification
------------------------------------------------------ Comments
Verification Verified by Direct Observation (Includes
-------------------- of Process or of Documented documentation of
Evidence: Performance, Design or who, what, where,
Application Spec. Corresponding when, why) (Doc.
Y N NA to Sections of 40 CFR Part 53 or #, Rev. #, Rev.
40 CFR Part 50, Appendix L Date)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Performance Specification Tests
..... ..... Sample flow rate coefficient of
variation (Sec. 53.53) (L-
7.4.3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Filter temperature control
(sampling) (Sec. 53.57) (L-
7.4.10)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Elapsed sample time accuracy
(Sec. 53.54) (L-7.4.13)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Filter temperature control (post
sampling) (Sec. 53.57) (L-
7.4.10)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Application Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Field Precision (Sec. 53.58) (L-
5.1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 90]]
..... ..... Meets all Appendix L
requirements (part 53, subpart
A, Sec. 53.2(a)(3)) (part 53,
subpart E, Sec. 53.51(a),(d))
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Filter Weighing (L-8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Field Sampling Procedure (Sec.
53.30, .31, .34)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Design Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Filter (L-6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Range of Operational Conditions
(L-7.4.7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Following Requirements Apply Only to Class I Candidate Equivalent
Methods
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Aerosol Transport (Sec. 53.59)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Figure E-2 to Subpart E of Part 53--Product Manufacturing Checklist
PRODUCT MANUFACTURING CHECKLIST
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
Auditee Auditor signature Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compliance Status: Y = Yes N = No NA = Not applicable/
Not available Verification
------------------------------------------------------ Comments
Verification Verified by Direct Observation (Includes
-------------------- of Process or of Documented documentation of
Evidence: Performance, Design or who, what, where,
Application Spec. Corresponding when, why) (Doc.
Y N NA to Sections of 40 CFR Part 53 or #, Rev. #, Rev.
40 CFR Part 50, Appendix L Date)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Performance Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Assembled operational
performance (Burn-in test)
(Sec. 53.53)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Sample flow rate (Sec. 53.53)
(L-7.4.1, L-7.4.2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Sample flow rate regulation
(Sec. 53.53) (L-7.4.3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Flow rate and average flow rate
measurement accuracy (Sec.
53.53) (L-7.4.5)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Ambient air temperature
measurement accuracy (Sec.
53.55) (L-7.4.8)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Ambient barometric pressure
measurement accuracy (Sec.
53.56) (L-7.4.9)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Sample flow rate cut-off (Sec.
53.53) (L-7.4.4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Sampler leak check facility
(Sec. 53.52) (L-7.4.6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Application Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Flow rate calibration transfer
standard (L-9.2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Operational /Instructional
manual (L-7.4.18)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Design Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Impactor (jet width) (Sec.
53.51(d)(1)) (L-7.3.4.1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
..... ..... Surface finish (Sec.
53.51(d)(2)) (L-7.3.7)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 91]]
Sec. Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 53--References
(1) American National Standard Quality Systems--Model for Quality
Assurance in Design, Development, Production, Installation, and
Servicing, ANSI/ISO/ASQC Q9001-1994. Available from American Society for
Quality, P.O. Box 3005, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (http://
qualitypress.asq.org).
(2) American National Standard Quality Systems for Environmental
Data and Technology Programs--Requirements with guidance for use, ANSI/
ASQC E4-2004. Available from American Society for Quality, P.O. Box
3005, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (http://qualitypress.asq.org).
(3) Quality Assurance Guidance Document 2.12. Monitoring PM
2.5 in Ambient Air Using Designated Reference or Class I
Equivalent Methods. U.S. EPA, National Exposure Research Laboratory,
Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1998 or later edition. Currently
available at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/amtic/pmqainf.html.
(4) Military standard specification (mil. spec.) 8625F, Type II,
Class 1 as listed in Department of Defense Index of Specifications and
Standards (DODISS), available from DODSSP-Customer Service,
Standardization Documents Order Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D,
Philadelphia, PA 1911-5094.
(5) Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement
Systems, Volume IV: Meteorological Measurements. Revised March, 1995.
EPA-600/R-94-038d. Available from National Technical Information
Service, Springfield, VA 22161, (800-553-6847, http://www.ntis.gov).
NTIS number PB95-199782INZ.
(6) Military standard specification (mil. spec.) 810-E as listed in
Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards (DODISS),
available from DODSSP-Customer Service, Standardization Documents Order
Desk, 700 Robbins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 1911-5094.
[62 FR 38799, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61295, Oct. 17, 2006]
Subpart F_Procedures for Testing Performance Characteristics of Class II
Equivalent Methods for PM 2.5
Source: 62 FR 38814, July 18, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 53.60 General provisions.
(a) This subpart sets forth the specific requirements that a PM
2.5 sampler associated with a candidate Class II equivalent
method must meet to be designated as an equivalent method for PM
2.5. This subpart also sets forth the explicit test
procedures that must be carried out and the test results, evidence,
documentation, and other materials that must be provided to EPA to
demonstrate that a sampler meets all specified requirements for
designation as an equivalent method.
(b) A candidate method described in an application for a FRM or FEM
determination submitted under Sec. 53.4 shall be determined by the EPA
to be a Class II candidate equivalent method on the basis of the
definition of a Class II FEM in Sec. 53.1.
(c) Any sampler associated with a Class II candidate equivalent
method (Class II sampler) must meet all applicable requirements for FRM
samplers or Class I FEM samplers specified in subpart E of this part, as
appropriate. Except as provided in Sec. 53.3(a)(3), a Class II PM
2.5 sampler must meet the additional requirements as
specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) Except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and (3) of this
section, all Class II samplers are subject to the additional tests and
performance requirements specified in Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel
test), Sec. 53.65 (loading test), and Sec. 53.66 (volatility test).
Alternative tests and performance requirements, as described in
paragraphs (d)(1), (2), and (3) of this section, are optionally
available for certain Class II samplers which meet the requirements for
reference method or Class I equivalent method samplers given in 40 CFR
part 50, appendix L, and in subpart E of this part, except for specific
deviations of the inlet, fractionator, or filter.
(1) Inlet deviation. A sampler which has been determined to be a
Class II sampler solely because the design or construction of its inlet
deviates from the design or construction of the inlet specified in 40
CFR part 50, appendix L, for reference method samplers shall not be
subject to the requirements of Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel test),
provided that it meets all requirements of Sec. 53.63 (wind tunnel inlet
aspiration test), Sec. 53.65 (loading test), and Sec. 53.66 (volatility
test).
(2) Fractionator deviation. A sampler which has been determined to
be a Class II sampler solely because the design or construction of its
particle size
[[Page 92]]
fractionator deviates from the design or construction of the particle
size fractionator specified in 40 CFR part 50, appendix L for reference
method samplers shall not be subject to the requirements of Sec. 53.62
(full wind tunnel test), provided that it meets all requirements of
Sec. 53.64 (static fractionator test), Sec. 53.65 (loading test), and
Sec. 53.66 (volatility test).
(3) Filter size deviation. A sampler which has been determined to be
a Class II sampler solely because its effective filtration area deviates
from that of the reference method filter specified in 40 CFR part 50,
appendix L, for reference method samplers shall not be subject to the
requirements of Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel test) nor Sec. 53.65
(loading test), provided it meets all requirements of Sec. 53.66
(volatility test).
(e) The test specifications and acceptance criteria for each test
are summarized in table F-1 of this subpart. The candidate sampler must
demonstrate performance that meets the acceptance criteria for each
applicable test to be designated as an equivalent method.
(f) Overview of various test procedures for Class II samplers--(1)
Full wind tunnel test. This test procedure is designed to ensure that
the candidate sampler's effectiveness (aspiration of an ambient aerosol
and penetration of the sub 2.5-micron fraction to its sample filter)
will be comparable to that of a reference method sampler. The candidate
sampler is challenged at wind speeds of 2 and 24 km/hr with monodisperse
aerosols of the size specified in table F-2 of this subpart. The
experimental test results are then integrated with three idealized
ambient distributions (typical, fine, and coarse) to yield the expected
mass concentration measurement for each. The acceptance criteria are
based on the results of this numerical analysis and the particle
diameter for which the sampler effectiveness is 50 percent.
(2) Wind tunnel inlet aspiration test. The wind tunnel inlet
aspiration test directly compares the inlet of the candidate sampler to
the inlet of a reference method sampler with the single-sized, liquid,
monodisperse challenge aerosol specified in table F-2 of this subpart at
wind speeds of 2 km/hr and 24 km/hr. The acceptance criteria, presented
in table F-1 of this subpart, is based on the relative aspiration
between the candidate inlet and the reference method inlet.
(3) Static fractionator test. The static fractionator test
determines the effectiveness of the candidate sampler's 2.5-micron
fractionator under static conditions for aerosols of the size specified
in table F-2 of this subpart. The numerical analysis procedures and
acceptance criteria are identical to those in the full wind tunnel test.
(4) Loading test. The loading test is conducted to ensure that the
performance of a candidate sampler is not significantly affected by the
amount of particulate deposited on its interior surfaces between
periodic cleanings. The candidate sampler is artificially loaded by
sampling a test environment containing aerosolized, standard test dust.
The duration of the loading phase is dependent on both the time between
cleaning as specified by the candidate method and the aerosol mass
concentration in the test environment. After loading, the candidate's
performance must then be evaluated by Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel
evaluation), Sec. 53.63 (wind tunnel inlet aspiration test), or
Sec. 53.64 (static fractionator test). If the results of the appropriate
test meet the criteria presented in table F-1 of this subpart, then the
candidate sampler passes the loading test under the condition that it be
cleaned at least as often as the cleaning frequency proposed by the
candidate method and that has been demonstrated to be acceptable by this
test.
(5) Volatility test. The volatility test challenges the candidate
sampler with a polydisperse, semi-volatile liquid aerosol. This aerosol
is simultaneously sampled by the candidate method sampler and a
reference method sampler for a specified time period. Clean air is then
passed through the samplers during a blow-off time period. Residual mass
is then calculated as the weight of the filter after the blow-off phase
is subtracted from the initial weight of the filter. Acceptance criteria
are based on a comparison of the residual mass measured by the candidate
sampler (corrected for flow rate variations from that of the reference
method) to
[[Page 93]]
the residual mass measured by the reference method sampler for several
specified clean air sampling time periods.
(g) Test data. All test data and other documentation obtained from
or pertinent to these tests shall be identified, dated, signed by the
analyst performing the test, and submitted to EPA as part of the
equivalent method application. Schematic drawings of each particle
delivery system and other information showing complete procedural
details of the test atmosphere generation, verification, and delivery
techniques for each test performed shall be submitted to EPA. All
pertinent calculations shall be clearly presented. In addition,
manufacturers are required to submit as part of the application, a
Designation Testing Checklist (Figure F-1 of this subpart) which has
been completed and signed by an ISO-certified auditor.
[62 FR 38814, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61295, Oct. 17, 2006]
Sec. 53.61 Test conditions.
(a) Sampler surface preparation. Internal surfaces of the candidate
sampler shall be cleaned and dried prior to performing any Class II
sampler test in this subpart. The internal collection surfaces of the
sampler shall then be prepared in strict accordance with the operating
instructions specified in the sampler's operating manual referred to in
section 7.4.18 of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L.
(b) Sampler setup. Set up and start up of all test samplers shall be
in strict accordance with the operating instructions specified in the
manual referred to in section 7.4.18 of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L,
unless otherwise specified within this subpart.
(c) Sampler adjustments. Once the test sampler or samplers have been
set up and the performance tests started, manual adjustment shall be
permitted only between test points for all applicable tests. Manual
adjustments and any periodic maintenance shall be limited to only those
procedures prescribed in the manual referred to in section 7.4.18 of 40
CFR part 50, appendix L. The submitted records shall clearly indicate
when any manual adjustment or periodic maintenance was made and shall
describe the operations performed.
(d) Sampler malfunctions. If a test sampler malfunctions during any
of the applicable tests, that test run shall be repeated. A detailed
explanation of all malfunctions and the remedial actions taken shall be
submitted as part of the equivalent method application.
(e) Particle concentration measurements. All measurements of
particle concentration must be made such that the relative error in
measurement is less than 5.0 percent. Relative error is defined as (s x
100 percent)/(X), where s is the sample standard deviation of the
particle concentration detector, X is the measured concentration, and
the units of s and X are identical.
(f) Operation of test measurement equipment. All test measurement
equipment shall be set up, calibrated, and maintained by qualified
personnel according to the manufacturer's instructions. All appropriate
calibration information and manuals for this equipment shall be kept on
file.
(g) Vibrating orifice aerosol generator conventions. This section
prescribes conventions regarding the use of the vibrating orifice
aerosol generator (VOAG) for the size-selective performance tests
outlined in Secs. 53.62, 53.63, 53.64, and 53.65.
(1) Particle aerodynamic diameter. The VOAG produces near-
monodisperse droplets through the controlled breakup of a liquid jet.
When the liquid solution consists of a non-volatile solute dissolved in
a volatile solvent, the droplets dry to form particles of near-
monodisperse size.
(i) The physical diameter of a generated spherical particle can be
calculated from the operating parameters of the VOAG as:
Equation 1
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.094
where:
Dp = particle physical diameter, m;
Q = liquid volumetric flow rate, m\3\/sec;
Cvol = volume concentration (particle volume produced per
drop volume), dimensionless; and
[[Page 94]]
f = frequency of applied vibrational signal, 1/sec.
(ii) A given particle's aerodynamic behavior is a function of its
physical particle size, particle shape, and density. Aerodynamic
diameter is defined as the diameter of a unit density ([rho]o
= 1g/cm\3\) sphere having the same settling velocity as the particle
under consideration. For converting a spherical particle of known
density to aerodynamic diameter, the governing relationship is:
Equation 2
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.095
where:
Dae = particle aerodynamic diameter, m;
[rho]p = particle density, g/cm\3\;
[rho]o = aerodynamic particle density = 1 g/cm\3\;
CDp = Cunningham's slip correction factor for physical
particle diameter, dimensionless; and
CDae = Cunningham's slip correction factor for aerodynamic
particle diameter, dimensionless.
(iii) At room temperature and standard pressure, the Cunningham's
slip correction factor is solely a function of particle diameter:
Equation 3
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.096
or
Equation 4
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.097
(iv) Since the slip correction factor is itself a function of
particle diameter, the aerodynamic diameter in equation 2 of paragraph
(g)(1)(ii) of this section cannot be solved directly but must be
determined by iteration.
(2) Solid particle generation. (i) Solid particle tests performed in
this subpart shall be conducted using particles composed of ammonium
fluorescein. For use in the VOAG, liquid solutions of known volumetric
concentration can be prepared by diluting fluorescein powder
(C20H12O5, FW = 332.31, CAS 2321-07-5)
with aqueous ammonia. Guidelines for preparation of fluorescein
solutions of the desired volume concentration (Cvol) are
presented by Vanderpool and Rubow (1988) (Reference 2 in appendix A of
this subpart). For purposes of converting particle physical diameter to
aerodynamic diameter, an ammonium fluorescein density of 1.35 g/cm\3\
shall be used.
(ii) Mass deposits of ammonium fluorescein shall be extracted and
analyzed using solutions of 0.01 N ammonium hydroxide.
(3) Liquid particle generation. (i) Tests prescribed in Sec. 53.63
for inlet aspiration require the use of liquid particle tests composed
of oleic acid tagged with uranine to enable subsequent fluorometric
quantitation of collected aerosol mass deposits. Oleic acid
(C18H34O2, FW = 282.47, CAS 112-80-1)
has a density of 0.8935 g/cm\3\. Because the viscosity of oleic acid is
relatively high, significant errors can occur when dispensing oleic acid
using volumetric pipettes. For this reason, it is recommended that oleic
acid solutions be prepared by quantifying dispensed oleic acid
gravimetrically. The volume of oleic acid dispensed can then be
calculated simply by dividing the dispensed mass by the oleic acid
density.
(ii) Oleic acid solutions tagged with uranine shall be prepared as
follows. A known mass of oleic acid shall first be diluted using
absolute ethanol. The desired mass of the uranine tag should then be
diluted in a separate container using absolute ethanol. Uranine
(C20H10O5Na2, FW = 376.3,
CAS 518-47-8) is the disodium salt of fluorescein and has a density of
1.53 g/cm\3\. In preparing uranine tagged oleic acid particles, the
uranine content shall not exceed 20 percent on a mass basis. Once both
oleic acid and uranine solutions are properly prepared, they can then be
combined and diluted to final volume using absolute ethanol.
(iii) Calculation of the physical diameter of the particles produced
by the VOAG requires knowledge of the liquid solution's volume
concentration (Cvol). Because uranine is essentially
insoluble in oleic acid, the total particle
[[Page 95]]
volume is the sum of the oleic acid volume and the uranine volume. The
volume concentration of the liquid solution shall be calculated as:
Equation 5
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.098
where:
Vu = uranine volume, ml;
Voleic = oleic acid volume, ml;
Vsol = total solution volume, ml;
Mu = uranine mass, g;
[rho]u = uranine density, g/cm\3\;
Moleic = oleic acid mass, g; and
[rho]oleic = oleic acid density, g/cm. \3\
(iv) For purposes of converting the particles' physical diameter to
aerodynamic diameter, the density of the generated particles shall be
calculated as:
Equation 6
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.099
(v) Mass deposits of oleic acid shall be extracted and analyzed
using solutions of 0.01 N sodium hydroxide.
[62 FR 38814, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998]
Sec. 53.62 Test procedure: Full wind tunnel test.
(a) Overview. The full wind tunnel test evaluates the effectiveness
of the candidate sampler at 2 km/hr and 24 km/hr for aerosols of the
size specified in table F-2 of this subpart (under the heading, ``Full
Wind Tunnel Test''). For each wind speed, a smooth curve is fit to the
effectiveness data and corrected for the presence of multiplets in the
wind tunnel calibration aerosol. The cutpoint diameter (Dp50)
at each wind speed is then determined from the corrected effectiveness
curves. The two resultant penetration curves are then each numerically
integrated with three idealized ambient particle size distributions to
provide six estimates of measured mass concentration. Critical
parameters for these idealized distributions are presented in table F-3
of this subpart.
(b) Technical definitions. Effectiveness is the ratio (expressed as
a percentage) of the mass concentration of particles of a specific size
reaching the sampler filter or filters to the mass concentration of
particles of the same size approaching the sampler.
(c) Facilities and equipment required--(1) Wind tunnel. The particle
delivery system shall consist of a blower system and a wind tunnel
having a test section of sufficiently large cross-sectional area such
that the test sampler, or portion thereof, as installed in the test
section for testing, blocks no more than 15 percent of the test section
area. The wind tunnel blower system must be capable of maintaining
uniform wind speeds at the 2 km/hr and 24 km/hr in the test section.
(2) Aerosol generation system. A vibrating orifice aerosol generator
shall be used to produce monodisperse solid particles of ammonium
fluorescein with equivalent aerodynamic diameters as specified in table
F-2 of this subpart. The geometric standard deviation for each particle
size generated shall not exceed 1.1 (for primary particles) and the
proportion of multiplets (doublets and triplets) in all test particle
atmosphere shall not exceed 10 percent of the particle population. The
aerodynamic particle diameter, as established by the operating
parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator, shall be within
the tolerance specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(3) Particle size verification equipment. The size of the test
particles shall be verified during this test by use of a suitable
instrument (e.g., scanning electron microscope, optical particle sizer,
time-of-flight apparatus). The instrument must be capable of measuring
solid and liquid test particles with a size resolution of 0.1 m
or less. The accuracy of the particle size verification technique shall
be 0.15 m or better.
(4) Wind speed measurement. The wind speed in the wind tunnel shall
be determined during the tests using an appropriate technique capable of
a precision of 2 percent and an accuracy of 5 percent or better (e.g.,
hot-wire anemometry). For the wind speeds specified in table F-2 of this
subpart,
[[Page 96]]
the wind speed shall be measured at a minimum of 12 test points in a
cross-sectional area of the test section of the wind tunnel. The mean
wind speed in the test section must be within [10 percent of the value
specified in table F-2 of this subpart, and the variation at any test
point in the test section may not exceed 10 percent of the measured
mean.
(5) Aerosol rake. The cross-sectional uniformity of the particle
concentration in the sampling zone of the test section shall be
established during the tests using an array of isokinetic samplers,
referred to as a rake. Not less than five evenly spaced isokinetic
samplers shall be used to determine the particle concentration spatial
uniformity in the sampling zone. The sampling zone shall be a
rectangular area having a horizontal dimension not less than 1.2 times
the width of the test sampler at its inlet opening and a vertical
dimension not less than 25 centimeters.
(6) Total aerosol isokinetic sampler. After cross-sectional
uniformity has been confirmed, a single isokinetic sampler may be used
in place of the array of isokinetic samplers for the determination of
particle mass concentration used in the calculation of sampling
effectiveness of the test sampler in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
In this case, the array of isokinetic samplers must be used to
demonstrate particle concentration uniformity prior to the replicate
measurements of sampling effectiveness.
(7) Fluorometer. A fluorometer used for quantifying extracted
aerosol mass deposits shall be set up, maintained, and calibrated
according to the manufacturer's instructions. A series of calibration
standards shall be prepared to encompass the minimum and maximum
concentrations measured during size-selective tests. Prior to each
calibration and measurement, the fluorometer shall be zeroed using an
aliquot of the same solvent used for extracting aerosol mass deposits.
(8) Sampler flow rate measurements. All flow rate measurements used
to calculate the test atmosphere concentrations and the test results
must be accurate to within [2 percent, referenced to a NIST-traceable
primary standard. Any necessary flow rate measurement corrections shall
be clearly documented. All flow rate measurements shall be performed and
reported in actual volumetric units.
(d) Test procedures--(1) Establish and verify wind speed. (i)
Establish a wind speed specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(ii) Measure the wind speed at a minimum of 12 test points in a
cross-sectional area of the test section of the wind tunnel using a
device as described in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
(iii) Verify that the mean wind speed in the test section of the
wind tunnel during the tests is within 10 percent of the value specified
in table F-2 of this subpart. The wind speed measured at any test point
in the test section shall not differ by more than 10 percent from the
mean wind speed in the test section.
(2) Generate aerosol. (i) Generate particles of a size specified in
table F-2 of this subpart using a vibrating orifice aerosol generator.
(ii) Check for the presence of satellites and adjust the generator
as necessary.
(iii) Calculate the physical particle size using the operating
parameters of the vibrating orifice aerosol generator and record.
(iv) Determine the particle's aerodynamic diameter from the
calculated physical diameter and the known density of the generated
particle. The calculated aerodynamic diameter must be within the
tolerance specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(3) Introduce particles into the wind tunnel. Introduce the
generated particles into the wind tunnel and allow the particle
concentration to stabilize.
(4) Verify the quality of the test aerosol. (i) Extract a
representative sample of the aerosol from the sampling test zone and
measure the size distribution of the collected particles using an
appropriate sizing technique. If the measurement technique does not
provide a direct measure of aerodynamic diameter, the geometric mean
aerodynamic diameter of the challenge aerosol must be calculated using
the known density of the particle and the measured mean physical
diameter. The determined geometric mean aerodynamic diameter
[[Page 97]]
of the test aerosol must be within 0.15 m of the aerodynamic
diameter calculated from the operating parameters of the vibrating
orifice aerosol generator. The geometric standard deviation of the
primary particles must not exceed 1.1.
(ii) Determine the population of multiplets in the collected sample.
The multiplet population of the particle test atmosphere must not exceed
10 percent of the total particle population.
(5) Aerosol uniformity and concentration measurement. (i) Install an
array of five or more evenly spaced isokinetic samplers in the sampling
zone (paragraph (c)(5) of this section). Collect particles on
appropriate filters over a time period such that the relative error of
the measured particle concentration is less than 5.0 percent.
(ii) Determine the quantity of material collected with each
isokinetic sampler in the array using a calibrated fluorometer.
Calculate and record the mass concentration for each isokinetic sampler
as:
Equation 7
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.100
where:
i = replicate number;
j = isokinetic sampler number;
Miso = mass of material collected with the isokinetic
sampler;
Q = isokinetic sampler volumetric flow rate; and
t = sampling time.
(iii) Calculate and record the mean mass concentration as:
Equation 8
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.101
where:
i = replicate number;
j = isokinetic sampler number; and
n = total number of isokinetic samplers.
(iv) Precision calculation. (A) Calculate the coefficient of
variation of the mass concentration measurements as:
Equation 9
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.102
where:
i = replicate number;
j = isokinetic sampler number; and
n = total number of isokinetic samplers.
(B) If the value of CViso(i) for any replicate exceeds 10
percent, the particle concentration uniformity is unacceptable and step
5 must be repeated. If adjustment of the vibrating orifice aerosol
generator or changes in the particle delivery system are necessary to
achieve uniformity, steps 1 through 5 must be repeated. When an
acceptable aerosol spatial uniformity is achieved, remove the array of
isokinetic samplers from the wind tunnel.
(6) Alternative measure of wind tunnel total concentration. If a
single isokinetic sampler is used to determine the mean aerosol
concentration in the wind tunnel, install the sampler in the wind tunnel
with the sampler nozzle centered in the sampling zone (paragraph (c)(6)
of this section).
(i) Collect particles on an appropriate filter over a time period
such that the relative error of the measured concentration is less than
5.0 percent.
(ii) Determine the quantity of material collected with the
isokinetic sampler using a calibrated fluorometer.
(iii) Calculate and record the mass concentration as
Ciso(i) as in paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Remove the isokinetic sampler from the wind tunnel.
(7) Measure the aerosol with the candidate sampler. (i) Install the
test sampler (or portion thereof) in the wind tunnel with the sampler
inlet opening centered in the sampling zone. To meet the maximum
blockage limit of paragraph (c)(1) of this section or for convenience,
part of the test sampler may be positioned external to the wind tunnel
provided that neither the geometry of the sampler nor the length of any
connecting tube or pipe is altered. Collect particles for a time period
such
[[Page 98]]
that the relative error of the measured concentration is less than 5.0
percent.
(ii) Remove the test sampler from the wind tunnel.
(iii) Determine the quantity of material collected with the test
sampler using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration for each replicate as:
Equation 10
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.103
where:
i = replicate number;
Mcand = mass of material collected with the candidate
sampler;
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flow rate; and
t = sampling time.
(iv)(A) Calculate and record the sampling effectiveness of the
candidate sampler as:
Equation 11
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.104
where:
i = replicate number.
(B) If a single isokinetic sampler is used for the determination of
particle mass concentration, replace Ciso(i) with
Ciso.
(8) Replicate measurements and calculation of mean sampling
effectiveness. (i) Repeat steps in paragraphs (d)(5) through (d)(7) of
this section, as appropriate, to obtain a minimum of three valid
replicate measurements of sampling effectiveness.
(ii) Calculate and record the average sampling effectiveness of the
test sampler for the particle size as:
Equation 12
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.105
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = number of replicates.
(iii) Sampling effectiveness precision. (A) Calculate and record the
coefficient of variation for the replicate sampling effectiveness
measurements of the test sampler as:
Equation 13
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.106
where:
i = replicate number, and
n = number of replicates.
(B) If the value of CVE exceeds 10 percent, the test run
(steps in paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(8) of this section) must be
repeated until an acceptable value is obtained.
(9) Repeat steps in paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(8) of this section
until the sampling effectiveness has been measured for all particle
sizes specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(10) Repeat steps in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(9) of this
section until tests have been successfully conducted for both wind
speeds of 2 km/hr and 24 km/hr.
(e) Calculations--(1) Graphical treatment of effectiveness data. For
each wind speed given in table F-2 of this subpart, plot the particle
average sampling effectiveness of the candidate sampler as a function of
aerodynamic particle diameter (Dae) on semi-logarithmic graph
paper where the aerodynamic particle diameter is the particle size
established by the parameters of the VOAG in conjunction with the known
particle density. Construct a best-fit, smooth curve through the data by
extrapolating the sampling effectiveness curve through 100 percent at an
aerodynamic particle size of 0.5 m and 0 percent at an
aerodynamic particle size of 10 m. Correction for the presence
of multiplets shall be performed using the techniques presented by
Marple, et al (1987). This multiplet-corrected effectiveness curve shall
be used for all remaining calculations in this paragraph (e).
(2) Cutpoint determination. For each wind speed determine the
sampler Dp50
[[Page 99]]
cutpoint defined as the aerodynamic particle size corresponding to 50
percent effectiveness from the multiplet corrected smooth curve.
(3) Expected mass concentration calculation. For each wind speed,
calculate the estimated mass concentration measurement for the test
sampler under each particle size distribution (Tables F-4, F-5, and F-6
of this subpart) and compare it to the mass concentration predicted for
the reference sampler as follows:
(i) Determine the value of corrected effectiveness using the best-
fit, multiplet-corrected curve at each of the particle sizes specified
in the first column of table F-4 of this subpart. Record each corrected
effectiveness value as a decimal between 0 and 1 in column 2 of table F-
4 of this subpart.
(ii) Calculate the interval estimated mass concentration measurement
by multiplying the values of corrected effectiveness in column 2 by the
interval mass concentration values in column 3 and enter the products in
column 4 of table F-4 of this subpart.
(iii) Calculate the estimated mass concentration measurement by
summing the values in column 4 and entering the total as the estimated
mass concentration measurement for the test sampler at the bottom of
column 4 of table F-4 of this subpart.
(iv) Calculate the estimated mass concentration ratio between the
candidate method and the reference method as:
Equation 14
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.107
where:
Ccand(est) = estimated mass concentration measurement for the
test sampler, g/m\3\; and
Cref(est) = estimated mass concentration measurement for the
reference sampler, g/m\3\ (calculated for the
reference sampler and specified at the bottom of column 7 of
table F-4 of this subpart).
(v) Repeat steps in paragraphs (e) (1) through (e)(3) of this
section for tables F-5 and F-6 of this subpart.
(f) Evaluation of test results. The candidate method passes the wind
tunnel effectiveness test if the Rc value for each wind speed
meets the specification in table F-1 of this subpart for each of the
three particle size distributions.
Sec. 53.63 Test procedure: Wind tunnel inlet aspiration test.
(a) Overview. This test applies to a candidate sampler which differs
from the reference method sampler only with respect to the design of the
inlet. The purpose of this test is to ensure that the aspiration of a
Class II candidate sampler is such that it representatively extracts an
ambient aerosol at elevated wind speeds. This wind tunnel test uses a
single-sized, liquid aerosol in conjunction with wind speeds of 2 km/hr
and 24 km/hr. The test atmosphere concentration is alternately measured
with the candidate sampler and a reference method device, both of which
are operated without the 2.5-micron fractionation device installed. The
test conditions are summarized in table F-2 of this subpart (under the
heading of ``wind tunnel inlet aspiration test''). The candidate sampler
must meet or exceed the acceptance criteria given in table F-1 of this
subpart.
(b) Technical definition. Relative aspiration is the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of the aerosol mass concentration measured
by the candidate sampler to that measured by a reference method sampler.
(c) Facilities and equipment required. The facilities and equipment
are identical to those required for the full wind tunnel test
(Sec. 53.62(c)).
(d) Setup. The candidate and reference method samplers shall be
operated with the PM 2.5 fractionation device removed from
the flow path throughout this entire test procedure. Modifications to
accommodate this requirement shall be limited to removal of the
fractionator and insertion of the filter holder directly into the
downtube of the inlet.
(e) Test procedure--(1) Establish the wind tunnel test atmosphere.
Follow the procedures in Sec. 53.62(d)(1) through (d)(4) to establish a
test atmosphere for one of the two wind speeds specified in table F-2 of
this subpart.
[[Page 100]]
(2) Measure the aerosol concentration with the reference sampler.
(i) Install the reference sampler (or portion thereof) in the wind
tunnel with the sampler inlet opening centered in the sampling zone. To
meet the maximum blockage limit of Sec. 53.62(c)(1) or for convenience,
part of the test sampler may be positioned external to the wind tunnel
provided that neither the geometry of the sampler nor the length of any
connecting tube or pipe is altered. Collect particles for a time period
such that the relative error of the measured concentration is less than
5.0 percent.
(ii) Determine the quantity of material collected with the reference
method sampler using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the
mass concentration as:
Equation 15
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.108
where:
i = replicate number;
Mref = mass of material collected with the reference method
sampler;
Q = reference method sampler volumetric flow rate; and
t = sampling time.
(iii) Remove the reference method sampler from the tunnel.
(3) Measure the aerosol concentration with the candidate sampler.
(i) Install the candidate sampler (or portion thereof) in the wind
tunnel with the sampler inlet centered in the sampling zone. To meet the
maximum blockage limit of Sec. 53.62(c)(1) or for convenience, part of
the test sampler may be positioned external to the wind tunnel provided
that neither the geometry of the sampler nor the length of any
connecting tube or pipe is altered. Collect particles for a time period
such that the relative error of the measured concentration is less than
5.0 percent.
(ii) Determine the quantity of material collected with the candidate
sampler using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration as:
Equation 16
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.109
where:
i = replicate number;
Mcand = mass of material collected with the candidate
sampler;
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flow rate; and
t = sampling time.
(iii) Remove the candidate sampler from the wind tunnel.
(4) Repeat steps in paragraphs (d) (2) and (d)(3) of this section.
Alternately measure the tunnel concentration with the reference sampler
and the candidate sampler until four reference sampler and three
candidate sampler measurements of the wind tunnel concentration are
obtained.
(5) Calculations. (i) Calculate and record aspiration ratio for each
candidate sampler run as:
Equation 17
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.110
where:
i = replicate number.
(ii) Calculate and record the mean aspiration ratio as:
Equation 18
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.111
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = total number of measurements of aspiration ratio.
(iii) Precision of the aspiration ratio. (A) Calculate and record
the precision of the aspiration ratio measurements as the coefficient of
variation as:
[[Page 101]]
Equation 19
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.112
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = total number of measurements of aspiration ratio.
(B) If the value of CVA exceeds 10 percent, the entire
test procedure must be repeated.
(f) Evaluation of test results. The candidate method passes the
inlet aspiration test if all values of A meet the acceptance criteria
specified in table F-1 of this subpart.
Sec. 53.64 Test procedure: Static fractionator test.
(a) Overview. This test applies only to those candidate methods in
which the sole deviation from the reference method is in the design of
the 2.5-micron fractionation device. The purpose of this test is to
ensure that the fractionation characteristics of the candidate
fractionator are acceptably similar to that of the reference method
sampler. It is recognized that various methodologies exist for
quantifying fractionator effectiveness. The following commonly-employed
techniques are provided for purposes of guidance. Other methodologies
for determining sampler effectiveness may be used contingent upon prior
approval by the Agency.
(1) Wash-off method. Effectiveness is determined by measuring the
aerosol mass deposited on the candidate sampler's after filter versus
the aerosol mass deposited in the fractionator. The material deposited
in the fractionator is recovered by washing its internal surfaces. For
these wash-off tests, a fluorometer must be used to quantitate the
aerosol concentration. Note that if this technique is chosen, the
candidate must be reloaded with coarse aerosol prior to each test point
when reevaluating the curve as specified in the loading test.
(2) Static chamber method. Effectiveness is determined by measuring
the aerosol mass concentration sampled by the candidate sampler's after
filter versus that which exists in a static chamber. A calibrated
fluorometer shall be used to quantify the collected aerosol deposits.
The aerosol concentration is calculated as the measured aerosol mass
divided by the sampled air volume.
(3) Divided flow method. Effectiveness is determined by comparing
the aerosol concentration upstream of the candidate sampler's
fractionator versus that concentration which exists downstream of the
candidate fractionator. These tests may utilize either fluorometry or a
real-time aerosol measuring device to determine the aerosol
concentration.
(b) Technical definition. Effectiveness under static conditions is
the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the mass concentration of
particles of a given size reaching the sampler filter to the mass
concentration of particles of the same size existing in the test
atmosphere.
(c) Facilities and equipment required--(1) Aerosol generation.
Methods for generating aerosols shall be identical to those prescribed
in Sec. 53.62(c)(2).
(2) Particle delivery system. Acceptable apparatus for delivering
the generated aerosols to the candidate fractionator is dependent on the
effectiveness measurement methodology and shall be defined as follows:
(i) Wash-off test apparatus. The aerosol may be delivered to the
candidate fractionator through direct piping (with or without an in-line
mixing chamber). Validation particle size and quality shall be conducted
at a point directly upstream of the fractionator.
(ii) Static chamber test apparatus. The aerosol shall be introduced
into a chamber and sufficiently mixed such that the aerosol
concentration within the chamber is spatially uniform. The chamber must
be of sufficient size to house at least four total filter samplers in
addition to the inlet of the candidate method size fractionator.
Validation of particle size and quality shall be conducted on
representative aerosol samples extracted from the chamber.
(iii) Divided flow test apparatus. The apparatus shall allow the
aerosol concentration to be measured upstream and downstream of the
fractionator.
[[Page 102]]
The aerosol shall be delivered to a manifold with two symmetrical
branching legs. One of the legs, referred to as the bypass leg, shall
allow the challenge aerosol to pass unfractionated to the detector. The
other leg shall accommodate the fractionation device.
(3) Particle concentration measurement--(i) Fluorometry. Refer to
Sec. 53.62(c)(7).
(ii) Number concentration measurement. A number counting particle
sizer may be used in conjunction with the divided flow test apparatus in
lieu of fluorometric measurement. This device must have a minimum range
of 1 to 10 m, a resolution of 0.1 m, and an accuracy
of 0.15 m such that primary particles may be distinguished from
multiplets for all test aerosols. The measurement of number
concentration shall be accomplished by integrating the primary particle
peak.
(d) Setup--(1) Remove the inlet and downtube from the candidate
fractionator. All tests procedures shall be conducted with the inlet and
downtube removed from the candidate sampler.
(2) Surface treatment of the fractionator. Rinsing aluminum surfaces
with alkaline solutions has been found to adversely affect subsequent
fluorometric quantitation of aerosol mass deposits. If wash-off tests
are to be used for quantifying aerosol penetration, internal surfaces of
the fractionator must first be plated with electroless nickel.
Specifications for this plating are specified in Society of Automotive
Engineers Aerospace Material Specification (SAE AMS) 2404C, Electroless
Nickel Plating (Reference 3 in appendix A of subpart F).
(e) Test procedure: Wash-off method--(1) Clean the candidate
sampler. Note: The procedures in this step may be omitted if this test
is being used to evaluate the fractionator after being loaded as
specified in Sec. 53.65.
(i) Clean and dry the internal surfaces of the candidate sampler.
(ii) Prepare the internal fractionator surfaces in strict accordance
with the operating instructions specified in the sampler's operating
manual referred to in section 7.4.18 of 40 CFR part 50, appendix L.
(2) Generate aerosol. Follow the procedures for aerosol generation
prescribed in Sec. 53.62(d)(2).
(3) Verify the quality of the test aerosol. Follow the procedures
for verification of test aerosol size and quality prescribed in
Sec. 53.62(d)(4).
(4) Determine effectiveness for the particle size being produced.
(i) Collect particles downstream of the fractionator on an appropriate
filter over a time period such that the relative error of the
fluorometric measurement is less than 5.0 percent.
(ii) Determine the quantity of material collected on the after
filter of the candidate method using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate
and record the aerosol mass concentration for the sampler filter as:
Equation 20
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.113
where:
i = replicate number;
Mcand = mass of material collected with the candidate
sampler;
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flowrate; and
t = sampling time.
(iii) Wash all interior surfaces upstream of the filter and
determine the quantity of material collected using a calibrated
fluorometer. Calculate and record the fluorometric mass concentration of
the sampler wash as:
Equation 21
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.114
where:
i = replicate number;
Mwash = mass of material washed from the interior surfaces of
the fractionator;
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flowrate; and
t = sampling time.
(iv) Calculate and record the sampling effectiveness of the test
sampler for this particle size as:
[[Page 103]]
Equation 22
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.115
where:
i = replicate number.
(v) Repeat steps in paragraphs (e)(4) of this section, as
appropriate, to obtain a minimum of three replicate measurements of
sampling effectiveness. Note: The procedures for loading the candidate
in Sec. 53.65 must be repeated between repetitions if this test is being
used to evaluate the fractionator after being loaded as specified in
Sec. 53.65.
(vi) Calculate and record the average sampling effectiveness of the
test sampler as:
Equation 23
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.116
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = number of replicates.
(vii)(A) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation for the
replicate sampling effectiveness measurements of the test sampler as:
Equation 24
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.117
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = total number of measurements.
(B) If the value of CVE exceeds 10 percent, then steps in
paragraphs (e) (2) through (e)(4) of this section must be repeated.
(5) Repeat steps in paragraphs (e) (1) through (e)(4) of this
section for each particle size specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(f) Test procedure: Static chamber method--(1) Generate aerosol.
Follow the procedures for aerosol generation prescribed in
Sec. 53.62(d)(2).
(2) Verify the quality of the test aerosol. Follow the procedures
for verification of test aerosol size and quality prescribed in
Sec. 53.62(d)(4).
(3) Introduce particles into chamber. Introduce the particles into
the static chamber and allow the particle concentration to stabilize.
(4) Install and operate the candidate sampler's fractionator and its
after-filter and at least four total filters. (i) Install the
fractionator and an array of four or more equally spaced total filter
samplers such that the total filters surround and are in the same plane
as the inlet of the fractionator.
(ii) Simultaneously collect particles onto appropriate filters with
the total filter samplers and the fractionator for a time period such
that the relative error of the measured concentration is less than 5.0
percent.
(5) Calculate the aerosol spatial uniformity in the chamber. (i)
Determine the quantity of material collected with each total filter
sampler in the array using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and
record the mass concentration for each total filter sampler as:
Equation 25
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.118
where:
i = replicate number;
j = total filter sampler number;
Mtotal = mass of material collected with the total filter
sampler;
Q = total filter sampler volumetric flowrate; and
t = sample time.
(ii) Calculate and record the mean mass concentration as:
Equation 26
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.119
where:
n = total number of samplers;
i = replicate number; and
[[Page 104]]
j = filter sampler number.
(iii) (A) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation of the
total mass concentration as:
Equation 27
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.120
where:
i = replicate number;
j = total filter sampler number; and
n = number of total filter samplers.
(B) If the value of CVtotal exceeds 10 percent, then the
particle concentration uniformity is unacceptable, alterations to the
static chamber test apparatus must be made, and steps in paragraphs
(f)(1) through (f)(5) of this section must be repeated.
(6) Determine the effectiveness of the candidate sampler. (i)
Determine the quantity of material collected on the candidate sampler's
after filter using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the
mass concentration for the candidate sampler as:
Equation 28
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.121
where:
i = replicate number;
Mcand = mass of material collected with the candidate
sampler;
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flowrate; and
t = sample time.
(ii) Calculate and record the sampling effectiveness of the
candidate sampler as:
Equation 29
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.122
where:
i = replicate number.
(iii) Repeat step in paragraph (f)(4) through (f)(6) of this
section, as appropriate, to obtain a minimum of three replicate
measurements of sampling effectiveness.
(iv) Calculate and record the average sampling effectiveness of the
test sampler as:
Equation 30
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.123
where:
i= replicate number.
(v)(A) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation for the
replicate sampling effectiveness measurements of the test sampler as:
Equation 31
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.124
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = number of measurements of effectiveness.
(B) If the value of CVE exceeds 10 percent, then the test
run (steps in paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(6) of this section) is
unacceptable and must be repeated.
[[Page 105]]
(7) Repeat steps in paragraphs (f)(1) through (f)(6) of this section
for each particle size specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(g) Test procedure: Divided flow method--(1) Generate calibration
aerosol. Follow the procedures for aerosol generation prescribed in
Sec. 53.62(d)(2).
(2) Verify the quality of the calibration aerosol. Follow the
procedures for verification of calibration aerosol size and quality
prescribed in Sec. 53.62(d)(4).
(3) Introduce aerosol. Introduce the calibration aerosol into the
static chamber and allow the particle concentration to stabilize.
(4) Validate that transport is equal for the divided flow option.
(i) With fluorometry as a detector:
(A) Install a total filter on each leg of the divided flow
apparatus.
(B) Collect particles simultaneously through both legs at 16.7 L/min
onto an appropriate filter for a time period such that the relative
error of the measured concentration is less than 5.0 percent.
(C) Determine the quantity of material collected on each filter
using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration measured in each leg as:
Equation 32
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.125
where:
i = replicate number,
M = mass of material collected with the total filter; and
Q = candidate sampler volumetric flowrate.
(D) Repeat steps in paragraphs (g)(4)(i)(A) through (g)(4)(i)(C) of
this section until a minimum of three replicate measurements are
performed.
(ii) With an aerosol number counting device as a detector:
(A) Remove all flow obstructions from the flow paths of the two
legs.
(B) Quantify the aerosol concentration of the primary particles in
each leg of the apparatus.
(C) Repeat steps in paragraphs (g)(4)(ii)(A) through (g)(4)(ii)(B)
of this section until a minimum of three replicate measurements are
performed.
(iii) (A) Calculate the mean concentration and coefficient of
variation as:
Equation 33
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.126
Equation 34
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.127
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = number of replicates.
(B) If the measured mean concentrations through the two legs do not
agree within 5 percent, then adjustments may be made in the setup, and
this step must be repeated.
(5) Determine effectiveness. Determine the sampling effectiveness of
the test sampler with the inlet removed by one of the following
procedures:
(i) With fluorometry as a detector:
(A) Prepare the divided flow apparatus for particle collection.
Install a total filter into the bypass leg of the divided flow
apparatus. Install the particle size fractionator with a total filter
placed immediately downstream of it into the other leg.
(B) Collect particles simultaneously through both legs at 16.7 L/min
onto appropriate filters for a time period such that the relative error
of the measured concentration is less than 5.0 percent.
(C) Determine the quantity of material collected on each filter
using a calibrated fluorometer. Calculate and record the mass
concentration measured by the total filter and that measured after
penetrating through the candidate fractionator as follows:
Equation 35
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.128
[[Page 106]]
Equation 36
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.129
where:
i = replicate number.
(ii) With a number counting device as a detector:
(A) Install the particle size fractionator into one of the legs of
the divided flow apparatus.
(B) Quantify and record the aerosol number concentration of the
primary particles passing through the fractionator as
Ccand(i).
(C) Divert the flow from the leg containing the candidate
fractionator to the bypass leg. Allow sufficient time for the aerosol
concentration to stabilize.
(D) Quantify and record the aerosol number concentration of the
primary particles passing through the bypass leg as
Ctotal(i).
(iii) Calculate and record sampling effectiveness of the candidate
sampler as:
Equation 37
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.130
where:
i = replicate number.
(6) Repeat step in paragraph (g)(5) of this section, as appropriate,
to obtain a minimum of three replicate measurements of sampling
effectiveness.
(7) Calculate the mean and coefficient of variation for replicate
measurements of effectiveness. (i) Calculate and record the mean
sampling effectiveness of the candidate sampler as:
Equation 38
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.131
where:
i = replicate number.
(ii)(A) Calculate and record the coefficient of variation for the
replicate sampling effectiveness measurements of the candidate sampler
as:
Equation 39
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.132
where:
i = replicate number; and
n = number of replicates.
(B) If the coefficient of variation is not less than 10 percent,
then the test run must be repeated (steps in paragraphs (g)(1) through
(g)(7) of this section).
(8) Repeat steps in paragraphs (g)(1) through (g)(7) of this section
for each particle size specified in table F-2 of this subpart.
(h) Calculations--(1) Treatment of multiplets. For all measurements
made by fluorometric analysis, data shall be corrected for the presence
of multiplets as described in Sec. 53.62(f)(1). Data collected using a
real-time device (as described in paragraph (c)(3)(ii)) of this section
will not require multiplet correction.
(2) Cutpoint determination. For each wind speed determine the
sampler Dp50 cutpoint defined as the aerodynamic particle
size corresponding to 50 percent effectiveness from the multiplet
corrected smooth curve.
(3) Graphical analysis and numerical integration with ambient
distributions. Follow the steps outlined in Sec. 53.62 (e)(3) through
(e)(4) to calculate the estimated concentration measurement ratio
between the candidate sampler and a reference method sampler.
(i) Test evaluation. The candidate method passes the static
fractionator test if the values of Rc and Dp50 for each
distribution meets the specifications in table F-1 of this subpart.
[62 FR 38814, July 18, 1997; 63 FR 7714, Feb. 17, 1998]
Sec. 53.65 Test procedure: Loading test.
(a) Overview. (1) The loading tests are designed to quantify any
appreciable
[[Page 107]]
changes in a candidate method sampler's performance as a function of
coarse aerosol collection. The candidate sampler is exposed to a mass of
coarse aerosol equivalent to sampling a mass concentration of 150
g/m\3\ over the time period that the manufacturer has specified
between periodic cleaning. After loading, the candidate sampler is then
evaluated by performing the test in Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel test),
Sec. 53.63 (wind tunnel inlet aspiration test), or Sec. 53.64 (static
fractionator test). If the acceptance criteria are met for this
evaluation test, then the candidate sampler is approved for multi-day
sampling with the periodic maintenance schedule as specified by the
candidate method. For example, if the candidate sampler passes the
reevaluation tests following loading with an aerosol mass equivalent to
sampling a 150 g/m\3\ aerosol continuously for 7 days, then the
sampler is approved for 7 day field operation before cleaning is
required.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Technical definition. Effectiveness after loading is the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of the mass concentration of particles of a
given size reaching the sampler filter to the mass concentration of
particles of the same size approaching the sampler.
(c) Facilities and equipment required--(1) Particle delivery system.
The particle delivery system shall consist of a static chamber or a low
velocity wind tunnel having a sufficiently large cross-sectional area
such that the test sampler, or portion thereof, may be installed in the
test section. At a minimum, the system must have a sufficiently large
cross section to house the candidate sampler inlet as well as a
collocated isokinetic nozzle for measuring total aerosol concentration.
The mean velocity in the test section of the static chamber or wind
tunnel shall not exceed 2 km/hr.
(2) Aerosol generation equipment. For purposes of these tests, the
test aerosol shall be produced from commercially available, bulk Arizona
road dust. To provide direct interlaboratory comparability of sampler
loading characteristics, the bulk dust is specified as 0-10 m
ATD available from Powder Technology Incorporated (Burnsville, MN). A
fluidized bed aerosol generator, Wright dust feeder, or sonic nozzle
shall be used to efficiently deagglomerate the bulk test dust and
transform it into an aerosol cloud. Other dust generators may be used
contingent upon prior approval by the Agency.
(3) Isokinetic sampler. Mean aerosol concentration within the static
chamber or wind tunnel shall be established using a single isokinetic
sampler containing a preweighed high-efficiency total filter.
(4) Analytic balance. An analytical balance shall be used to
determine the weight of the total filter in the isokinetic sampler. The
precision and accuracy of this device shall be such that the relative
measurement error is less than 5.0 percent for the difference between
the initial and final weight of the total filter. The identical analytic
balance shall be used to perform both initial and final weighing of the
total filter.
(d) Test procedure. (1) Calculate and record the target time
weighted concentration of Arizona road dust which is equivalent to
exposing the sampler to an environment of 150 g/m\3\ over the
time between cleaning specified by the candidate sampler's operations
manual as:
Equation 40
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.133
where:
t = the number of hours specified by the candidate method prior to
periodic cleaning.
(2) Clean the candidate sampler. (i) Clean and dry the internal
surfaces of the candidate sampler.
(ii) Prepare the internal surfaces in strict accordance with the
operating manual referred to in section 7.4.18 of 40 CFR part 50,
appendix L.
(3) Determine the preweight of the filter that shall be used in the
isokinetic sampler. Record this value as InitWt.
(4) Install the candidate sampler's inlet and the isokinetic sampler
within the test chamber or wind tunnel.
(5) Generate a dust cloud. (i) Generate a dust cloud composed of
Arizona test dust.
[[Page 108]]
(ii) Introduce the dust cloud into the chamber.
(iii) Allow sufficient time for the particle concentration to become
steady within the chamber.
(6) Sample aerosol with a total filter and the candidate sampler.
(i) Sample the aerosol for a time sufficient to produce an equivalent
TWC equal to that of the target TWC [15 percent.
(ii) Record the sampling time as t.
(7) Determine the time weighted concentration. (i) Determine the
postweight of the isokinetic sampler's total filter.
(ii) Record this value as FinalWt.
(iii) Calculate and record the TWC as:
Equation 41
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.134
where:
Q = the flow rate of the candidate method.
(iv) If the value of TWC deviates from the target TWC [15 percent,
then the loaded mass is unacceptable and the entire test procedure must
be repeated.
(8) Determine the candidate sampler's effectiveness after loading.
The candidate sampler's effectiveness as a function of particle
aerodynamic diameter must then be evaluated by performing the test in
Sec. 53.62 (full wind tunnel test). A sampler which fits the category of
inlet deviation in Sec. 53.60(e)(1) may opt to perform the test in
Sec. 53.63 (inlet aspiration test) in lieu of the full wind tunnel test.
A sampler which fits the category of fractionator deviation in
Sec. 53.60(e)(2) may opt to perform the test in Sec. 53.64 (static
fractionator test) in lieu of the full wind tunnel test.
(e) Test results. If the candidate sampler meets the acceptance
criteria for the evaluation test performed in paragraph (d)(8) of this
section, then the candidate sampler passes this test with the
stipulation that the sampling train be cleaned as directed by and as
frequently as that specified by the candidate sampler's operations
manual.
Sec. 53.66 Test procedure: Volatility test.
(a) Overview. This test is designed to ensure that the candidate
method's losses due to volatility when sampling semi-volatile ambient
aerosol will be comparable to that of a federal reference method
sampler. This is accomplished by challenging the candidate sampler with
a polydisperse, semi-volatile liquid aerosol in three distinct phases.
During phase A of this test, the aerosol is elevated to a steady-state,
test-specified mass concentration and the sample filters are conditioned
and preweighed. In phase B, the challenge aerosol is simultaneously
sampled by the candidate method sampler and a reference method sampler
onto the preweighed filters for a specified time period. In phase C (the
blow-off phase), aerosol and aerosol-vapor free air is sampled by the
samplers for an additional time period to partially volatilize the
aerosol on the filters. The candidate sampler passes the volatility test
if the acceptance criteria presented in table F-1 of this subpart are
met or exceeded.
(b) Technical definitions. (1) Residual mass (RM) is defined as the
weight of the filter after the blow-off phase subtracted from the
initial weight of the filter.
(2) Corrected residual mass (CRM) is defined as the residual mass of
the filter from the candidate sampler multiplied by the ratio of the
reference method flow rate to the candidate method flow rate.
(c) Facilities and equipment required--(1) Environmental chamber.
Because the nature of a volatile aerosol is greatly dependent upon
environmental conditions, all phases of this test shall be conducted at
a temperature of 22.0 [0.5 C and a relative humidity of 40 [3 percent.
For this reason, it is strongly advised that all weighing and
experimental apparatus be housed in an environmental chamber capable of
this level of control.
(2) Aerosol generator. The aerosol generator shall be a pressure
nebulizer operated at 20 to 30 psig (140 to 207 kPa) to produce a
polydisperse, semi-voltile aerosol with a mass median diameter larger
than 1 m and smaller than 2.5 m. The nebulized liquid
shall be A.C.S. reagent grade glycerol (C3H8O, FW
= 92.09, CAS 56-81-5) of 99.5 percent minimum purity. For the purpose of
[[Page 109]]
this test the accepted mass median diameter is predicated on the stable
aerosol inside the internal chamber and not on the aerosol emerging from
the nebulizer nozzle. Aerosol monitoring and its stability are described
in (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section.
(3) Aerosol monitoring equipment. The evaporation and condensation
dynamics of a volatile aerosol is greatly dependent upon the vapor
pressure of the volatile component in the carrier gas. The size of an
aerosol becomes fixed only when an equilibrium is established between
the aerosol and the surrounding vapor; therefore, aerosol size
measurement shall be used as a surrogate measure of this equilibrium. A
suitable instrument with a range of 0.3 to 10 m, an accuracy of
0.5 m, and a resolution of 0.2 m (e.g., an optical
particle sizer, or a time-of-flight instrument) shall be used for this
purpose. The parameter monitored for stability shall be the mass median
instrument measured diameter (i.e. optical diameter if an optical
particle counter is used). A stable aerosol shall be defined as an
aerosol with a mass median diameter that has changed less than 0.25
m over a 4 hour time period.
(4) Internal chamber. The time required to achieve a stable aerosol
depends upon the time during which the aerosol is resident with the
surrounding air. This is a function of the internal volume of the
aerosol transport system and may be facilitated by recirculating the
challenge aerosol. A chamber with a volume of 0.5 m\3\ and a
recirculating loop (airflow of approximately 500 cfm) is recommended for
this purpose. In addition, a baffle is recommended to dissipate the jet
of air that the recirculating loop can create. Furthermore, a HEPA
filtered hole in the wall of the chamber is suggested to allow makeup
air to enter the chamber or excess air to exit the chamber to maintain a
system flow balance. The concentration inside the chamber shall be
maintained at 1 mg/m\3\ [20 percent to obtain consistent and significant
filter loading.
(5) Aerosol sampling manifold. A manifold shall be used to extract
the aerosol from the area in which it is equilibrated and transport it
to the candidate method sampler, the reference method sampler, and the
aerosol monitor. The losses in each leg of the manifold shall be
equivalent such that the three devices will be exposed to an identical
aerosol.
(6) Chamber air temperature recorders. Minimum range 15-25 C,
certified accuracy to within 0.2 C, resolution of 0.1 C. Measurement
shall be made at the intake to the sampling manifold and adjacent to the
weighing location.
(7) Chamber air relative humidity recorders. Minimum range 30 - 50
percent, certified accuracy to within 1 percent, resolution of 0.5
percent. Measurement shall be made at the intake to the sampling
manifold and adjacent to the weighing location.
(8) Clean air generation system. A source of aerosol and aerosol-
vapor free air is required for phase C of this test. This clean air
shall be produced by filtering air through an absolute (HEPA) filter.
(9) Balance. Minimum range 0 - 200 mg, certified accuracy to within
10 g, resolution of 1 g.
(d) Additional filter handling conditions--(1) Filter handling.
Careful handling of the filter during sampling, conditioning, and
weighing is necessary to avoid errors due to damaged filters or loss of
collected particles from the filters. All filters must be weighed
immediately after phase A dynamic conditioning and phase C.
(2) Dynamic conditioning of filters. Total dynamic conditioning is
required prior to the initial weight determined in phase A. Dynamic
conditioning refers to pulling clean air from the clean air generation
system through the filters. Total dynamic conditioning can be
established by sequential filter weighing every 30 minutes following
repetitive dynamic conditioning. The filters are considered sufficiently
conditioned if the sequential weights are repeatable to [3 g.
(3) Static charge. The following procedure is suggested for
minimizing charge effects. Place six or more Polonium static control
devices (PSCD) inside the microbalance weighing chamber, (MWC). Two of
them must be placed horizontally on the floor of the MWC and the
remainder placed vertically on the back wall of the MWC. Taping two
PSCD's together or
[[Page 110]]
using double-sided tape will help to keep them from falling. Place the
filter that is to be weighed on the horizontal PSCDs facing aerosol
coated surface up. Close the MWC and wait 1 minute. Open the MWC and
place the filter on the balance dish. Wait 1 minute. If the charges have
been neutralized the weight will stabilize within 30-60 seconds. Repeat
the procedure of neutralizing charges and weighing as prescribed above
several times (typically 2-4 times) until consecutive weights will
differ by no more than 3 micrograms. Record the last measured weight and
use this value for all subsequent calculations.
(e) Test procedure--(1) Phase A - Preliminary steps. (i) Generate a
polydisperse glycerol test aerosol.
(ii) Introduce the aerosol into the transport system.
(iii) Monitor the aerosol size and concentration until stability and
level have been achieved.
(iv) Condition the candidate method sampler and reference method
sampler filters until total dynamic conditioning is achieved as
specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(v) Record the dynamically conditioned weight as InitWtc
and InitWtr where c is the candidate method sampler and r is
the reference method sampler.
(2) Phase B - Aerosol loading. (i) Install the dynamically
conditioned filters into the appropriate samplers.
(ii) Attach the samplers to the manifold.
(iii) Operate the candidate and the reference samplers such that
they simultaneously sample the test aerosol for 2 hours for a candidate
sampler operating at 16.7 L/min or higher, or proportionately longer for
a candidate sampler operating at a lower flow rate.
(3) Phase C - Blow-off. (i) Alter the intake of the samplers to
sample air from the clean air generation system.
(ii) Sample clean air for one of the required blow-off time
durations (1, 2, 3, and 4 hours).
(iii) Remove the filters from the samplers.
(iv) Weigh the filters immediately and record this weight,
FinalWtc and FinalWtr, where c is the candidate
method sampler and r is the reference method sampler.
(v) Calculate the residual mass for the reference method sampler:
Equation 41a
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.135
where:
i = repetition number; and
j = blow-off time period.
(vi) Calculate the corrected residual mass for the candidate method
sampler as:
Equation 41b
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR18JY97.136
where:
i = repetition number;
j = blow-off time period;
Qc = candidate method sampler flow rate, and
Qr = reference method sampler flow rate.
(4) Repeat steps in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section
until three repetitions have been completed for each of the required
blow-off time durations (1, 2, 3, and 4 hours).
(f) Calculations and analysis. (1) Perform a linear regression with
the candidate method CRM as the dependent variable and the reference
method RM as the independent variable.
(2) Determine the following regression parameters: slope, intercept,
and correlation coefficient (r).
(g) Test results. The candidate method passes the volatility test if
the regression parameters meet the acceptance criteria specified in
table F-1 of this subpart.
[62 FR 38814, July 18, 1997, as amended at 71 FR 61295, Oct. 17, 2006]
[[Page 111]]
Sec. Table F-1 to Subpart F of Part 53--Performance Specifications for
PM 2.5 Class II Equivalent Samplers
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance test Specifications Acceptance criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. 53.62 Full Wind Tunnel Solid VOAG produced Dp50 = 2.5 m [0.2 m
and 24 km/hr. Numerical Analysis
Results: 95% 4Rc
4105%.
Sec. 53.63 Wind Tunnel Liquid VOAG produced Relative Aspiration:
Inlet Aspiration Test. aerosol at 2 km/hr 95% 4A 4105%.
and 24 km/hr.
Sec. 53.64 Static Evaluation of the Dp50 = 2.5 m [0.2 m
static conditions. Numerical Analysis
Results: 95% 4Rc
4105%.
Sec. 53.65 Loading Test.... Loading of the clean Acceptance criteria
candidate under as specified in the
laboratory post-loading
conditions. evaluation test
(Sec. 53.62, Sec.
53.63, or Sec.
53.64).
Sec. 53.66 Volatility Test. Polydisperse liquid Regression
aerosol produced by Parameters Slope =
air nebulization of 1 [0.1, Intercept =
A.C.S. reagent 0 [0.15 mg, r
grade glycerol, "0.97.
99.5% minimum
purity.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[72 FR 32209, June 12, 2007]
Sec. Table F-2 to Subpart F of Part 53--Particle Sizes and Wind Speeds
for Full Wind Tunnel Test, Wind Tunnel Inlet Aspiration Test, and Static
Chamber Test
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full Wind Tunnel Test Inlet Aspiration Test Static
Primary Partical Mean Size \a\ (m) 2 km/hr 24 km/hr 2 km/hr 24 km/hr Test Test
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.5[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
2.0[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
2.2[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
2.5[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
2.8[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
3.0[0.25.............................. .......... .......... L L
3.5[0.25.............................. S S .......... .......... S
4.0[0.5............................... S S .......... .......... S
Polydisperse Glycerol Aerosol......... .......... .......... .......... L
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Aerodynamic diameter.
S=Solid particles.
L=Liquid particles.
Sec. Table F-3 to Subpart F of Part 53--Critical Parameters of Idealized
Ambient Particle Size Distributions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fine Particle Mode Coarse Particle Mode FRM Sampler
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Expected Mass
Idealized Distribution Conc. (m) Geo. Std. m>g/m\3\) MMD (m) Geo. Std. m>g/m\3\) 10 Ratio m>g/m\3\)
Dev. Dev.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coarse....................... 0.50 2 12.0 10 2 88.0 0.27 13.814
``Typical''.................. 0.50 2 33.3 10 2 66.7 0.55 34.284
Fine......................... 0.85 2 85.0 15 2 15.0 0.94 78.539
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Table F-4 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized Coarse Aerosol Size
Distribution
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Sampler Ideal Sampler
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle Aerodynamic Estimated Mass
Diameter (m) Fractional Interval Mass Estimated Mass Fractional Interval Mass Concentration
Sampling Concentration (g/m\3\) Measurement (g/m\3\) m>g/m\3\)
m>g/m\3\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40.500 1.000 6.001 ..................... 1.000 6.001 6.001
0.625 .................. 2.129 ..................... 0.999 2.129 2.127
0.750 .................. 0.982 ..................... 0.998 0.982 0.980
[[Page 112]]
0.875 .................. 0.730 ..................... 0.997 0.730 0.728
1.000 .................. 0.551 ..................... 0.995 0.551 0.548
1.125 .................. 0.428 ..................... 0.991 0.428 0.424
1.250 .................. 0.346 ..................... 0.987 0.346 0.342
1.375 .................. 0.294 ..................... 0.980 0.294 0.288
1.500 .................. 0.264 ..................... 0.969 0.264 0.256
1.675 .................. 0.251 ..................... 0.954 0.251 0.239
1.750 .................. 0.250 ..................... 0.932 0.250 0.233
1.875 .................. 0.258 ..................... 0.899 0.258 0.232
2.000 .................. 0.272 ..................... 0.854 0.272 0.232
2.125 .................. 0.292 ..................... 0.791 0.292 0.231
2.250 .................. 0.314 ..................... 0.707 0.314 0.222
2.375 .................. 0.339 ..................... 0.602 0.339 0.204
2.500 .................. 0.366 ..................... 0.480 0.366 0.176
2.625 .................. 0.394 ..................... 0.351 0.394 0.138
2.750 .................. 0.422 ..................... 0.230 0.422 0.097
2.875 .................. 0.449 ..................... 0.133 0.449 0.060
3.000 .................. 0.477 ..................... 0.067 0.477 0.032
3.125 .................. 0.504 ..................... 0.030 0.504 0.015
3.250 .................. 0.530 ..................... 0.012 0.530 0.006
3.375 .................. 0.555 ..................... 0.004 0.555 0.002
3.500 .................. 0.579 ..................... 0.001 0.579 0.001
3.625 .................. 0.602 ..................... 0.000000 0.602 0.000000
3.750 .................. 0.624 ..................... 0.000000 0.624 0.000000
3.875 .................. 0.644 ..................... 0.000000 0.644 0.000000
4.000 .................. 0.663 ..................... 0.000000 0.663 0.000000
4.125 .................. 0.681 ..................... 0.000000 0.681 0.000000
4.250 .................. 0.697 ..................... 0.000000 0.697 0.000000
4.375 .................. 0.712 ..................... 0.000000 0.712 0.000000
4.500 .................. 0.726 ..................... 0.000000 0.726 0.000000
4.625 .................. 0.738 ..................... 0.000000 0.738 0.000000
4.750 .................. 0.750 ..................... 0.000000 0.750 0.000000
4.875 .................. 0.760 ..................... 0.000000 0.760 0.000000
5.000 .................. 0.769 ..................... 0.000000 0.769 0.000000
5.125 .................. 0.777 ..................... 0.000000 0.777 0.000000
5.250 .................. 0.783 ..................... 0.000000 0.783 0.000000
5.375 .................. 0.789 ..................... 0.000000 0.789 0.000000
5.500 .................. 0.794 ..................... 0.000000 0.794 0.000000
5.625 .................. 0.798 ..................... 0.000000 0.798 0.000000
5.75 .................. 0.801 ..................... 0.000000 0.801 0.000000
.................. Csam(exp)= ..................... .................. Cideal(exp)= 13.814
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Table F-5 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized ``Typical'' Coarse
Aerosol Size Distribution
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Sampler Ideal Sampler
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle Aerodynamic Estimated Mass
Diameter (m) Fractional Interval Mass Estimated Mass Fractional Interval Mass Concentration
Sampling Concentration (g/m\3\) Measurement (g/m\3\) m>g/m\3\)
m>g/m\3\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<0.500 1.000 16.651 ..................... 1.000 16.651 16.651
0.625 .................. 5.899 ..................... 0.999 5.899 5.893
0.750 .................. 2.708 ..................... 0.998 2.708 2.703
0.875 .................. 1.996 ..................... 0.997 1.996 1.990
1.000 .................. 1.478 ..................... 0.995 1.478 1.471
1.125 .................. 1.108 ..................... 0.991 1.108 1.098
1.250 .................. 0.846 ..................... 0.987 0.846 0.835
1.375 .................. 0.661 ..................... 0.980 0.661 0.648
1.500 .................. 0.532 ..................... 0.969 0.532 0.516
1.675 .................. 0.444 ..................... 0.954 0.444 0.424
1.750 .................. 0.384 ..................... 0.932 0.384 0.358
1.875 .................. 0.347 ..................... 0.899 0.347 0.312
[[Page 113]]
2.000 .................. 0.325 ..................... 0.854 0.325 0.277
2.125 .................. 0.314 ..................... 0.791 0.314 0.248
2.250 .................. 0.312 ..................... 0.707 0.312 0.221
2.375 .................. 0.316 ..................... 0.602 0.316 0.190
2.500 .................. 0.325 ..................... 0.480 0.325 0.156
2.625 .................. 0.336 ..................... 0.351 0.336 0.118
2.750 .................. 0.350 ..................... 0.230 0.350 0.081
2.875 .................. 0.366 ..................... 0.133 0.366 0.049
3.000 .................. 0.382 ..................... 0.067 0.382 0.026
3.125 .................. 0.399 ..................... 0.030 0.399 0.012
3.250 .................. 0.416 ..................... 0.012 0.416 0.005
3.375 .................. 0.432 ..................... 0.004 0.432 0.002
3.500 .................. 0.449 ..................... 0.001 0.449 0.000000
3.625 .................. 0.464 ..................... 0.000000 0.464 0.000000
3.750 .................. 0.480 ..................... 0.000000 0.480 0.000000
3.875 .................. 0.494 ..................... 0.000000 0.494 0.000000
4.000 .................. 0.507 ..................... 0.000000 0.507 0.000000
4.125 .................. 0.520 ..................... 0.000000 0.520 0.000000
4.250 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.532 0.000000
4.375 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.543 0.000000
4.500 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.553 0.000000
4.625 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.562 0.000000
4.750 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.570 0.000000
4.875 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.577 0.000000
5.000 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.584 0.000000
5.125 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.590 0.000000
5.250 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.595 0.000000
5.375 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.599 0.000000
5.500 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.603 0.000000
5.625 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.605 0.000000
5.75 .................. ..................... ..................... 0.000000 0.608 0.000000
.................. Csam(exp)= ..................... .................. Cideal(exp)= 34.284
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Table F-6 to Subpart F of Part 53--Estimated Mass Concentration
Measurement of PM 2.5 for Idealized Fine Aerosol Size
Distribution
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Test Sampler Ideal Sampler
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Particle Aerodynamic Estimated Mass
Diameter (m) Fractional Interval Mass Estimated Mass Fractional Interval Mass Concentration
Sampling Concentration (g/m\3\) Measurement (g/m\3\) m>g/m\3\)
m>g/m\3\)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<0.500 1.000 18.868 ..................... 1.000 18.868 18.868
0.625 .................. 13.412 ..................... 0.999 13.412 13.399
0.750 .................. 8.014 ..................... 0.998 8.014 7.998
0.875 .................. 6.984 ..................... 0.997 6.984 6.963
1.000 .................. 5.954 ..................... 0.995 5.954 5.924
1.125 .................. 5.015 ..................... 0.991 5.015 4.970
1.250 .................. 4.197 ..................... 0.987 4.197 4.142
1.375 .................. 3.503 ..................... 0.980 3.503 3.433
1.500 .................. 2.921 ..................... 0.969 2.921 2.830
1.675 .................. 2.438 ..................... 0.954 2.438 2.326
1.750 .................. 2.039 ..................... 0.932 2.039 1.900
1.875 .................. 1.709 ..................... 0.899 1.709 1.536
2.000 .................. 1.437 ..................... 0.854 1.437 1.227
2.125 .................. 1.212 ..................... 0.791 1.212 0.959
2.250 .................. 1.026 ..................... 0.707 1.026 0.725
2.375 .................. 0.873 ..................... 0.602 0.873 0.526
2.500 .................. 0.745 ..................... 0.480 0.745 0.358
2.625 .................. 0.638 ..................... 0.351 0.638 0.224
2.750 .................. 0.550 ..................... 0.230 0.550 0.127
2.875 .................. 0.476 ..................... 0.133 0.476 0.063
3.000 .................. 0.414 ..................... 0.067 0.414 0.028
3.125 .................. 0.362 ..................... 0.030 0.362 0.011
3.250 .................. 0.319 ..................... 0.012 0.319 0.004
[[Page 114]]
3.375 .................. 0.282 ..................... 0.004 0.282 0.001
3.500 .................. 0.252 ..................... 0.001 0.252 0.000000
3.625 .................. 0.226 ..................... 0.000000 0.226 0.000000
3.750 .................. 0.204 ..................... 0.000000 0.204 0.000000
3.875 .................. 0.185 ..................... 0.000000 0.185 0.000000
4.000 .................. 0.170 ..................... 0.000000 0.170 0.000000
4.125 .................. 0.157 ..................... 0.000000 0.157 0.000000
4.250 .................. 0.146 ..................... 0.000000 0.146 0.000000
4.375 .................. 0.136 ..................... 0.000000 0.136 0.000000
4.500 .................. 0.129 ..................... 0.000000 0.129 0.000000
4.625 .................. 0.122 ..................... 0.000000 0.122 0.000000
4.750 .................. 0.117 ..................... 0.000000 0.117 0.000000
4.875 .................. 0.112 ..................... 0.000000 0.112 0.000000
5.000 .................. 0.108 ..................... 0.000000 0.108 0.000000
5.125 .................. 0.105 ..................... 0.000000 0.105 0.000000
5.250 .................. 0.102 ..................... 0.000000 0.102 0.000000
5.375 .................. 0.100 ..................... 0.000000 0.100 0.000000
5.500 .................. 0.098 ..................... 0.000000 0.098 0.000000
5.625 .................. 0.097 ..................... 0.000000 0.097 0.000000
5.75 .................. 0.096 ..................... 0.000000 0.096 0.000000
.................. Csam(exp)= ..................... .................. Cideal(exp)= 78.539
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. Figure F-1 to Subpart F of Part 53--Designation Testing Checklist
DESIGNATION TESTING CHECKLIST FOR CLASS II
-------------------- -------------------- --------------------
Auditee Auditor signature Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compliance Status: Y = Yes N = No NA = Not
applicable/Not available
------------------------------------------------
Verification Verified by Direct Verification Comments
----------------------- Observation of Process (Includes documentation
or of Documented of who, what, where,
Evidence: Performance, when, why) (Doc. #,
Design or Application Rev. #, Rev. Date)
Y N NA Spec. Corresponding to
Sections of 40 CFR Part
53, Subparts E and F
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Subpart E: Performance
Specification Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Evaluation completed .......................
according to Subpart E
Sec. 53.50 to Sec.
53.56
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Subpart E: Class I
Sequential Tests
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Class II samplers that
are also Class I
(sequentialized) have
passed the tests in
Sec. 53.57
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Subpart F: Performance
Spec/Test
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Evaluation of Physical
Characteristics of
Clean Sampler - One of
these tests must be
performed:
Sec. 53.62 - Full Wind
Tunnel
Sec. 53.63 - Inlet
Aspiration
Sec. 53.64 - Static
Fractionator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Evaluation of Physical
Characteristics of
Loaded Sampler
Sec. 53.65 Loading
Test
One of the following
tests must be
performed for
evaluation after
loading: Sec. 53.62,
Sec. 53.63, Sec.
53.64
------------------------------------------------------------------------
...... ...... Evaluation of the .......................
Volatile
Characteristics of the
Class II Sampler Sec.
53.66
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 115]]
Sec. Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 53--References
(1) Marple, V.A., K.L. Rubow, W. Turner, and J.D. Spangler, Low Flow
Rate Sharp Cut Impactors for Indoor Air Sampling: Design and
Calibration., JAPCA, 37: 1303-1307 (1987).
(2) Vanderpool, R.W. and K.L. Rubow, Generation of Large, Solid
Calibration Aerosols, J. of Aer. Sci. and Tech., 9:65-69 (1988).
(3) Society of Automotive Engineers Aerospace Material Specification
(SAE AMS) 2404C, Electroless Nickel Planting, SAE, 400 Commonwealth
Drive, Warrendale PA-15096, Revised 7-1-84, pp. 1-6.
PART 54_PRIOR NOTICE OF CITIZEN SUITS--Table of Contents
Sec.
54.1 Purpose.
54.2 Service of notice.
54.3 Contents of notice.
Authority: Sec. 304 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (sec. 12, Pub.
L. 91-604, 84 Stat. 1706).
Source: 36 FR 23386, Dec. 9, 1971, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 54.1 Purpose.
Section 304 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, authorizes the
commencement of civil actions to enforce the Act or to enforce certain
requirements promulgated pursuant to the Act. The purpose of this part
is to prescribe procedures governing the giving of notices required by
subsection 304(b) of the Act (sec. 12, Pub. L. 91-604; 84 Stat. 1706) as
a prerequisite to the commencement of such actions.
Sec. 54.2 Service of notice.
(a) Notice to Administrator: Service of notice given to the
Administrator under this part shall be accomplished by certified mail
addressed to the Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency,
Washington, DC 20460. Where notice relates to violation of an emission
standard or limitation or to violation of an order issued with respect
to an emission standard or limitation, a copy of such notice shall be
mailed to the Regional Administrator of the Environmental Protection
Agency for the Region in which such violation is alleged to have
occurred.
(b) Notice to State: Service of notice given to a State under this
part regarding violation of an emission standard or limitation, or an
order issued with respect to an emission standard or limitation shall be
accomplished by certified mail addressed to an authorized representative
of the State agency charged with responsibility for air pollution
control in the State. A copy of such notice shall be mailed to the
Governor of the State.
(c) Notice to alleged violator: Service of notice given to an
alleged violator under this part shall be accomplished by certified mail
addressed to, or by personal service upon, the owner or managing agent
of the building, plant, installation, or facility alleged to be in
violation of an emission standard or limitation, or an order issued with
respect to an emission standard or limitation. Where the alleged
violator is a corporation, a copy of such notice shall be sent by
certified mail to the registered agent, if any, of such corporation in
the State in which such violation is alleged to have occurred.
(d) Notice served in accordance with the provisions of this part
shall be deemed given on the postmark date, if served by mail, or on the
date of receipt, if personally served.
Sec. 54.3 Contents of notice.
(a) Failure to act. Notice regarding a failure of the Administrator
to perform an act or duty which is not discretionary shall identify the
provisions of the Act which requires such act or creates such duty,
shall describe with reasonable specificity the action taken or not taken
by the Administrator which is claimed to constitute a failure to perform
such act or duty, and shall state the full name and address of the
person giving the notice.
(b) Violation of standard, limitation or order. Notices to the
Administrator, States, and alleged violators regarding violation of an
emission standard or limitation or an order issued with respect to an
emission standard or limitation, shall include sufficient information to
permit the recipient to identify the specific standard, limitation, or
order which has allegedly been violated, the activity alleged to be in
violation, the person or persons responsible for the alleged violation,
the location of the alleged violation, the date
[[Page 116]]
or dates of such violation, and the full name and address of the person
giving the notice.
PART 55_OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF AIR REGULATIONS--Table of Contents
Sec.
55.1 Statutory authority and scope.
55.2 Definitions.
55.3 Applicability.
55.4 Requirements to submit a notice of intent.
55.5 Corresponding onshore area designation.
55.6 Permit requirements.
55.7 Exemptions.
55.8 Monitoring, reporting, inspections, and compliance.
55.9 Enforcement.
55.10 Fees.
55.11 Delegation.
55.12 Consistency updates.
55.13 Federal requirements that apply to OCS sources.
55.14 Requirements that apply to OCS sources located within 25 miles of
States' seaward boundaries, by State.
55.15 Specific designation of corresponding onshore areas.
Appendix A to Part 55--Listing of State and Local Requirements
Incorporated by Reference Into Part 55, by State
Authority: Section 328 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401, et
seq.) as amended by Public Law 101-549.
Source: 57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 55.1 Statutory authority and scope.
Section 328(a)(1) of the Clean Air Act (``the Act''), requires the
Environmental Protection Agency (``EPA'') to establish requirements to
control air pollution from outer continental shelf (``OCS'') sources in
order to attain and maintain Federal and State ambient air quality
standards and to comply with the provisions of part C of title I of the
Act. This part establishes the air pollution control requirements for
OCS sources and the procedures for implementation and enforcement of the
requirements, consistent with these stated objectives of section
328(a)(1) of the Act. In implementing, enforcing and revising this rule
and in delegating authority hereunder, the Administrator will ensure
that there is a rational relationship to the attainment and maintenance
of Federal and State ambient air quality standards and the requirements
of part C of title I, and that the rule is not used for the purpose of
preventing exploration and development of the OCS.
Sec. 55.2 Definitions.
Administrator means the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency.
Corresponding Onshore Area (COA) means, with respect to any existing
or proposed OCS source located within 25 miles of a State's seaward
boundary, the onshore area that is geographically closest to the source
or another onshore area that the Administrator designates as the COA,
pursuant to Sec. 55.5 of this part.
Delegated agency means any agency that has been delegated authority
to implement and enforce requirements of this part by the Administrator,
pursuant to Sec. 55.11 of this part. It can refer to a State agency, a
local agency, or an Indian tribe, depending on the delegation status of
the program.
Existing source or existing OCS source shall have the meaning given
in the applicable requirements incorporated into Secs. 55.13 and 55.14
of this part, except that for two years following the date of
promulgation of this part the definition given in Sec. 55.3 of this part
shall apply for the purpose of determining the required date of
compliance with this part.
Exploratory source or exploratory OCS source means any OCS source
that is a temporary operation conducted for the sole purpose of
gathering information. This includes an operation conducted during the
exploratory phase to determine the characteristics of the reservoir and
formation and may involve the extraction of oil and gas.
Modification shall have the meaning given in the applicable
requirements incorporated into Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part,
except that for two years following the date of promulgation of this
part the definition given in section 111(a) of the Act shall apply for
the purpose of determining the required date of compliance with this
part, as set forth in Sec. 55.3 of this part.
Nearest Onshore Area (NOA) means, with respect to any existing or
proposed OCS source, the onshore area
[[Page 117]]
that is geographically closest to that source.
New source or new OCS source shall have the meaning given in the
applicable requirements of Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part, except
that for two years following the date of promulgation of this part, the
definition given in Sec. 55.3 of this part shall apply for the purpose
of determining the required date of compliance with this part.
OCS source means any equipment, activity, or facility which:
(1) Emits or has the potential to emit any air pollutant;
(2) Is regulated or authorized under the Outer Continental Shelf
Lands Act (``OCSLA'') (43 U.S.C. Sec. 1331 et seq.); and
(3) Is located on the OCS or in or on waters above the OCS.
This definition shall include vessels only when they are:
(1) Permanently or temporarily attached to the seabed and erected
thereon and used for the purpose of exploring, developing or producing
resources therefrom, within the meaning of section 4(a)(1) of OCSLA (43
U.S.C. Sec. 1331 et seq.); or
(2) Physically attached to an OCS facility, in which case only the
stationary sources aspects of the vessels will be regulated.
Onshore area means a coastal area designated as an attainment,
nonattainment, or unclassifiable area by EPA in accordance with section
107 of the Act. If the boundaries of an area designated pursuant to
section 107 of the Act do not coincide with the boundaries of a single
onshore air pollution control agency, then onshore area shall mean a
coastal area defined by the jurisdictional boundaries of an air
pollution control agency.
Outer continental shelf shall have the meaning provided by section 2
of the OCSLA (43 U.S.C. Sec. 1331 et seq.).
Potential emissions means the maximum emissions of a pollutant from
an OCS source operating at its design capacity. Any physical or
operational limitation on the capacity of a source to emit a pollutant,
including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of
operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or
processed, shall be treated as a limit on the design capacity of the
source if the limitation is federally enforceable. Pursuant to section
328 of the Act, emissions from vessels servicing or associated with an
OCS source shall be considered direct emissions from such a source while
at the source, and while enroute to or from the source when within 25
miles of the source, and shall be included in the ``potential to emit''
for an OCS source. This definition does not alter or affect the use of
this term for any other purposes under Secs. 55.13 or 55.14 of this
part, except that vessel emissions must be included in the ``potential
to emit'' as used in Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part.
Residual emissions means the difference in emissions from an OCS
source if it applies the control requirements(s) imposed pursuant to
Sec. 55.13 or Sec. 55,14 of this part and emissions from that source if
it applies a substitute control requirement pursuant to an exemption
granted under Sec. 55.7 of this part.
State means the State air pollution control agency that would be the
permitting authority, a local air pollution permitting agency, or
certain Indian tribes which can be the permitting authority for areas
within their jurisdiction. State may also be used in the geographic
sense to refer to a State, the NOA, or the COA.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 62 FR 46408, Sept. 2, 1997]
Sec. 55.3 Applicability.
(a) This part applies to all OCS sources except those located in the
Gulf of Mexico west of 87.5 degrees longitude.
(b) OCS sources located within 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries shall be subject to all the requirements of this part, which
include, but are not limited to, the Federal requirements as set forth
in Sec. 55.13 of this part and the Federal, State, and local
requirements of the COA (designated pursuant to Sec. 55.5 of this part),
as set forth in Sec. 55.14 of this part.
(c) The OCS sources located beyond 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries shall be subject to all the requirements of this part, except
the requirements of Secs. 55.4, 55.5, 55.12 and 55.14 of this part.
(d) New OCS sources shall comply with the requirements of this part
by
[[Page 118]]
September 4, 1992 where a ``new OCS source'' means an OCS source that is
a new source within the meaning of section 111(a) of the Act.
(e) Existing sources shall comply with the requirements of this part
by September 4, 1994, where an ``existing OCS source'' means any source
that is not a new source within the meaning of section 111(a) of the
Act.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 62 FR 46408, Sept. 2, 1997]
Sec. 55.4 Requirements to submit a notice of intent.
(a) Prior to performing any physical change or change in method of
operation that results in an increase in emissions, and not more than 18
months prior to submitting an application for a preconstruction permit,
the applicant shall submit a Notice of Intent (``NOI'') to the
Administrator through the EPA Regional Office, and at the same time
shall submit copies of the NOI to the air pollution control agencies of
the NOA and onshore areas adjacent to the NOA. This section applies only
to sources located within 25 miles of States' seaward boundaries.
(b) The NOI shall include the following:
(1) General company information, including company name and address,
owner's name and agent, and facility site contact.
(2) Facility description in terms of the proposed process and
products, including identification by Standard Industrial Classification
Code.
(3) Estimate of the proposed project's potential emissions of any
air pollutant, expressed in total tons per year and in such other terms
as may be necessary to determine the applicability of requirements of
this part. Potential emissions for the project must include all vessel
emissions associated with the proposed project in accordance with the
definition of potential emissions in Sec. 55.2 of this part.
(4) Description of all emissions points including associated
vessels.
(5) Estimate of quantity and type of fuels and raw materials to be
used.
(6) Description of proposed air pollution control equipment.
(7) Proposed limitations on source operations or any work practice
standards affecting emissions.
(8) Other information affecting emissions, including, where
applicable, information related to stack parameters (including height,
diameter, and plume temperature), flow rates, and equipment and facility
dimensions.
(9) Such other information as may be necessary to determine the
applicability of onshore requirements.
(10) Such other information as may be necessary to determine the
source's impact in onshore areas.
(c) Exploratory sources and modifications to existing sources with
designated COAs shall be exempt from the requirement in paragraph
(b)(10) of this section.
(d) The scope and contents of the NOI shall in no way limit the
scope and contents of the required permit application or applicable
requirements given in this part.
Sec. 55.5 Corresponding onshore area designation.
(a) Proposed exploratory sources. The NOA shall be the COA for
exploratory sources located within 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries. Paragraphs (b), (c), and (f) of this section are not
applicable to these sources.
(b) Requests for designation. (1) The chief executive officer of the
air pollution control agency of an area that believes it has more
stringent air pollution control requirements than the NOA for a proposed
OCS source, may submit a request to be designated as the COA to the
Administrator and at the same time shall send copies of the request to
the chief executive officer of the NOA and to the proposed source. The
request must be received by the Administrator within 60 days of the
receipt of the NOI. If no requests are received by the Administrator
within 60 days of the receipt of the NOI, the NOA will become the
designated COA without further action.
(2) No later than 90 days after the receipt of the NOI, a
demonstration must be received by the Administrator showing that:
(i) The area has more stringent requirements with respect to the
control
[[Page 119]]
and abatement of air pollution than the NOA;
(ii) The emissions from the source are or would be transported to
the requesting area; and
(iii) The transported emissions would affect the requesting area's
efforts to attain or maintain a Federal or State ambient air quality
standard or to comply with the requirements of part C of title I of the
Act, taking into account the effect of air pollution control
requirements that would be imposed if the NOA were designated as the
COA.
(c) Determination by the Administrator. (1) If no demonstrations are
received by the Administrator within 90 days of the receipt of the NOI,
the NOA will become the designated COA without further action.
(2) If one or more demonstrations are received, the Administrator
will issue a preliminary designation of the COA within 150 days of the
receipt of the NOI, which shall be followed by a 30 day public comment
period, in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.
(3) The Administrator will designate the COA for a specific source
within 240 days of the receipt of the NOI.
(4) When the Administrator designates a more stringent area as the
COA with respect to a specific OCS source, the delegated agency in the
COA will exercise all delegated authority. If there is no delegated
agency in the COA, then EPA will issue the permit and implement and
enforce the requirements of this part. The Administrator may retain
authority for implementing and enforcing the requirements of this part
if the NOA and the COA are in different States.
(5) The Administrator shall designate the COA for each source only
once in the source's lifetime.
(d) Offset requirements. Offsets shall be obtained based on the
applicable requirements of the COA, as set forth in Secs. 55.13 and
55.14 of this part.
(e) Authority to designate the COA. The authority to designate the
COA for any OCS source shall not be delegated to a State or local
agency, but shall be retained by the Administrator.
(f) Administrative procedures and public participation. The
Administrator will use the following public notice and comment
procedures for processing a request for COA designation under this
section:
(1) Within 150 days from receipt of an NOI, if one or more
demonstrations are received, the Administrator shall make a preliminary
determination of the COA and shall:
(i) Make available, in at least one location in the NOA and in the
area requesting COA designation, a copy of all materials submitted by
the requester, a copy of the Administrator's preliminary determination,
and a copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered by the
Administrator in making the preliminary determination; and
(ii) Notify the public, by prominent advertisement in a newspaper of
general circulation in the NOA and the area requesting COA designation,
of a 30-day opportunity for written public comment on the available
information and the Administrator's preliminary COA designation.
(2) A copy of the notice required pursuant to paragraph (f)(1)(ii)
of this section shall be sent to the requester, the affected source,
each person from whom a written request of such notice has been
received, and the following officials and agencies having jurisdiction
over the COA and NOA: State and local air pollution control agencies,
the chief executive of the city and county, the Federal Land Manager of
potentially affected Class I areas, and any Indian governing body whose
lands may be affected by emissions from the OCS source.
(3) Public comments received in writing within 30 days after the
date the public notice is made available will be considered by the
Administrator in making the final decision on the request. All comments
will be made available for public inspection.
(4) The Administrator will make a final COA designation within 60
days after the close of the public comment period. The Administrator
will notify, in writing, the requester and each person who has requested
notice of the final action and will set forth the reasons for the
determination. Such notification will be made available for public
inspection.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 25151, May 20, 1996]
[[Page 120]]
Sec. 55.6 Permit requirements.
(a) General provisions--(1) Permit applications. (i) The owner or
operator of an OCS source shall submit to the Administrator or delegated
agency all information necessary to perform any analysis or make any
determination required under this section.
(ii) Any application submitted pursuant to this part by an OCS
source shall include a description of all the requirements of this part
and a description of how the source will comply with the applicable
requirements. For identification purposes only, the application shall
include a description of those requirements that have been proposed by
EPA for incorporation into this part and that the applicant believes,
after diligent research and inquiry, apply to the source.
(2) Exemptions. (i) When an applicant submits any approval to
construct or permit to operate application to the Administrator or
delegated agency it shall include a request for exemption from
compliance with any pollution control technology requirement that the
applicant believes is technically infeasible or will cause an
unreasonable threat to health and safety. The Administrator or delegated
agency shall act on the request for exemption in accordance with the
procedures established in Sec. 55.7 of this part.
(ii) A final permit shall not be issued under this part until a
final determination is made on any exemption request, including those
appealed to the Administrator in accordance with Sec. 55.7 of this part.
(3) Administrative procedures and public participation. The
Administrator will follow the applicable procedures of 40 CFR part 124
in processing applications under this part. Until 40 CFR part 124 has
been modified to specifically reference permits issued under this part,
the Administrator will follow the procedures in part 124 used to issue
Prevention of Significant Deterioration (``PSD'') permits.
(4) Source obligation. (i) Any owner or operator who constructs or
operates an OCS source not in accordance with the application submitted
pursuant to this part 55, or with any approval to construct or permit to
operate, or any owner or operator of a source subject to the
requirements of this part who commences construction after the effective
date of this part without applying for and receiving approval under this
part, shall be in violation of this part.
(ii) Any owner or operator of a new OCS source who commenced
construction prior to the promulgation date of this rule shall comply
with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section.
(iii) Receipt of an approval to construct or a permit to operate
from the Administrator or delegated agency shall not relieve any owner
or operator of the responsibility to comply fully with the applicable
provisions of any other requirements under Federal law.
(iv) The owner or operator of an OCS source to whom the approval to
construct or permit to operate is issued under this part shall notify
all other owners and operators, contractors, and the subsequent owners
and operators associated with emissions from the source, of the
conditions of the permit issued under this part.
(5) Delegation of authority. If the Administrator delegates any of
the authority to implement and enforce the requirements of this section,
the following provisions shall apply:
(i) The applicant shall send a copy of any permit application
required by this section to the Administrator through the EPA Regional
Office at the same time as the application is submitted to the delegated
agency.
(ii) The delegated agency shall send a copy of any public comment
notice required under this section or Secs. 55.13 or 55.14 to the
Administrator through the EPA Regional Office.
(iii) The delegated agency shall send a copy of any preliminary
determination and final permit action required under this section or
Secs. 55.13 or 55.14 to the Administrator through the EPA Regional
Office at the time of the determination and shall make available to the
Administrator any materials used in making the determination.
(b) Preconstruction requirements for OCS sources located within 25
miles of States' seaward boundaries. (1) No OCS source to which the
requirements of Secs. 55.13 or 55.14 of this part apply shall
[[Page 121]]
begin actual construction after the effective date of this part without
a permit that requires the OCS source to meet those requirements.
(2) Any permit application required under this part shall not be
submitted until the Administrator has determined whether a consistency
update is necessary, pursuant to Sec. 55.12 of this part, and, if the
Administrator finds an update to be necessary, has published a proposed
consistency update.
(3) The applicant may be required to obtain more than one
preconstruction permit, if necessitated by partial delegation of this
part or by the requirements of this section and Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of
this part.
(4) An approval to construct shall become invalid if construction is
not commenced within 18 months after receipt of such approval, if
construction is discontinued for a period of 18 months or more, or if
construction is not completed within a reasonable time. The 18-month
period may be extended upon a showing satisfactory to the Administrator
or the delegated agency that an extension is justified. Sources
obtaining extensions are subject to all new or interim requirements and
a reassessment of the applicable control technology when the extension
is granted. This requirement shall not supersede a more stringent
requirement under Secs. 55.13 or 55.14 of this part.
(5) Any preconstruction permit issued to a new OCS source or
modification shall remain in effect until it expires under paragraph
(b)(4) of this section or is rescinded under the applicable requirements
incorporated in Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part.
(6) Whenever any proposed OCS source or modification to an existing
OCS source is subject to action by a Federal agency that might
necessitate preparation of an environmental impact statement pursuant to
the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321), review by the
Administrator conducted pursuant to this section shall be coordinated
with the environmental reviews under that Act to the extent feasible and
reasonable.
(7) The Administrator or delegated agency and the applicant shall
provide written notice of any permit application from a source, the
emissions from which may affect a Class I area, to the Federal Land
Manager charged with direct responsibility for management of any lands
within the Class I area. Such notification shall include a copy of all
information contained in the permit application and shall be given
within 30 days of receipt of the application and at least 60 days prior
to any public hearing on the preconstruction permit.
(8) Modification of existing sources. The preconstruction
requirements above shall not apply to a particular modification, as
defined in Sec. 55.13 or Sec. 55.14 of this part, of an existing OCS
source if:
(i) The modification is necessary to comply with this part, and no
other physical change or change in the method of operation is made in
conjunction with the modification;
(ii) The modification is made within 24 months of promulgation of
this part; and
(iii) The modification does not result in an increase, in excess of
any de minimis levels contained in the applicable requirements of
Secs. 55.13 and 55.14, of potential emissions or actual hourly emissions
of a pollutant regulated under the Act.
(9) Compliance plans. Sources intending to perform modifications
that meet all of the criteria of paragraph (b)(8) of this section shall
submit a compliance plan to the Administrator or delegated agency prior
to performing the modification. The compliance shall describe the
schedule and method the source will use to comply with the applicable
OCS requirements within 24 months of the promulgation date of this part
and shall include a request for any exemptions from compliance with a
pollution control technology requirement that the applicant believes is
technically infeasible or will cause an unreasonable threat to health
and safety. The Administrator or delegated agency shall act on the
request for exemption in accordance with the procedures established in
Sec. 55.7 of this part.
(i) The Administrator or delegated agency shall review the
compliance plan and provide written comments to the source within 45
days of receipt of such plan. The source shall provide a written
response to such comments as required by the reviewing agency.
[[Page 122]]
(ii) Receipt and review of a compliance plan by the Administrator or
delegated agency shall not relieve any owner or operator of an existing
OCS source of the responsibility to comply fully with the applicable
requirements of Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part within 24 months of
promulgation of this part.
(c) Operating permit requirements for sources located within 25
miles of States' seaward boundaries. (1) All applicable operating permit
requirements listed in this section and incorporated into Secs. 55.13
and 55.14 of this part shall apply to OCS sources.
(2) The Administrator or delegated agency shall not issue a permit
to operate to any existing OCS source that has not demonstrated
compliance with all the applicable requirements of this part.
(3) If the COA does not have an operating permits program approved
pursuant to 40 CFR part 70 or if EPA has determined that the COA is not
adequately implementing an approved program, the applicable requirements
of 40 CFR part 71, the Federal operating permits program, shall apply to
the OCS sources. The applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 71 will be
implemented and enforced by the Administrator. The Administrator may
delegate the authority to implement and enforce all or part of a Federal
operating permits program to a State pursuant to Sec. 55.11 of this
part.
(d) Permit requirements for sources located beyond 25 miles of
States' seaward boundaries. (1) OCS sources located beyond 25 miles of
States' seaward boundaries shall be subject to the permitting
requirements set forth in this section and Sec. 55.13 of this part.
(2) The Administrator or delegated agency shall not issue a permit-
to-operate to any existing OCS source that has not demonstrated
compliance with all the applicable requirements of this part.
(e) Permit requirements for new sources that commenced construction
prior to September 4, 1992--(1) Applicability. Sec. 55.6(e) applies to a
new OCS source, as defined by section 328 of the Act, that commenced
construction before September 4, 1992.
(2) A source subject to Sec. 55.6(e) shall comply with the following
requirements:
(i) By October 5, 1992, the owner or operator of the source shall
submit a transitional permit application (``TPA'') to the Administrator
or the delegated agency. The TPA shall include the following:
(A) The information specified in Secs. 55.4(b)(1) through
Sec. 55.4(b)(9) of this part;
(B) A list of all requirements applicable to the source under this
part;
(C) A request for exemption from compliance with any control
technology requirement that the applicant believes is technically
infeasible or will cause an unreasonable threat to health and safety;
(D) An air quality screening analysis demonstrating whether the
source has or is expected in the future to cause or contribute to a
violation of any applicable State or Federal ambient air quality
standard or exceed any applicable increment. If no air quality analysis
is required by the applicable requirements of Secs. 55.13 and 55.14,
this requirement does not apply;
(E) Documentation that source emissions are currently being offset,
or will be offset if the source has not commenced operation, at the
ratio required under this part, and documentation that those offsets
meet or will meet the requirements of this part; and
(F) A description of how the source is complying with the applicable
requirements of Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part, including emission
levels and corresponding control measures, including Best Available
Control Technology (``BACT'') or Lowest Achievable Emission Rates
(``LAER''), but excluding the requirements to have valid permits.
(ii) The source shall expeditiously complete its permit application
in compliance with the schedule determined by the Administrator or
delegated agency.
(iii) The source shall comply with all applicable requirements of
this part except for the requirements of paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this
section. The source shall comply with the control technology
requirements (such as BACT or LAER) set forth in the TPA that would
[[Page 123]]
be applicable if the source had a valid permit.
(iv) Any owner or operator subject to this subsection who continues
to construct or operate an OCS source thirty days from promulgation of
this part without submitting a TPA, or continues to construct or operate
an OCS source not in accordance with the TPA submitted pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this section, or constructs or operates an OCS source
not in accordance with the schedule determined by the permitting
authority, shall be in violation of this part.
(3) Upon the submittal of a permit application deemed to be complete
by the permitting authority, the owner or operator of the source shall
be subject to the permitting requirements of Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of
this part that apply subsequent to the submission of a complete permit
application. When a source receives the permit or permits required under
this part, its TPA shall expire.
(4) Until the date that a source subject to this subsection receives
the permit or permits required under this part, that source shall cease
operation if, based on projected or actual emissions, the permitting
authority determines that the source is currently or may in the future
cause or contribute to a violation of a State or Federal ambient air
quality standard or exceed any applicable increment.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 34228, July 1, 1996; 62
FR 46409, Sept. 2, 1997]
Sec. 55.7 Exemptions.
(a) Authority and criteria. The Administrator or the delegated
agency may exempt a source from a control technology requirement of this
part if the Administrator or the delegated agency finds that compliance
with the control technology requirement is technically infeasible or
will cause an unreasonable threat to health and safety.
(b) Request for an exemption--(1) Permit application required. An
applicant shall submit a request for an exemption from a control
technology requirement at the same time as the applicant submits a
preconstruction or operating permit application to the Administrator or
delegated agency.
(2) No permit application required. If no permit or permit
modification is required, a request for an exemption must be received by
the Administrator or delegated agency within 60 days from the date the
control technology requirement is promulgated by EPA.
(3) Compliance plan. An existing source that submits a compliance
plan in accordance with Sec. 55.6(b) of this part shall submit all
requests for exemptions at the same time as the compliance plan. For the
purpose of applying Sec. 55.7 of this part, a request submitted with a
compliance plan shall be treated in the same manner as a request that
does not require a permit application.
(4) Content of request. (i) The request shall include information
that demonstrates that compliance with a control technology requirement
of this part would be technically infeasible or would cause an
unreasonable threat to health and safety.
(ii) The request shall include a proposed substitute requirement(s)
as close in stringency to the original requirement as possible.
(iii) The request shall include an estimate of emission reductions
that would be achieved by compliance with the original requirement, an
estimate of emission reductions that would be achieved by compliance
with the proposed substitute requirement(s) and an estimate of residual
emissions.
(iv) The request shall identify emission reductions of a sufficient
quantity to offset the estimated residual emissions. Sources located
beyond 25 miles from States' seaward boundaries shall consult with the
Administrator to identify suitable emission reductions.
(c) Consultation requirement. If the authority to grant or deny
exemptions has been delegated, the delegated agency shall consult with
the Minerals Management Service of the U.S. Department of Interior and
the U.S. Coast Guard to determine whether the exemption will be granted
or denied.
(1) The delegated agency shall transmit to the Administrator
(through the Regional Office), the Minerals Management Service, and the
U.S. Coast Guard, a copy of the permit application, or the request if no
permit is required, within 5 days of its receipt.
[[Page 124]]
(2) Consensus. If the delegated agency, the Minerals Management
Service, and the U.S. Coast Guard reach a consensus decision on the
request within 90 days from the date the delegated agency received the
request, the delegated agency may issue a preliminary determination in
accordance with the applicable requirements of paragraph (f) of this
section.
(3) No consensus. If the delegated agency, the Minerals Management
Service, and the U.S. Coast Guard do not reach a consensus decision
within 90 days from the date the delegated agency received the request,
the request shall automatically be referred to the Administrator who
will process the referral in accordance with paragraph (f)(3) of this
section. The delegated agency shall transmit to the Administrator,
within 91 days of its receipt, the request and all materials submitted
with the request, such as the permit application or the compliance plan,
and any other information considered or developed during the
consultation process.
(4) If a request is referred to the Administrator and the delegated
agency issues a preliminary determination on a permit application before
the Administrator issues a final decision on the exemption, the
delegated agency shall include a notice of the opportunity to comment on
the Administrator's preliminary determination in accordance with the
procedures of paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
(5) The Administrator's final decision on a request that has been
referred pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section shall be incorporated
into the final permit issued by the delegated agency. If no permit is
required, the Administrator's final decision on the request shall be
implemented and enforced by the delegated agency.
(d) Preliminary determination. The Administrator or delegated agency
shall issue a preliminary determination in accordance with paragraph (f)
of this section. A preliminary determination shall propose to grant or
deny the request for exemption. A preliminary determination to grant the
request shall include proposed substitute control requirements and
offsets necessary to comply with the requirements of paragraph (e) of
this section.
(e) Grant of exemption. (1) The source shall comply with a
substitute requirement(s), equal to or as close in stringency to the
original requirement as possible, as determined by the Administrator or
delegated agency.
(2) An OCS source located within 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries shall offset residual emissions resulting from the grant of
an exemption request in accordance with the requirements of the Act and
the regulations thereunder. The source shall obtain offsets in
accordance with the applicable requirements as follows:
(i) If offsets are required in the COA, a new source shall offset
residual emissions in the same manner as all other new source emissions
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 55.5(d) of this part.
(ii) If offsets are not required in the COA, a new source shall
comply with an offset ratio of 1:1.
(iii) An existing OCS source shall comply with an offset at a ratio
of 1:1.
(3) An OCS source located beyond 25 miles from States' seaward
boundaries shall obtain emission reductions at a ratio determined by the
Administrator to be adequate to protect State and Federal ambient air
quality standards and to comply with part C of title I of the Act.
(f) Administrative procedures and public participation--(1) Request
submitted with a permit application. If a request is submitted with a
permit application, the request shall be considered part of the permit
application and shall be processed accordingly for the purpose of
administrative procedures and public notice and comment requirements.
The Administrator shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR part 124
and the requirements set forth at Sec. 55.6 of this part. If the
Administrator has delegated authority to a State, the delegated agency
shall use its own procedures as deemed adequate by the Administrator in
accordance with Sec. 55.11 of this part. These procedures must provide
for public notice and comment on the preliminary determination.
(2) Request submitted without a permit or with a compliance plan. If
a permit is not required, the Administrator or the
[[Page 125]]
delegated agency shall issue a preliminary determination within 90 days
from the date the request was received, and shall use the procedures set
forth at paragraph (f)(4) of this section for processing a request.
(3) Referral. If a request is referred to the Administrator pursuant
to paragraph (c) of this section, the Administrator shall make a
preliminary determination no later than 30 days after receipt of the
request and any accompanying materials transmitted by the delegated
agency. The Administrator shall use the procedures set forth at
paragraph (f)(4) of this section for processing a request.
(4) The Administrator or the delegated agency shall comply with the
following requirements for processing requests submitted without a
permit, with a compliance plan, and requests referred to the
Administrator:
(i) Issue a preliminary determination to grant or deny the request.
A preliminary determination by the Administrator to deny a request shall
be considered a final decision and will be accompanied by the reasons
for the decision. As such, it is not subject to any further public
notice, comment, or hearings. Written notice of the denial shall be
given to the requester.
(ii) Make available, in at least one location in the COA and NOA, a
copy of all materials submitted by the requester, a copy of the
preliminary determination, and a copy or summary of other materials, if
any, considered in making the preliminary determination.
(iii) Notify the public, by prominent advertisement in a newspaper
of general circulation in the COA and NOA, of a 30-day opportunity for
written public comment on the information submitted by the owner or
operator and on the preliminary determination.
(iv) Send a copy of the notice required pursuant to paragraph
(f)(4)(iii) of this section to the requester, the affected source, each
person from whom a written request of such notice has been received, and
the following officials and agencies having jurisdiction over the COA
and NOA: State and local air pollution control agencies, the chief
executive of the city and county, the Federal Land Manager of
potentially affected Class I areas, and any Indian governing body whose
lands may be affected by emissions from the OCS source.
(v) Consider written public comments received within 30 days after
the date the public notice is made available when making the final
decision on the request. All comments will be made available for public
inspection. At the time that any final decision is issued, the
Administrator or delegated agency will issue a response to comments.
(vi) Make a final decision on the request within 30 days after the
close of the public comment period. The Administrator or the delegated
agency will notify, in writing, the applicant and each person who has
submitted written comments, or from whom a written request of such
notice has been received, of the final decision and will set forth the
reasons. Such notification will be made available for public inspection.
(5) Within 30 days after the final decision has been made on a
request, the requester, or any person who filed comments on the
preliminary determination, may petition the Administrator to review any
aspect of the decision. Any person who failed to file comments on the
preliminary decision may petition for administrative review only on the
changes from the preliminary to the final determination.
Sec. 55.8 Monitoring, reporting, inspections, and compliance.
(a) The Administrator may require monitoring or reporting and may
authorize inspections pursuant to section 114 of the Act and the
regulations thereunder. Sources shall also be subject to the
requirements set forth in Secs. 55.13 and 55.14 of this part.
(b) All monitoring, reporting, inspection and compliance
requirements authorized under the Act shall apply.
(c) An existing OCS source that is not required to obtain a permit
to operate within 24 months of the date of promulgation of this part
shall submit a compliance report to the Administrator or delegated
agency within 25 months of promulgation of this part. The compliance
report shall specify all the applicable OCS requirements of this part
and a description of how the
[[Page 126]]
source has complied with these requirements.
(d) The Administrator or the delegated agency shall consult with the
Minerals Management Service and the U.S. Coast Guard prior to
inspections. This shall in no way interfere with the ability of EPA or
the delegated agency to conduct unannounced inspections.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
2060-0249)
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 58 FR 16626, Mar. 30, 1993]
Sec. 55.9 Enforcement.
(a) OCS sources shall comply with all requirements of this part and
all permits issued pursuant to this part. Failure to do so shall be
considered a violation of section 111(e) of the Act.
(b) All enforcement provisions of the Act, including, but not
limited to, the provisions of sections 113, 114, 120, 303 and 304 of the
Act, shall apply to OCS sources.
(c) If a facility is ordered to cease operation of any piece of
equipment due to enforcement action taken by EPA or a delegated agency
pursuant to this part, the shutdown will be coordinated by the enforcing
agency with the Minerals Management Service and the U.S. Coast Guard to
assure that the shutdown will proceed in a safe manner. No shutdown
action will occur until after consultation with these agencies, but in
no case will initiation of the shutdown be delayed by more than 24
hours.
Sec. 55.10 Fees.
(a) OCS sources located within 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries. (1) The EPA will calculate and collect operating permit fees
from OCS sources in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 71.
(2) EPA will collect all other fees from OCS sources calculated in
accordance with the fee requirements imposed in the COA if the fees are
based on regulatory objectives, such as discouraging emissions. If the
fee requirements are based on cost recovery objectives, however, EPA
will adjust the fees to reflect the costs to EPA to issue permits and
administer the permit program.
(3) Upon delegation, the delegated agency will collect fees from OCS
sources calculated in accordance with the fee requirements imposed in
the COA. Upon delegation of authority to implement and enforce any
portion of this part, EPA will cease to collect fees imposed in
conjunction with that portion.
(b) The OCS sources located beyond 25 miles of States' seaward
boundaries. The EPA will calculate and collect operating permit fees
from OCS sources in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR part 71.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 34228, July 1, 1996]
Sec. 55.11 Delegation.
(a) The Governor or the Governor's designee of any State adjacent to
an OCS source subject to the requirements of this part may submit a
request, purusant to section 328(a)(3) of the Act, to the Administrator
for the authority to implement and enforce the requirements of this OCS
program: Within 25 miles of the State's seaward boundary; and/or Beyond
25 miles of the State's seaward boundary. Authority to implement and
enforce Secs. 55.5, 55.11, and 55.12 of this part will not be delegated.
(b) The Administrator will delegate implementation and enforcement
authority to a State if the State has an adjacent OCS source and the
Administrator determines that the State's regulations are adequate,
including a demonstration by the State that the State has:
(1) Adopted the appropriate portions of this part into State law;
(2) Adequate authority under State law to implement and enforce the
requirements of this part. A letter from the State Attorney General
shall be required stating that the requesting agency has such authority;
(3) Adequate resources to implement and enforce the requirements of
this part; and
(4) Adequate administrative procedures to implement and enforce the
requirements of this part, including public notice and comment
procedures.
(c) The Administrator will notify in writing the Governor or the
Governor's designee of the Administrator's final
[[Page 127]]
action on a request for delegation within 6 months of the receipt of the
request.
(d) If the Administrator finds that the State regulations are
adequate, the Administrator will authorize the State to implement and
enforce the OCS requirements under State law. If the Administrator finds
that only part of the State regulations are adequate, he will authorize
the State to implement and enforce only that portion of this part.
(e) Upon delegation, a State may use any authority it possesses
under State law to enforce any permit condition or any other requirement
of this part for which the agency has delegated authority under this
part. A State may use any authority it possesses under State law to
require monitoring and reporting and to conduct inspections.
(f) Nothing in this part shall prohibit the Administrator from
enforcing any requirement of this part.
(g) The Administrator will withdraw a delegation of any authority to
implement and enforce any or all of this part if the Administrator
determines that: (1) The requirements of this part are not being
adequately implemented or enforced by the delegated agency, or (2) The
delegated agency no longer has adequate regulations as required by
Sec. 55.11(b) of this part.
(h) Sharing of information. Any information obtained or used in the
administration of a delegated program shall be made available to EPA
upon request without restriction. If the information has been submitted
to the delegated agency under a claim of confidentiality, the delegated
agency must notify the source of this obligation and submit that claim
to EPA. Any information obtained from a delegated agency accompanied by
a claim of confidentiality will be treated in accordance with the
requirements of 40 CFR part 2.
(i) Grant of exemptions. A decision by a delegated agency to grant
or deny an exemption request may be appealed to the Administrator in
accordance with Sec. 55.7 of this part.
(j) Delegated authority. The delegated agency in the COA for sources
located within 25 miles of the State's seaward boundary or the delegated
agency in the NOA for sources located beyond 25 miles of the State's
seaward boundary will exercise all delegated authority. If there is no
delegated agency in the COA for sources located within 25 miles of the
State's seaward boundary, or in the NOA for sources located beyond 25
miles of the State's seaward boundary, the EPA will issue the permit and
implement and enforce the requirements of this part. For sources located
within 25 miles of the State's seaward boundary, the Administrator may
retain the authority for implementing and enforcing the requirements of
this part if the NOA and COA are in different States.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 62 FR 46409, Sept. 2, 1997]
Sec. 55.12 Consistency updates.
(a) The Administrator will update this part as necessary to maintain
consistency with the regulations of onshore areas in order to attain and
maintain Federal and State ambient standards and comply with part C of
title I of the Act.
(b) Where an OCS activity is occurring within 25 miles of a State
seaward boundary, consistency reviews will occur at least annually. In
addition, in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section,
consistency reviews will occur upon receipt of an NOI and when a State
or local agency submits a rule to EPA to be considered for incorporation
by reference in this part 55.
(1) Upon initiation of a consistency review, the Administrator will
evaluate the requirements of part 55 to determine whether they are
consistent with the current onshore requirements.
(2) If the Administrator finds that part 55 is inconsistent with the
requirements in effect in the onshore area, EPA will conduct a notice
and comment rulemaking to update part 55 accordingly.
(c) Consistency reviews triggered by receipt of an NOI. Upon receipt
of an NOI, the Administrator will initiate a consistency review of
regulations in the onshore area.
(1) If the NOI is submitted by a source for which the COA has
previously been assigned, EPA will publish a proposed consistency update
in the Federal Register no later than 60 days after the receipt of the
NOI, if an
[[Page 128]]
update is deemed necessary by the Administrator:
(2) If the NOI is submitted by a source requiring a COA designation,
EPA will publish a proposed consistency update in the Federal Register,
if an update is deemed necessary by the Administrator:
(i) No later than 75 days after receipt of the NOI if no adjacent
areas submit a request for COA designation and the NOA becomes the COA
by default, or
(ii) No later than 105 days after receipt of the NOI if an adjacent
area submits a request to be designated as COA but fails to submit the
required demonstration within 90 days of receipt of the NOI, or
(iii) No later than 15 days after the date of the final COA
determination if one or more demonstrations are received.
(d) Consistency reviews triggered by State and local air pollution
control agencies submitting rules directly to EPA for inclusion into
part 55. (1) EPA will propose in the Federal Register to approve
applicable rules submitted by State or local regulatory agencies for
incorporation by reference into Sec. 55.14 of this part by the end of
the calendar quarter following the quarter in which the submittal is
received by EPA.
(2) State and local rules submitted for inclusion in part 55 must be
rationally related to the attainment and maintenance of Federal or State
ambient air quality standards or to the requirements of part C of title
I of the Act. The submittal must be legible and unmarked, with the
adoption date and the name of the agency on each page, and must be
accompanied by proof of adoption.
(e) No rule or regulation that EPA finds to be arbitrary or
capricious will be incorporated into this part.
(f) A source may not submit a complete permit application until any
update the Administrator deems necessary to make part 55 consistent with
the COA's rules has been proposed.
Sec. 55.13 Federal requirements that apply to OCS sources.
(a) The requirements of this section shall apply to OCS sources as
set forth below. In the event that a requirement of this section
conflicts with an applicable requirement of Sec. 55.14 of this part and
a source cannot comply with the requirements of both sections, the more
stringent requirement shall apply.
(b) In applying the requirements incorporated into this section:
(1) New Source means new OCS source; and
(2) Existing Source means existing OCS source; and
(3) Modification means a modification to an OCS source.
(4) For requirements adopted prior to promulgation of this part,
language in such requirements limiting the applicability of the
requirements to onshore sources or to sources within State boundaries
shall not apply.
(c) 40 CFR part 60 (NSPS) shall apply to OCS sources in the same
manner as in the COA, except that any source determined to be an
existing source pursuant to Sec. 55.3(e) of this part shall not be
considered a ``new source'' for the purpose of NSPS adopted before
December 5, 1991.
(d) 40 CFR 52.21 (PSD) shall apply to OCS sources:
(1) Located within 25 miles of a State's seaward boundary if the
requirements of 40 CFR 52.21 are in effect in the COA;
(2) Located beyond 25 miles of States' seaward boundaries.
(e) 40 CFR part 61, together with any other provisions promulgated
pursuant to section 112 of the Act, shall apply if rationally related to
the attainment and maintenance of Federal or State ambient air quality
standards or the requirements of part C of title I of the Act.
(f) 40 CFR part 71 shall apply to OCS sources:
(1) Located within 25 miles of States' seaward boundaries if the
requirements of 40 CFR part 71 are in effect in the COA.
(2) Located beyond 25 miles of States' seaward boundaries.
(3) When an operating permits program approved pursuant to 40 CFR
part 70 is in effect in the COA and a Federal operating permit is issued
to satisfy an EPA objection pursuant to 40 CFR 71.4(e).
[[Page 129]]
(g) The provisions of 40 CFR 52.10, 40 CFR 52.24, and 40 CFR part 51
and accompanying appendix S shall apply to OCS sources located within 25
miles of States' seaward boundaries, if these requirements are in effect
in the COA.
(h) If the Administrator determines that additional requirements are
necessary to protect Federal and State ambient air quality standards or
to comply with part C of title I, such requirements will be incorporated
in this part.
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992, as amended at 61 FR 34228, July 1, 1996]
Sec. 55.14 Requirements that apply to OCS sources located within 25 miles
of States' seaward boundaries, by State.
(a) The requirements of this section shall apply to OCS sources as
set forth below. In the event that a requirement of this section
conflicts with an applicable requirement of Sec. 55.13 of this part and
a source cannot comply with the requirements of both sections, the more
stringent requirement shall apply.
(b) In applying the requirements incorporated into this section:
(1) New Source means new OCS source; and
(2) Existing Source means existing OCS source; and
(3) Modification means a modification to an existing OCS source.
(4) For requirements adopted prior to promulgation of this part,
language in such requirements limiting the applicability of the
requirements to onshore sources or to sources within State boundaries
shall not apply.
(c) During periods of EPA implementation and enforcement of this
section, the following shall apply:
(1) Any reference to a State or local air pollution control agency
or air pollution control officer shall mean EPA or the Administrator,
respectively.
(2) Any submittal to State or local air pollution control agency
shall instead be submitted to the Administrator through the EPA Regional
Office.
(3) Nothing in this section shall alter or limit EPA's authority to
administer or enforce the requirements of this part under Federal law.
(4) EPA shall not be bound by any State or local administrative or
procedural requirements including, but not limited to, requirements
pertaining to hearing boards, permit issuance, public notice procedures,
and public hearings. EPA will follow the applicable procedures set forth
elsewhere in this part, in 40 CFR part 124, and in Federal rules
promulgated pursuant to title V of the Act (as such rules apply in the
COA), when administering this section.
(5) Only those requirements of 40 CFR part 52 that are rationally
related to the attainment and maintenance of Federal or State ambient
air quality standards or part C of title I shall apply to OCS sources.
(d) Implementation Plan Requirements. (1) [Reserved]
(2) Alaska.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart C.
(ii) [Reserved]
(3) California.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart F.
(ii) [Reserved]
(4) [Reserved]
(5) Delaware.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart I.
(ii) [Reserved]
(6) Florida.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart K.
(ii) [Reserved]
(7)-(10) [Reserved]
(11) Massachusetts.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart W.
(ii) [Reserved]
(12)-(14) [Reserved]
(15) New Jersey
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart FF.
(ii) [Reserved]
(16) New York.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart HH.
(ii) [Reserved]
(17) North Carolina.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart II.
(ii) [Reserved]
(18)-(21) [Reserved]
(22) Virginia.
(i) 40 CFR part 52, subpart VV.
(ii) [Reserved]
(23) [Reserved]
(e) State and local requirements. State and local requirements
promulgated by EPA as applicable to OCS sources located within 25 miles
of State's seaward boundaries have been compiled into separate documents
organized by State and local areas of jurisdiction. These documents, set
forth
[[Page 130]]
below, are incorporated by reference. This incorporation by reference
was approved by the Director of the Federal Register Office in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552 (a) and 40 CFR part 51. Copies may be
inspected at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).
For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-
741-6030 or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/
code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. Copies of rules
pertaining to particular States or local areas may be inspected or
obtained from the EPA Docket Center-Public Reading Room, EPA West
Building, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20004
or the appropriate EPA regional offices: U.S. EPA, Region I
(Massachusetts) 5 Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109-3912; U.S.EPA,
Region III (Delaware and Virginia) 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA
19103, (215) 814-5000; U.S. EPA, Region 4 (Florida and North Carolina),
61 Forsyth Street, Atlanta, GA 30303; U.S. EPA, Region 9 (California),
75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105; and U.S. EPA Region 10
(Alaska), 1200 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101. For an informational
listing of the State and local requirements incorporated into this part,
which are applicable to sources of air pollution located on the OCS, see
appendix A to this part.
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Alaska.
(i) State requirements.
(A) State of Alaska Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources, December
9, 2010.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) South Central Alaska Clean Air Authority Requirements Applicable
to OCS Sources, August 21, 1992.
(B) [Reserved]
(3) California.
(i) State requirements.
(A) State of California Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources,
February 2006.
(ii) Local requirements.
(A)-(D) [Reserved]
(E) San Luis Obispo County Air Pollution Control District
Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources, February 2000.
(F) Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District Requirements
Applicable to OCS Sources, May 2013.
(G) South Coast Air Quality Management District Requirements
Applicable to OCS Sources (Parts I, II and III), September 2009.
(H) Ventura County Air Pollution Control District Requirements
Applicable to OCS Sources, October 2012.
(4) [Reserved]
(5) Delaware.
(i) State requirements.
(A) State of Delaware Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources,
December 19, 2008.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(6) Florida.
(i) State requirements.
(A) State of Florida Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources, January
2, 2008.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(7)-(10) [Reserved]
(11) Massachusetts.
(i) State requirements.
(A) Commonwealth of Massachusetts Requirements Applicable to OCS
Sources, May 20, 2010.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(12)-(14) [Reserved]
(15) New Jersey
(i) State Requirements.
(A) State of New Jersey Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources,
August 13, 2009.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(16) New York.
(i) State Requirements.
(A) State of New York Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources,
October 20, 2007
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(17) North Carolina.
(i) State requirements.
(A) State of North Carolina Air Pollution Control Requirements
Applicable to OCS Sources, January 2, 2008.
(B) [Reserved]
[[Page 131]]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(18)-(21) [Reserved]
(22) Virginia.
(i) State requirements.
(A) Outer Continental Shelf Air Regulations Consistency Update for
Virginia, in effect as of March 2, 2011.
(B) [Reserved]
(ii) Local requirements.
(A) [Reserved]
(23) [Reserved]
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992]
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting Sec. 55.14,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids
section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.
Sec. 55.15 Specific designation of corresponding onshore areas.
(a) California.
(1) The South Coast Air Quality Management District is designated as
the COA for the following OCS facilities: Edith, Ellen, Elly, and
Eureka.
(2) The Ventura County Air Pollution Control District is designated
as the COA for the following OCS facilities: Grace, Gilda, Gail and
Gina.
(3) The Santa Barbara County Air Pollution Control District is
designated as the COA for the following OCS facilities: Habitat,
Hacienda, Harmony, Harvest, Heather, Henry, Heritage, Hermosa, Hidalgo,
Hillhouse, Hogan, Houchin, Hondo, Irene, Independence (formerly Iris),
the OS and T, and Union A, B, and C.
(b) [Reserved]
[58 FR 14159, Mar. 16, 1993]
Sec. Appendix A to Part 55--Listing of State and Local Requirements
Incorporated by Reference Into Part 55, by State
This appendix lists the titles of the State and local requirements
that are contained within the documents incorporated by reference into
40 CFR part 55.
Alaska
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following State of Alaska requirements are applicable to OCS
Sources, December 9, 2010, Alaska Administrative Code--Department of
Environmental Conservation. The following sections of Title 18, Chapter
50:
Article 1. Ambient Air Quality Management
18 AAC 50.005. Purpose and Applicability of Chapter (effective 10/01/
2004)
18 AAC 50.010. Ambient Air Quality Standards (effective 04/01/2010)
18 AAC 50.015. Air Quality Designations, Classification, and Control
Regions (effective 12/09/2010) except (b)(1), (b)(3) and (d)(2)
Table 1. Air Quality Classifications
18 AAC 50.020. Baseline Dates and Maximum Allowable Increases (effective
07/25/2008)
Table 2. Baseline Dates
Table 3. Maximum Allowable Increases
18 AAC 50.025. Visibility and Other Special Protection Areas (effective
06/21/1998)
18 AAC 50.030. State Air Quality Control Plan (effective 10/29/2010)
18 AAC 50.035. Documents, Procedures, and Methods Adopted by Reference
(effective 04/01/2010)
18 AAC 50.040. Federal Standards Adopted by Reference (effective12/09/
2010) except (h)(2)
18 AAC 50.045. Prohibitions (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.050. Incinerator Emissions Standards (effective 07/25/2008)
Table 4. Particulate Matter Standards for Incinerators
18 AAC 50.055. Industrial Processes and Fuel-Burning Equipment
(effective 12/09/2010) except (a)(3) through (a)(9), (b)(2)(A), (b)(3)
through (b)(6), (e) and (f)
18 AAC 50.065. Open Burning (effective 01/18/1997)
18 AAC 50.070. Marine Vessel Visible Emission Standards (effective 06/
21/1998)
18 AAC 50.075. Wood-Fired Heating Device Visible Emission Standards
(effective 05/06/2009)
18 AAC 50.080. Ice Fog Standards (effective 01/18/1997)
18 AAC 50.085. Volatile Liquid Storage Tank Emission Standards
(effective 01/18/1997)
18 AAC 50.090. Volatile Liquid Loading Racks and Delivery Tank Emission
Standards (effective 07/25/2008)
18 AAC 50.100. Nonroad Engines (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.110. Air Pollution Prohibited (effective 05/26/1972)
Article 2. Program Administration
18 AAC 50.200. Information Requests (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.201. Ambient Air Quality Investigation (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.205. Certification (effective 10/01/2004) except (b)
18 AAC 50.215. Ambient Air Quality Analysis Methods (effective 10/29/
2010)
[[Page 132]]
Table 5. Significant Impact Levels (SILs)
18 AAC 50.220. Enforceable Test Methods (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.225 Owner-Requested Limits (effective 12/09/2010) except (c)
through (g)
18 AAC 50.230. Preapproved Emission Limits (effective 07/01/2010) except
(d)
18 AAC 50.235. Unavoidable Emergencies and Malfunctions (effective 10/
01/2004)
18 AAC 50.240. Excess Emissions (effective 10/01/2004)
18 AAC 50.245. Air Episodes and Advisories (effective 10/01/2004)
Table 6. Concentrations Triggering an Air Episode
Article 3. Major Stationary Source Permits
18 AAC 50.301. Permit Continuity (effective 10/01/2004) except (b)
18 AAC 50.302. Construction Permits (effective 12/09/2010)
18 AAC 50.306. Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Permits
(effective 12/09/2010) except (c) and (e)
18 AAC 50.311. Nonattainment Area Major Stationary Source Permits
(effective 10/01/2004) except (c)
18 AAC 50.316. Preconstruction Review for Construction or Reconstruction
of a Major Source of Hazardous Air Pollutants (effective 12/01/2004)
except (c)
18 AAC 50.321. Case-By-Case Maximum Achievable Control Technology
(effective 12/01/04)
18 AAC 50.326. Title V Operating Permits (effective12/01/2004) except
(c)(1), (h), (i)(3), (j)(5), (j)(6), (k)(1), (k)(3), (k)(5), and (k)(6)
18 AAC 50.345. Construction, Minor and Operating Permits: Standard
Permit Conditions (effective 11/09/2008)
18 AAC 50.346. Construction and Operating Permits: Other Permit
Conditions (effective 12/09/2010)
Table 7. Standard Operating Permit Condition
Article 4. User Fees
18 AAC 50.400. Permit Administration Fees (effective 07/01/2010) except
(a)(2), (a)(5), (j)(2) through (j)(5), (j)(8), and (j)(13)
18 AAC 50.403. Negotiated Service Agreements (effective 07/01/2010)
18 AAC 50.410. Emission Fees (effective 07/10/2010)
18 AAC 50.499. Definition for User Fee Requirements (effective 01/29/
2005)
Article 5. Minor Permits
18 AAC 50.502. Minor Permits for Air Quality Protection (effective 12/
09/2010) except (b)(1) through (b)(3), (b)(5), (d)(1)(A) and (d)(2)(A)
18 AAC 50.508. Minor Permits Requested by the Owner or Operator
(effective 12/07/2010)
18 AAC 50.510. Minor Permit--Title V Permit Interface (effective 12/09/
2010)
18 AAC 50.540. Minor Permit: Application (effective 12/09/2010)
18 AAC 50.542. Minor Permit: Review and Issuance (effective 12/09/2010)
except (a), (b), (c), and (d)
18 AAC 50.544. Minor Permits: Content (effective 12/09/2010)
18 AAC 50.560. General Minor Permits (effective 10/01/2004) except (b)
Article 9. General Provisions
18 AAC 50.990. Definitions (effective 12/09/2010)
California
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following requirements are contained in State of California
Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources, February 2006:
Barclays California Code of Regulations
The following sections of Title 17 Subchapter 6:
17 Sec. 92000--Definitions (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92100--Scope and Policy (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92200--Visible Emission Standards (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92210--Nuisance Prohibition (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92220--Compliance with Performance Standards (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92400--Visible Evaluation Techniques (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92500--General Provisions (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92510--Pavement Marking (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92520--Stucco and Concrete (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92530--Certified Abrasive (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 92540--Stucco and Concrete (Adopted 5/31/91)
17 Sec. 93115--Airborne Toxic Control Measure for Stationary Compression
Ignition Engines (Adopted 2/26/04)
Health and Safety Code
The following section of Division 26, Part 4, Chapter 4, Article 1:
Health and Safety Code Sec. 42301.13 of seq. Stationary sources:
demolition or removal (chaptered 7/25/96)
(b) Local requirements.
(1)-(4) [Reserved]
(5) The following requirements are contained in San Luis Obispo
County Air Pollution Control District Requirements Applicable to OCS
Sources, February 2000:
Rule 103 Conflicts Between District, State and Federal Rules (Adopted 8/
6/76)
Rule 105 Definitions (Adopted 1/24/96)
[[Page 133]]
Rule 106 Standard Conditions (Adopted 8/6/76)
Rule 108 Severability (Adopted 11/13/84)
Rule 113 Continuous Emissions Monitoring, except F. (Adopted 7/5/77)
Rule 201 Equipment not Requiring a Permit, except A.1.b. (Revised 4/26/
95)
Rule 202 Permits, except A.4. and A.8. (Adopted 11/5/91)
Rule 203 Applications, except B. (Adopted 11/5/91)
Rule 204 Requirements, except B.3. and C. (Adopted 8/10/93)
Rule 209 Provision for Sampling and Testing Facilities (Adopted 11/5/91)
Rule 210 Periodic Inspection, Testing and Renewal of Permits to Operate
(Adopted 11/5/91)
Rule 213 Calculations, except E.4. and F. (Adopted 8/10/93)
Rule 302 Schedule of Fees (Adopted 6/18/97)
Rule 305 Fees for Major Non-Vehicular Sources (Adopted 9/15/92)
Rule 401 Visible Emissions (Adopted 8/6/76)
Rule 403 Particulate Matter Emissions (Adopted 8/6/76)
Rule 404 Sulfur Compounds Emission Standards, Limitations and
Prohibitions (Revised 12/6/76)
Rule 405 Nitrogen Oxides Emission Standards, Limitations and
Prohibitions (Adopted 11/16/93)
Rule 406 Carbon Monoxide Emission Standards, Limitations and
Prohibitions (Adopted 11/14/84)
Rule 407 Organic Material Emission Standards, Limitations and
Prohibitions (Adopted 5/22/96)
Rule 411 Surface Coating of Metal Parts and Products (Adopted 1/28/98)
Rule 416 Degreasing Operations (Adopted 6/18/79)
Rule 417 Control of Fugitive Emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds
(Adopted 2/9/93)
Rule 419 Petroleum Pits, Ponds, Sumps, Well Cellars, and Wastewater
Separators (Revised 7/12/94)
Rule 422 Refinery Process Turnarounds (Adopted 6/18/79)
Rule 425 Storage of Volatile Organic Compounds (Adopted 7/12/94)
Rule 427 Marine Tanker Loading (Adopted 4/26/95)
Rule 429 Oxides of Nitrogen and Carbon Monoxide Emissions from Electric
Power Generation Boilers (Revised 11/12/97)
Rule 430 Control of Oxides of Nitrogen from Industrial, Institutional,
Commercial Boilers, Steam Generators, and Process Heaters (Adopted 7/26/
95)
Rule 431 Stationary Internal Combustion Engines (Adopted 11/13/96)
Rule 501 General Burning Provisions (Adopted 1/10/89)
Rule 503 Incinerator Burning, except B.1.a. (Adopted 2/7/89)
Rule 601 New Source Performance Standards (Adopted 5/28/97)
(6) The following requirements are contained in Santa Barbara County
Air Pollution Control District Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources:
Rule 102 Definitions (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 103 Severability (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 106 Notice to Comply for Minor Violations (Repealed 01/01/2001)
Rule 107 Emergencies (Adopted 04/19/01)
Rule 201 Permits Required (Adopted 06/19/08)
Rule 202 Exemptions to Rule 201 (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 203 Transfer (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 204 Applications (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 205 Standards for Granting Permits (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 206 Conditional Approval of Authority to Construct or Permit to
Operate (Adopted 10/15/91)
Rule 207 Denial of Application (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 210 Fees (Adopted 03/17/05)
Rule 212 Emission Statements (Adopted 10/20/92)
Rule 301 Circumvention (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 302 Visible Emissions (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 304 Particulate Matter-Northern Zone (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 305 Particulate Matter Concentration-Southern Zone (Adopted 10/23/
78)
Rule 306 Dust and Fumes-Northern Zone (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 307 Particulate Matter Emission Weight Rate-Southern Zone (Adopted
10/23/78)
Rule 308 Incinerator Burning (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 309 Specific Contaminants (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 310 Odorous Organic Sulfides (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 311 Sulfur Content of Fuels (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 312 Open Fires (Adopted 10/02/90)
Rule 316 Storage and Transfer of Gasoline (Adopted 01/15/09)
Rule 317 Organic Solvents (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 318 Vacuum Producing Devices or Systems-Southern Zone (Adopted 10/
23/78)
Rule 321 Solvent Cleaning Operations (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 322 Metal Surface Coating Thinner and Reducer (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 323 Architectural Coatings (Adopted 11/15/01)
Rule 324 Disposal and Evaporation of Solvents (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 325 Crude Oil Production and Separation (Adopted 07/19/01)
Rule 326 Storage of Reactive Organic Compound Liquids (Adopted 01/18/01)
Rule 327 Organic Liquid Cargo Tank Vessel Loading (Adopted 12/16/85)
[[Page 134]]
Rule 328 Continuous Emission Monitoring (Adopted 10/23/78)
Rule 330 Surface Coating of Metal Parts and Products (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 331 Fugitive Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (Adopted 12/10/
91)
Rule 332 Petroleum Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems, Wastewater
Separators and Process Turnarounds (Adopted 06/11/79)
Rule 333 Control of Emissions from Reciprocating Internal Combustion
Engines (Adopted 06/19/08)
Rule 342 Control of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) from Boilers,
Steam Generators and Process Heaters) (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 343 Petroleum Storage Tank Degassing (Adopted 12/14/93)
Rule 344 Petroleum Sumps, Pits, and Well Cellars (Adopted 11/10/94)
Rule 346 Loading of Organic Liquid Cargo Vessels (Adopted 01/18/01)
Rule 349 Polyester Resin Operations (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 352 Natural Gas-Fired Fan-Type Central Furnaces and Residential
Water Heaters (Adopted 10/20/11)
Rule 353 Adhesives and Sealants (Adopted 06/21/12)
Rule 359 Flares and Thermal Oxidizers (Adopted 06/28/94)
Rule 360 Emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen from Large Water Heaters and
Small Boilers (Adopted 10/17/02)
Rule 361 Small Boilers, Steam Generators, and Process Heaters (Adopted
01/17/08)
Rule 370 Potential to Emit--Limitations for Part 70 Sources (Adopted 01/
20/11)
Rule 505 Breakdown Conditions Sections A.,B.1,. and D. only (Adopted 10/
23/78)
Rule 603 Emergency Episode Plans (Adopted 06/15/81)
Rule 702 General Conformity (Adopted 10/20/94)
Rule 801 New Source Review (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 802 Nonattainment Review (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 803 Prevention of Significant Deterioration (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 804 Emission Offsets (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 805 Air Quality Impact Analysis and Modeling (Adopted 04/17/97)
Rule 808 New Source Review for Major Sources of Hazardous Air Pollutants
(Adopted 05/20/99)
Rule 810 Federal Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) (Adopted
01/20/11)
Rule 1301 Part 70 Operating Permits--General Information (Adopted 01/20/
11)
Rule 1302 Part 70 Operating Permits--Permit Application (Adopted 11/09/
93)
Rule 1303 Part 70 Operating Permits--Permits (Adopted 11/09/93)
Rule 1304 Part 70 Operating Permits--Issuance, Renewal, Modification and
Reopening (Adopted 11/09/93)
Rule 1305 Part 70 Operating Permits--Enforcement (Adopted 11/09/93)
(7) The following requirements are contained in South Coast Air
Quality Management District Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources
(Parts I, II and III):
Rule 102 Definition of Terms (Adopted 12/3/04)
Rule 103 Definition of Geographical Areas (Adopted 01/9/76)
Rule 104 Reporting of Source Test Data and Analyses (Adopted 01/9/76)
Rule 108 Alternative Emission Control Plans (Adopted 04/6/90)
Rule 109 Recordkeeping for Volatile Organic Compound Emissions (Adopted
08/18/00)
Rule 112 Definition of Minor Violation and Guidelines for Issuance of
Notice to Comply (Adopted 11/13/98)
Rule 118 Emergencies (Adopted 12/07/95)
Rule 201 Permit to Construct (Adopted 12/03/04)
Rule 201.1 Permit Conditions in Federally Issued Permits to Construct
(Adopted 12/03/04)
Rule 202 Temporary Permit to Operate (Adopted 12/03/04)
Rule 203 Permit to Operate (Adopted 12/03/04)
Rule 204 Permit Conditions (Adopted 03/6/92)
Rule 205 Expiration of Permits to Construct (Adopted 01/05/90)
Rule 206 Posting of Permit to Operate (Adopted 01/05/90)
Rule 207 Altering or Falsifying of Permit (Adopted 01/09/76)
Rule 208 Permit and Burn Authorization for Open Burning (Adopted 12/21/
01)
Rule 209 Transfer and Voiding of Permits (Adopted 01/05/90)
Rule 210 Applications (Adopted 01/05/90)
Rule 212 Standards for Approving Permits (Adopted 12/07/95) except
(c)(3) and (e)
Rule 214 Denial of Permits (Adopted 01/05/90)
Rule 217 Provisions for Sampling and Testing Facilities (Adopted 01/05/
90)
Rule 218 Continuous Emission Monitoring (Adopted 05/14/99)
Rule 218.1 Continuous Emission Monitoring Performance Specifications
(Adopted 05/14/99)
Rule 218.1 Attachment A--Supplemental and Alternative CEMS Performance
Requirements (Adopted 05/14/99)
Rule 219 Equipment Not Requiring a Written Permit Pursuant to Regulation
II (Adopted 6/1/07)
Rule 220 Exemption--Net Increase in Emissions (Adopted 08/07/81)
Rule 221 Plans (Adopted 01/04/85)
Rule 301 Permitting and Associated Fees (Adopted 5/2/08) except
(e)(7)and Table IV
Rule 303 Hearing Board Fees (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 304 Equipment, Materials, and Ambient Air Analyses (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 304.1 Analyses Fees (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 305 Fees for Acid Deposition (Rescinded 6/9/06)
[[Page 135]]
Rule 306 Plan Fees (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 309 Fees for Regulation XVI (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 313 Authority to Adjust Fees and Due Dates (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 401 Visible Emissions (Adopted 11/09/01)
Rule 403 Fugitive Dust (Adopted 06/03/05)
Rule 404 Particulate Matter--Concentration (Adopted 02/07/86)
Rule 405 Solid Particulate Matter--Weight (Adopted 02/07/86)
Rule 407 Liquid and Gaseous Air Contaminants (Adopted 04/02/82)
Rule 408 Circumvention (Adopted 05/07/76)
Rule 409 Combustion Contaminants (Adopted 08/07/81)
Rule 429 Start-Up and Shutdown Exemption Provisions for Oxides of
Nitrogen (Adopted 12/21/90)
Rule 430 Breakdown Provisions, (a) and (b) only (Adopted 07/12/96)
Rule 431.1 Sulfur Content of Gaseous Fuels (Adopted 06/12/98)
Rule 431.2 Sulfur Content of Liquid Fuels (Adopted 09/15/00)
Rule 431.3 Sulfur Content of Fossil Fuels (Adopted 05/7/76)
Rule 441 Research Operations (Adopted 05/7/76)
Rule 442 Usage of Solvents (Adopted 12/15/00)
Rule 444 Open Burning (Adopted 12/21/01)
Rule 463 Organic Liquid Storage (Adopted 05/06/05)
Rule 465 Refinery Vacuum-Producing Devices or Systems (Adopted 08/13/99)
Rule 468 Sulfur Recovery Units (Adopted 10/08/76)
Rule 473 Disposal of Solid and Liquid Wastes (Adopted 05/07/76)
Rule 474 Fuel Burning Equipment-Oxides of Nitrogen (Adopted 12/04/81)
Rule 475 Electric Power Generating Equipment (Adopted 08/07/78)
Rule 476 Steam Generating Equipment (Adopted 10/08/76)
Rule 480 Natural Gas Fired Control Devices (Adopted 10/07/77) Addendum
to Regulation IV (Effective 1977)
Rule 518 Variance Procedures for Title V Facilities (Adopted 08/11/95)
Rule 518.1 Permit Appeal Procedures for Title V Facilities (Adopted 08/
11/95)
Rule 518.2 Federal Alternative Operating Conditions (Adopted 12/21/01)
Rule 701 Air Pollution Emergency Contingency Actions (Adopted 06/13/97)
Rule 702 Definitions (Adopted 07/11/80)
Rule 708 Plans (Rescinded 09/08/95)
Regulation IX Standard of Performance For New Stationary Sources
(Adopted 4/4/08)
Regulation X National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (Adopted 4/4/08)
Rule 1105.1 Reduction of PM 10 And Ammonia Emissions From
Fluid Catalytic Cracking Units (Adopted 11/07/03)
Rule 1106 Marine Coating Operations (Adopted 01/13/95)
Rule 1107 Coating of Metal Parts and Products (Adopted 1/6/06)
Rule 1109 Emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen for Boilers and Process
Heaters in Petroleum Refineries (Adopted 08/05/88)
Rule 1110 Emissions from Stationary Internal Combustion Engines
(Demonstration) (Repealed 11/14/97)
Rule 1110.1 Emissions from Stationary Internal Combustion Engines
(Rescinded 06/03/05)
Rule 1110.2 Emissions from Gaseous-and Liquid Fueled Engines (Adopted 2/
1/08)
Rule 1113 Architectural Coatings (Adopted 7/13/07)
Rule 1116.1 Lightering Vessel Operations-Sulfur Content of Bunker Fuel
(Adopted 10/20/78)
Rule 1121 Control of Nitrogen Oxides from Residential-Type Natural Gas-
Fired Water Heaters (Adopted 09/03/04)
Rule 1122 Solvent Degreasers (Adopted 10/01/04)
Rule 1123 Refinery Process Turnarounds (Adopted 12/07/90)
Rule 1129 Aerosol Coatings (Rescinded 03/08/96)
Rule 1132 Further Control of VOC Emissions from High-Emitting Spray
Booth Facilities (Adopted 5/5/06)
Rule 1134 Emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen from Stationary Gas Turbines
(Adopted 08/08/97)
Rule 1136 Wood Products Coatings (Adopted 06/14/96)
Rule 1137 PM10 Emission Reductions from Woodworking Operations (Adopted
02/01/02)
Rule 1140 Abrasive Blasting (Adopted 08/02/85)
Rule 1142 Marine Tank Vessel Operations (Adopted 07/19/91)
Rule 1146 Emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen from Industrial,
Institutional, and Commercial Boilers, Steam Generators, and Process
Heaters (Adopted 9/5/08)
Rule 1146.1 Emission of Oxides of Nitrogen from Small Industrial,
Institutional, and Commercial Boilers, Steam Generators, and Process
Heaters (Adopted 9/5/08)
Rule 1146.2 Emissions of Oxides of Nitrogen from Large Water Heaters and
Small Boilers (Adopted 5/5/06)
Rule 1148 Thermally Enhanced Oil Recovery Wells (Adopted 11/05/82)
Rule 1149 Storage Tank Cleaning And Degassing (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 1162 Polyester Resin Operations (Adopted 7/8/05)
Rule 1168 Adhesive and Sealant Applications (Adopted 01/07/05)
Rule 1171 Solvent Cleaning Operations (Adopted 2/1/08)
Rule 1173 Control of Volatile Organic Compounds Leaks and Releases From
Components At Petroleum Facilities and Chemical Plants (Adopted 6/1/07)
Rule 1176 VOC Emissions from Wastewater Systems (Adopted 09/13/96)
[[Page 136]]
Rule 1178 Further Reductions of VOC Emissions from Storage Tanks at
Petroleum Facilities (Adopted 4/7/06)
Rule 1301 General (Adopted 12/07/95)
Rule 1302 Definitions (Adopted 12/06/02)
Rule 1303 Requirements (Adopted 12/06/02)
Rule 1304 Exemptions (Adopted 06/14/96)
Rule 1306 Emission Calculations (Adopted 12/06/02)
Rule 1309.1 Priority Reserve (Replaced 8/3/07)
Rule 1313 Permits to Operate (Adopted 12/07/95)
Rule 1315 Federal New Source Review Tracking System (Readopted) (Adopted
8/3/07)
Rule 1403 Asbestos Emissions from Demolition/Renovation Activities
(Adopted 10/5/07)
Rule 1470 Requirements for Stationary Diesel-Fueled Internal Combustion
and Other Compression Ignition Engines (Adopted 6/1/07)
Rule 1472 Requirements for Facilities with Multiple Stationary Emergency
Standby Diesel-Fueled Internal Combustion Engines (Adopted 3/7/08)
Rule 1605 Credits for the Voluntary Repair of On-Road Motor Vehicles
Identified Through Remote Sensing Devices (Adopted 10/11/96)
Rule 1612 Credits for Clean On-Road Vehicles (Adopted 07/10/98)
Rule 1612.1 Mobile Source Credit Generation Pilot Program (Adopted 03/
16/01)
Rule 1620 Credits for Clean Off-Road Mobile Equipment (Adopted 07/10/98)
Rule 1701 General (Adopted 08/13/99)
Rule 1702 Definitions (Adopted 08/13/99)
Rule 1703 PSD Analysis (Adopted 10/07/88)
Rule 1704 Exemptions (Adopted 08/13/99)
Rule 1706 Emission Calculations (Adopted 08/13/99)
Rule 1713 Source Obligation (Adopted 10/07/88)
Regulation XVII Appendix (effective 1977)
Rule 1901 General Conformity (Adopted 09/09/94)
Regulation XX Regional Clean Air Incentives Market (Reclaim)
Rule 2000 General (Adopted 05/06/05)
Rule 2001 Applicability (Adopted 05/06/05)
Rule 2002 Allocations for Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) and Oxides
of Sulfur (SOX) (Adopted 01/07/05)
Rule 2004 Requirements (Adopted 4/6/07) except (l)
Rule 2005 New Source Review for RECLAIM (Adopted 05/06/05) except (i)
Rule 2006 Permits (Adopted 05/11/01)
Rule 2007 Trading Requirements (Adopted 4/6/07)
Rule 2008 Mobile Source Credits (Adopted 10/15/93)
Rule 2009 Compliance Plan for Power Producing Facilities (Adopted 01/07/
05)
Rule 2010 Administrative Remedies and Sanctions (Adopted 4/6/07)
Rule 2011 Requirements for Monitoring, Reporting, and Recordkeeping for
Oxides of Sulfur (SOX) Emissions (Adopted 05/06/05)
Appendix A Volume IV--(Protocol for Oxides of Sulfur) (Adopted 05/06/05)
Rule 2012 Requirements for Monitoring, Reporting, and Recordkeeping for
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) Emissions (Adopted 05/06/05)
Appendix A Volume V--(Protocol for Oxides of Nitrogen) (Adopted 05/06/
05)
Rule 2015 Backstop Provisions (Adopted 06/04/04) except (b)(1)(G) and
(b)(3)(B)
Rule 2020 RECLAIM Reserve (Adopted 05/11/01)
Rule 2100 Registration of Portable Equipment (Adopted 07/11/97)
Rule 2449 Controls of Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions from Off-Road Diesel
Vehicles (Adopted 5/2/08)
Rule 2506 Area Source Credits for NOX and SOX
(Adopted 12/10/99)
XXX Title V Permits
Rule 3000 General (Adopted 11/14/97)
Rule 3001 Applicability (Adopted 11/14/97)
Rule 3002 Requirements (Adopted 11/14/97)
Rule 3003 Applications (Adopted 03/16/01)
Rule 3004 Permit Types and Content (Adopted 12/12/97)
Rule 3005 Permit Revisions (Adopted 03/16/01)
Rule 3006 Public Participation (Adopted 11/14/97)
Rule 3007 Effect of Permit (Adopted 10/08/93)
Rule 3008 Potential To Emit Limitations (Adopted 03/16/01)
XXXI Acid Rain Permit Program (Adopted 02/10/95)
(8) The following requirements are contained in Ventura County Air
Pollution Control District Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources:
Rule 2 Definitions (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 5 Effective Date (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 6 Severability (Adopted 11/21/78)
Rule 7 Zone Boundaries (Adopted 06/14/77)
Rule 10 Permits Required (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 11 Definition for Regulation II (Adopted 03/14/06)
Rule 12 Applications for Permits (Adopted 06/13/95)
Rule 13 Action on Applications for an Authority to Construct (Adopted
06/13/95)
Rule 14 Action on Applications for a Permit to Operate (Adopted 06/13/
95)
Rule 15.1 Sampling and Testing Facilities (Adopted 10/12/93)
Rule 16 BACT Certification (Adopted 06/13/95)
Rule 19 Posting of Permits (Adopted 05/23/72)
Rule 20 Transfer of Permit (Adopted 05/23/72)
Rule 23 Exemptions from Permits (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 24 Source Recordkeeping, Reporting, and Emission Statements
(Adopted 09/15/92)
[[Page 137]]
Rule 26 New Source Review--General (Adopted 03/14/06)
Rule 26.1 New Source Review--Definitions (Adopted 11/14/06)
Rule 26.2 New Source Review--Requirements (Adopted 05/14/02)
Rule 26.3 New Source Review--Exemptions (Adopted 03/14/06)
Rule 26.6 New Source Review--Calculations (Adopted 03/14/06)
Rule 26.8 New Source Review--Permit To Operate (Adopted 10/22/91)
Rule 26.10 New Source Review--PSD (Repealed 06/28/11)
Rule 26.11 New Source Review--ERC Evaluation At Time of Use (Adopted 05/
14/02)
Rule 26.12 Federal Major Modifications (Adopted 06/27/06)
Rule 26.13 New Source Review--Prevention of Significant Deterioration
(Adopted 06/28/11)
Rule 28 Revocation of Permits (Adopted 07/18/72)
Rule 29 Conditions on Permits (Adopted 03/14/06)
Rule 30 Permit Renewal (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 32 Breakdown Conditions: Emergency Variances, A., B.1., and D.
only. (Adopted 02/20/79)
Rule 33 Part 70 Permits--General (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 33.1 Part 70 Permits--Definitions (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 33.2 Part 70 Permits--Application Contents (Adopted 04/10/01)
Rule 33.3 Part 70 Permits--Permit Content (Adopted 09/12/06)
Rule 33.4 Part 70 Permits--Operational Flexibility (Adopted 04/10/01)
Rule 33.5 Part 70 Permits--Time frames for Applications, Review and
Issuance (Adopted 10/12/93)
Rule 33.6 Part 70 Permits--Permit Term and Permit Reissuance (Adopted
10/12/93)
Rule 33.7 Part 70 Permits--Notification (Adopted 04/10/01)
Rule 33.8 Part 70 Permits--Reopening of Permits (Adopted 10/12/93)
Rule 33.9 Part 70 Permits--Compliance Provisions (Adopted 04/10/01)
Rule 33.10 Part 70 Permits--General Part 70 Permits (Adopted 10/12/93)
Rule 34 Acid Deposition Control (Adopted 03/14/95)
Rule 35 Elective Emission Limits (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 36 New Source Review--Hazardous Air Pollutants (Adopted 10/06/98)
Rule 42 Permit Fees (Adopted 04/12/11)
Rule 44 Exemption Evaluation Fee (Adopted 04/08/08)
Rule 45 Plan Fees (Adopted 06/19/90)
Rule 45.2 Asbestos Removal Fees (Adopted 08/04/92)
Rule 47 Source Test, Emission Monitor, and Call-Back Fees (Adopted 06/
22/99)
Rule 50 Opacity (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 52 Particulate Matter--Concentration (Grain Loading) (Adopted 04/
13/04)
Rule 53 Particulate Matter--Process Weight (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 54 Sulfur Compounds (Adopted 06/14/94)
Rule 56 Open Burning (Adopted 11/11/03)
Rule 57 Incinerators (Adopted 01/11/05)
Rule 57.1 Particulate Matter Emissions from Fuel Burning Equipment
(Adopted 01/11/05)
Rule 62.7 Asbestos--Demolition and Renovation (Adopted 09/01/92)
Rule 63 Separation and Combination of Emissions (Adopted 11/21/78)
Rule 64 Sulfur Content of Fuels (Adopted 04/13/99)
Rule 67 Vacuum Producing Devices (Adopted 07/05/83)
Rule 68 Carbon Monoxide (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 71 Crude Oil and Reactive Organic Compound Liquids (Adopted 12/13/
94)
Rule 71.1 Crude Oil Production and Separation (Adopted 06/16/92)
Rule 71.2 Storage of Reactive Organic Compound Liquids (Adopted 09/26/
89)
Rule 71.3 Transfer of Reactive Organic Compound Liquids (Adopted 06/16/
92)
Rule 71.4 Petroleum Sumps, Pits, Ponds, and Well Cellars (Adopted 06/08/
93)
Rule 71.5 Glycol Dehydrators (Adopted 12/13/94)
Rule 72 New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) (Adopted 09/9/08)
Rule 73 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAPS) (Adopted 09/9/08)
Rule 74 Specific Source Standards (Adopted 07/06/76)
Rule 74.1 Abrasive Blasting (Adopted 11/12/91)
Rule 74.2 Architectural Coatings (Adopted 01/12/10)
Rule 74.6 Surface Cleaning and Degreasing (Adopted 11/11/03--effective
07/01/04)
Rule 74.6.1 Batch Loaded Vapor Degreasers (Adopted 11/11/03--effective
07/01/04)
Rule 74.7 Fugitive Emissions of Reactive Organic Compounds at Petroleum
Refineries and Chemical Plants (Adopted 10/10/95)
Rule 74.8 Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems, Waste-water Separators and
Process Turnarounds (Adopted 07/05/83)
Rule 74.9 Stationary Internal Combustion Engines (Adopted 11/08/05)
Rule 74.10 Components at Crude Oil Production Facilities and Natural Gas
Production and Processing Facilities (Adopted 03/10/98)
Rule 74.11 Natural Gas-Fired Residential Water Heaters--Control of
NOX (Adopted 05/11/10)
Rule 74.11.1 Large Water Heaters and Small Boilers (Adopted 09/14/99)
Rule 74.12 Surface Coating of Metal Parts and Products (Adopted 04/08/
08)
[[Page 138]]
Rule 74.15 Boilers, Steam Generators and Process Heaters (Adopted 11/08/
94)
Rule 74.15.1 Boilers, Steam Generators and Process Heaters (Adopted 06/
13/00)
Rule 74.16 Oil Field Drilling Operations (Adopted 01/08/91)
Rule 74.20 Adhesives and Sealants (Adopted 01/11/05)
Rule 74.23 Stationary Gas Turbines (Adopted 1/08/02)
Rule 74.24 Marine Coating Operations (Adopted 11/11/03)
Rule 74.24.1 Pleasure Craft Coating and Commercial Boatyard Operations
(Adopted 01/08/02)
Rule 74.26 Crude Oil Storage Tank Degassing Operations (Adopted 11/08/
94)
Rule 74.27 Gasoline and ROC Liquid Storage Tank Degassing Operations
(Adopted 11/08/94)
Rule 74.28 Asphalt Roofing Operations (Adopted 05/10/94)
Rule 74.30 Wood Products Coatings (Adopted 06/27/06)
Rule 75 Circumvention (Adopted 11/27/78)
Rule 101 Sampling and Testing Facilities (Adopted 05/23/72)
Rule 102 Source Tests (Adopted 04/13/04)
Rule 103 Continuous Monitoring Systems (Adopted 02/09/99)
Rule 154 Stage 1 Episode Actions (Adopted 09/17/91)
Rule 155 Stage 2 Episode Actions (Adopted 09/17/91)
Rule 156 Stage 3 Episode Actions (Adopted 09/17/91)
Rule 158 Source Abatement Plans (Adopted 09/17/91)
Rule 159 Traffic Abatement Procedures (Adopted 09/17/91)
Rule 220 General Conformity (Adopted 05/09/95)
Rule 230 Notice to Comply (Adopted 9/9/08)
Delaware
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following State of Delaware requirements are applicable to
OCS Sources, December 19, 2008, State of Delaware--Department of Natural
Resources and Environmental Control. The following sections of 7 DE
Admin. Code 1100--Air Quality Management Section:
7 DE Admin. Code 1101: Definitions and Administrative Principles
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 09/11/1999)
Section 3.0: Administrative Principles (02/01/1981)
Section 4.0: Abbreviations (Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1102: Permits
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 06/11/2006)
Section 2.0: Applicability (Effective 06/11/2006)
Section 3.0: Application/Registration Prepared by Interested Party
(Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 4.0: Cancellation of Construction Permits (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 5.0: Action on Applications (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 6.0: Denial, Suspension or Revocation of Operating Permits
(Effective 06/11/2006)
Section 7.0: Transfer of Permit/Registration Prohibited (Effective 06/
01/1997)
Section 8.0: Availability of Permit/Registration (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 9.0: Registration Submittal (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 10.0: Source Category Permit Application (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 11.0: Permit Application (Effective 06/11/2006)
Section 12.0: Public Participation (Effective 06/11/2006)
Section 13.0: Department Records (Effective 06/01/1997)
Section 1102: Appendix A (Effective 06/11/2006)
7 DE Admin. Code 1103: Ambient Air Quality Standards
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 09/11/1999)
Section 2.0: General Restrictions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 3.0: Suspended Particulates (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 4.0: Sulfur Dioxide (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 5.0: Carbon Monoxide (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 6.0: Ozone (Effective 09/11/1999)
Section 7.0: Hydrocarbons (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 8.0: Nitrogen Dioxide (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 9.0: Hydrogen Sulfide (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 10.0: Lead (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 11.0: PM10 and PM2.5 Particulates (Effective 2/11/2003)
7 DE Admin. Code 1104: Particulate Emissions From Fuel Burning Equipment
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 2.0: Emission Limits (Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1105: Particulate Emissions From Industrial Process
Operations
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
[[Page 139]]
Section 2.0: General Restrictions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 3.0: Restrictions on Hot Mix Asphalt Batching Operations
(Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 4.0: Restrictions on Secondary Metal Operations (Effective 02/
01/1981)
Section 5.0: Restrictions on Petroleum Refining Operations (Effective
02/01/1981)
Section 6.0: Restrictions on Prill Tower Operations (Effective 02/01/
1981)
Section 7.0: Control of Potentially Hazardous Particulate Matter
(Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1106: Particulate Emissions From Construction and
Materials Handling
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 2.0: Demolition (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 3.0: Grading, Land Clearing, Excavation and Use of Non-Paved
Roads (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 4.0: Material Movement (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 5.0: Sandblasting (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 6.0: Material Storage (Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1107: Emissions From Incineration of Noninfectious
Waste
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 10/13/1989)
Section 2.0: Restrictions (Effective 10/13/1989)
7 DE Admin. Code 1108: Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Fuel Burning
Equipment
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 12/08/1983)
Section 2.0: Limit on Sulfur Content of Fuel (Effective 05/09/1985)
Section 3.0: Emission Control in Lieu of Sulfur Content Limits of 2.0 of
This Regulation (Effective 05/09/1985)
7 DE Admin. Code 1109: Emissions of Sulfur Compounds From Industrial
Operations
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 05/09/1985)
Section 2.0: Restrictions on Sulfuric Acid Manufacturing Operations
(Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 3.0: Restriction on Sulfuric Recovery Operations (Effective 02/
01/1981)
Section 4.0: Stack Height Requirements (Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1110: Emissions of Sulfur Compounds From Industrial
Operations
Section 1.0: Requirements for Existing Sources of Sulfur Dioxide
(Effective 01/18/1981)
Section 2.0: Requirements for New Sources of Sulfur Dioxide (Effective
02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1111: Carbon Monoxide Emissions From Industrial Process
Operations, New Castle County
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 2.0: Restrictions on Petroleum Refining Operations (Effective
02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1112: Control of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions
Section 1.0: Applicability (Effective 11/24/1993)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 11/24/1993)
Section 3.0: Standards (Effective 11/24/1993)
Section 4.0: Exemptions (Effective 11/24/1993)
Section 5.0: Alternative and Equivalent RACT Determinations (11/24/1993)
Section 6.0: RACT Proposals (11/24/1993)
Section 7.0: Compliance Certification, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
Requirements (Effective 11/24/1993)
7 DE Admin. Code 1113: Open Burning
Section 1.0: Purpose (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 2.0: Applicability (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 3.0: Definitions (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 4.0: Prohibitions and Related Provisions (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 5.0: Season and Time Restrictions (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 6.0: Allowable Open Burning (Effective 04/11/2007)
Section 7.0: Exemptions (Effective 04/11/2007)
7 DE Admin. Code 1114: Visible Emissions
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 2.0: Requirements (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 3.0: Alternate Opacity Requirements (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 4.0: Compliance With Opacity Standards (Effective 07/17/1984)
7 DE Admin. Code 1115: Air Pollution Alert and Emergency Plan
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 2.0: Stages and Criteria (Effective 03/29/1988)
Section 3.0: Required Actions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 4.0: Standby Plans (Effective 02/01/1981)
7 DE Admin. Code 1116: Sources Having an Interstate Air Pollution
Potential
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 2.0: Limitations (Effective 02/01/1981)
Section 3.0: Requirements (Effective 02/01/1981)
[[Page 140]]
7 DE Admin. Code 1117: Source Monitoring, Recordkeeping and Reporting
Section 1.0: Definitions and Administrative Principals (Effective 01/11/
1993)
Section 2.0: Sampling and Monitoring (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 3.0: Minimum Emissions Monitoring Requirements For Existing
Sources (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 4.0: Performance Specifications (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 5.0: Minimum Data Requirements (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 6.0: Data Reduction (Effective 07/17/1984)
Section 7.0: Emission Statement (Effective 01/11/1993)
7 DE Admin. Code 1120: New Source Performance Standards
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 12/07/1988)
Section 2.0: Standards of Performance for Fuel Burning Equipment
(Effective 04/18/1983)
Section 3.0: Standards of Performance for Nitric Acid Plants (Effective
04/18/1983)
Section 5.0: Standards of Performance for Asphalt Concrete Plants
(Effective 04/18/1983)
Section 6.0: Standards of Performance for Incinerators (Effective 04/18/
1983)
Section 7.0: Standards of Performance for Sewage Treatment Plants
(Effective 04/18/1983)
Section 8.0: Standards of Performance for Sulfuric Acid Plants
(Effective 04/18/1983)
Section 9.0: Standards of Performance for Electric Utility Steam
Generating Units for Which Construction is Commenced After September 18,
1978 (Effective 04/18/1983)
Section 10.0: Standards of Performance for Stationary Gas Turbines
(Effective 11/27/1985)
Section 11.0: Standards of Performance for Petroleum Refineries
(Effective 11/27/1985)
Section 12.0: Standards of Performance for Steel Plants: Electric Arc
Furnaces (Effective 11/27/1985)
Section 20.0: Standards of Performance for Bulk Gasoline Terminals
(Effective 11/27/1985)
Section 22.0: Standards of Performance for Equipment Leaks at Petroleum
Refineries (Effective 11/27/1985)
Section 27.0: Standards of Performance for Volatile Organic Liquid
Storage Vessels (Including Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels) for Which
Construction, Reconstruction, or Modification Commenced after July 23,
1984 (Effective 12/07/1988)
Section 29.0: Standards of Performance for Hospital/Medical/Infectious
Waste Incinerators (Effective 09/11/1998)
7 DE Admin. Code 1122: Restriction on Quality of Fuel in Fuel Burning
Equipment
Section 1.0: Prohibition of Waste Oil (Effective 11/27/1985)
7 DE Admin. Code 1124: Control of Volatile Organic Compounds
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 01/11/2002)
Section 3.0: Applicability (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 4.0: Compliance, Certification, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
Requirements for Coating Sources (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 5.0: Compliance, Certification, Recordkeeping, and Reporting
Requirements for Non-Coating Sources (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 6.0: General Recordkeeping (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 7.0: Circumvention (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 8.0: Handling, Storage, and Disposal of Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs) (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 9.0: Compliance, Permits, Enforceability (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 10.0: Aerospace Coatings (Effective 08/11/2002)
Section 11.0: Mobile Equipment Repair and Refinishing (Effective 11/11/
2001)
Section 12.0: Surface Coating of Plastic Parts (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 13.0: Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Coating Operations
(Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 14.0: Can Coating (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 15.0: Coil Coating (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 16.0: Paper Coating (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 17.0: Fabric Coating (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 18.0: Vinyl Coating (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 19.0: Coating of Metal Furniture (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 20.0: Coating of Large Appliances (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 21.0: Coating of Magnet Wire (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 22.0: Coating of Miscellaneous Parts (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 23.0: Coating of Flat Wood Paneling (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 24.0: Bulk Gasoline Plants (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 25.0: Bulk Gasoline Terminals (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 26.0: Gasoline Dispensing Facility Stage I Vapor Recovery
(Effective 01/11/2002)
[[Page 141]]
Section 27.0: Gasoline Tank Trucks (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 28.0: Petroleum Refinery Sources (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 29.0: Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment (Effective 11/29/
1994)
Section 30.0: Petroleum Liquid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 31.0: Petroleum Liquid Storage in Fixed Roof Tanks (Effective
11/29/1994)
Section 32.0: Leaks from Natural Gas/Gasoline Processing Equipment
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 33.0: Solvent Cleaning and Drying (Effective 11/11/2001)
Section 34.0: Cutback and Emulsified Asphalt (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 35.0: Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 36.0: Stage II Vapor Recovery (Effective 01/11/2002)
Section 37.0: Graphic Arts Systems (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 38.0: Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 40.0: Leaks from Synthetic Organic Chemical, Polymer, and Resin
Manufacturing Equipment (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 41.0: Manufacture of High-Density Polyethylene, Polypropylene,
and Polystyrene Resins (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 42.0: Air Oxidation Processes in the Synthetic Organic Chemical
Manufacturing Industry (Effective 01/11/1993)
Section 43.0: Bulk Gasoline Marine Tank Vessel Loading Facilities
(Effective 08/08/1994)
Section 44.0: Batch Processing Operations (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 45.0: Industrial Cleaning Solvents (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 46.0: Crude Oil Lightering Operations (Effective 05/11/2007)
Section 47.0: Offset Lithographic Printing (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 48.0: Reactor Processes and Distillation Operations in the
Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 49.0: Control of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from
Volatile Organic Liquid Storage Vessels (Effective 11/29/1994)
Section 50.0: Other Facilities that Emit Volatile Organic Compounds
(VOCs) (Effective 11/29/1994)
7 DE Admin. Code 1124: Control of Organic Compound Emissions
Appendix A: General Provisions: Test Methods and Compliance Procedures
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix B: Determining the Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of
Coatings and Inks (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix C: Alternative Compliance Methods for Surface Coating
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix D: Emission Capture and Destruction or Removal Efficiency and
Monitoring Requirements (Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30: Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary
Total Enclosure (Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30A: Volatile Organic Compounds Content in Liquid Input Stream
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30B: Volatile Organic Compounds Emissions in Captured Stream
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30C: Volatile Organic Compounds Emissions in Captured Stream
(Dilution Technique) (Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30D: Volatile Organic Compounds Emissions in Fugitive Stream from
Temporary Total Enclosure (Effective 11/29/1994)
Method 30E: Volatile Organic Compounds Emissions in Fugitive Stream from
Building Enclosure (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix E: Determining the Destruction or Removal Efficiency of a
Control Device (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix F: Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)
(Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix G: Performance Specifications for Continuous Emissions
Monitoring of Total Hydrocarbons (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix H: Quality Control Procedures for Continuous Emission
Monitoring Systems (CEMS) (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix I: Method to Determine Length of Rolling Period for Liquid/
Liquid Material Balance (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix K: Emissions Estimation Methodologies (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix L: Method to Determine Total Organic Carbon for Offset
Lithographic Solutions (Effective 11/29/1994)
Appendix M: Test Method for Determining the Performance of Alternative
Cleaning Fluids (Effective 11/29/1994)
7 DE Admin. Code 1125: Requirements for Preconstruction Review
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 08/11/2005)
Section 2.0: Emission Offset Provisions (EOP) (Effective 08/11/2005)
Section 3.0: Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality
(Effective 08/11/2005)
Section 4.0: Minor New Source Review (MNSR) (Effective 08/11/2005)
7 DE Admin. Code 1127: Stack Heights
Section 1.0: General Provisions (Effective 07/06/1982)
Section 2.0: Definitions Specific to this Regulation (Effective 12/07/
1988)
[[Page 142]]
Section 3.0: Requirements for Existing and New Sources (Effective 02/18/
1987)
Section 4.0: Public Notification (Effective 02/18/1987)
7 DE Admin. Code 1129: Emissions From Incineration of Infectious Waste
Section 1.0: General Provisions (10/13/1989)
Section 2.0: Exemptions (Effective 10/13/1989)
Section 3.0: Permit Requirements (Effective 10/13/1989)
Section 4.0: Methods of Treatment and Disposal (Effective 10/13/1989)
Section 5.0: Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements (Effective 10/13/
1989)
Section 6.0: Evidence of Effectiveness of Treatment (Effective 10/13/
1989)
Section 7.0: Incineration (Effective 10/13/1989)
7 DE Admin. Code 1130: Title V State Operating Permit Program
Section 1.0: Program Overview (Effective 11/15/1993)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 11/15/1993)
Section 3.0: Applicability (Effective 11/15/1993)
Section 5.0: Permit Applications (Effective 11/15/1993)
Section 6.0: Permit Contents (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 7.0: Permit Issuance, Renewal, Reopening, And Revisions
(Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 8.0: Permit Review by EPA and Affected States (Effective 11/15/
1993)
Section 9.0: Permit Fees (Effective 11/15/1993)
Appendix A: Insignificant Activities (Effective 11/15/1993)
7 DE Admin. Code 1132: Transportation Conformity
Section 1.0: Purpose (Effective 11/11/2007)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 11/11/2007)
Section 3.0: Consultation (Effective 11/11/2007)
Section 4.0: Written Commitments for Control and Mitigation Measures
(Effective 11/11/2007)
7 DE Admin Code 1134: Emission Banking and Trading Program
Section 1.0: Program Overview (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 3.0: Applicability (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 4.0: Generating an Emission Reduction (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 5.0: Application for Certification of an Emission Reduction as
an ERC (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 6.0: Source Baseline (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 7.0: Post-Reduction Emission rate (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 8.0: Certification of an Emission Reduction (Effective 10/06/
1997)
Section 9.0: Trading and Use of ERCs (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 10.0: Record Keeping Requirements (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 11.0: ERC Banking System (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 12.0: Fees (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 13.0: Enforcement (Effective 10/06/1997)
Section 14.0: Program Evaluation and Individual Audits (Effective 10/06/
1997)
7 DE Admin. Code 1135: Conformity of General Federal Actions to the
State Implementation Plans
Section 1.0: Purpose (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 3.0: Applicability (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 4.0: Conformity Analysis (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 5.0: Reporting Requirements (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 6.0: Public Participation and Consultation (Effective 08/14/
1996)
Section 7.0: Frequency of Conformity Determinations (Effective 08/14/
1996)
Section 8.0: Criteria for Determining Conformity of General Federal
Actions (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 9.0: Procedures for Conformity Determinations of General Federal
Actions (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 10.0: Mitigation of Air Quality Impacts (Effective 08/14/1996)
Section 11.0: Savings Provisions (Effective 08/14/1996)
7 DE Admin. Code 1139: Nitrogen Oxides (NOX) Budget Trading
Program
Section 1.0: Purpose (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 2.0: Emission Limitation (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 3.0: Applicability (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 4.0: Definitions (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 5.0: General Provisions (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 6.0: NOX Authorized Account Representative for
NOX Budget Sources (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 7.0: Permits (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 8.0: Monitoring and Reporting (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 9.0: NATS (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 10.0: NOX Allowance Transfers (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 11.0: Compliance Certification (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 12.0: End-of-Season Reconciliation (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 13.0: Failure to Meet Compliance Requirements (Effective 12/11/
2000)
Section 14.0: Individual Units Opt-Ins (Effective 12/11/2000)
Section 15.0: General Accounts (Effective 12/11/2000)
[[Page 143]]
Appendix A: Allowance Allocations to NOX Budget Units under
3.1.1.1 and 3.1.1.2 of DE Admin. Code 1139 (Effective 02/11/2000)
Appendix B: 7 DE Admin. Code 1137--7 DE Admin. Code 1139 Program
Transition (Effective 02/11/2000)
7 DE Admin. Code 1140: Delaware's National Low Emission Vehicle (NLEV)
Regulation
Section 1.0: Applicability (Effective 09/11/1999)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 09/11/1999)
Section 3.0: Program Participation (Effective 09/11/1999)
7 DE Admin. Code 1142: Specific Emission Control Requirements
Section 1.0: Control of NOX Emissions from Industrial Boilers
(Effective 12/12/2001)
7 DE Admin. Code 1143: Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Standards
Section 1.0: On Road Heavy Duty Diesel Requirements for Model Years 2005
and 2006 (Effective 02/11/2005)
Section 2.0: On Road Heavy Duty Diesel Requirements for Model Year 2007
and Later (Effective 02/11/2005)
7 DE Admin. Code 1144: Control of Stationary Generator Emissions \1\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All sections for 7 DE Admin. Code 1144: Control of Stationary
Generator Emissions shall be incorporated by reference into 40 CFR part
55 except for all references to Carbon Dioxide (CO2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 1.0: General (Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 3.0: Emissions (Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 4.0: Operating Requirements (Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 5.0: Fuel Requirements (Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 7.0: Emissions Certification, Compliance, and Enforcement
(Effective 01/11/2006)
Section 8.0: Credit for Concurrent Emissions Reductions (Effective 01/
11/2006)
Section 9.0: DVFA Member Companies (Effective 01/11/2006)
7 DE Admin. Code 1145: Excessive Idling of Heavy Duty Vehicles
Section 1.0: Applicability (Effective 04/11/2005)
Section 2.0: Definitions (Effective 04/11/2005)
Section 3.0: Severability (Effective 04/11/2005)
Section 4.0: Operational Requirements for Heavy Duty Motor Vehicles
(Effective 04/11/2005)
Section 5.0: Exemptions (Effective 04/11/2005)
Section 6.0: Enforcement and Penalty (Effective 04/11/2005)
7 DE Admin. Code 1146: Electric Generating Unit (EGU) Multi-Pollutant
Regulation
Section 1.0: Preamble (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 2.0: Applicability (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 3.0: Definitions (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 4.0: NOX Emissions Limitations (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 5.0: SO2 Emissions Limitations (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 6.0: Mercury Emissions Limitations (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 7.0: Recordkeeping and Reporting (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 8.0: Compliance Plan (Effective 12/11/2006)
Section 9.0: Penalties (Effective 12/11/2006)
7 DE Admin. Code 1148: Control of Stationary Combustion Turbine Electric
Generating Unit Emissions
Section 1.0: Purpose (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 2.0: Applicability (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 3.0: Definitions (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 4.0: NOX Emissions Limitations (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 5.0: Monitoring and Reporting (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 6.0: Recordkeeping (Effective 07/11/2007)
Section 7.0: Penalties (Effective 07/11/2007)
(2) [Reserved]
Florida
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following requirements are contained in State of Florida
Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources, January 2, 2008: Florida
Administrative Code--Department of Environmental Protection. The
following sections of Chapter 62:
CHAPTER 62-4 PERMITS
62-4.001 Scope of Part I (Effective 10/1/07)
62-4.020 Definitions (Effective 4/3/03)
62-4.021 Transferability of Definitions (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.030 General Prohibition (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.040 Exemptions (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.050 Procedure to Obtain Permits and other Authorizations;
Applications (Effective 10/31/07)
62-4.055 Permit Processing (Effective 8/16/98)
62-4.060 Consultation (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.070 Standards of Issuing or Denying Permits; Issuance; Denial
(Effective 3/28/91)
62-4.080 Modification of Permit Conditions (Effective 3/19/90)
62-4.090 Renewals (Effective 3/16/08)
62-4.100 Suspension and Revocation (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.110 Financial Responsibility (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.120 Transfer of Permits (Effective 4/16/01)
[[Page 144]]
62-4.130 Plant Operation--Problems (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.150 Review (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.160 Permit Conditions (Effective 7/11/93)
62-4.200 Scope of Part II (Effective 10/1/07)
62-4.210 Construction Permits (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.220 Operation Permit for New Sources (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.249 Preservation of Rights (Effective 8/31/88)
62-4.510 Scope of Part III (Effective 10/1/07)
62-4.520 Definition (Effective 7/11/90)
62-4.530 Procedures (Effective 3/19/90)
62-4.540 General Conditions for All General Permits (Effective 8/31/88)
CHAPTER 62-204 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL--GENERAL PROVISIONS
62-204.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.200 Definitions (Effective 2/12/06)
62-204.220 Ambient Air Quality Protection (Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.240 Ambient Air Quality Standards (Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.260 Prevention of Significant Deterioration Maximum Allowable
Increases (PSD Increments) (Effective 2/12/06)
62-204.320 Procedures for Designation and Redesignation of Areas
(Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.340 Designation of Attainment, Nonattainment, and Maintenance
Areas (Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.360 Designation of Prevention of Significant Deterioration Areas
(Effective 3/13/96)
62-204.400 Public Notice and Hearing Requirements for State
Implementation Plan Revisions (Effective 11/30/94)
62-204.500 Conformity (Effective 9/1/98)
62-204.800 Federal Regulations Effective by Reference (Effective 7/1/08)
CHAPTER 62-210 STATIONARY SOURCES--GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
62-210.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 1/10/07)
62-210.200 Definitions (Effective 3/16/08)
62-210.220 Small Business Assistance Program (Effective 2/11/99)
62-210.300 Permits Required (Effective 3/16/08)
62-210.310 Air General Permits (Effective 5/9/07)
62-210.350 Public Notice and Comment (Effective 2/2/06)
62-210.360 Administrative Permit Corrections (Effective 3/16/08)
62-210.370 Emissions Computation and Reporting (Effective 7/3/08)
62-210.550 Stack Height Policy (Effective 11/23/94)
62-210.650 Circumvention (Effective 8/26/1981)
62-210.700 Excess Emissions (Effective 11/23/94)
62-210.900 Forms and Instructions (Effective 7/3/08)
62-210.920 Registration Forms for Air General Permits (Effective 5/9/07)
CHAPTER 62-212 STATIONARY SOURCES--PRECONSTRUCTION REVIEW
62-212.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective5/20/97)
62-212.300 General Preconstruction Review Requirements (Effective 2/2/
06)
62-212.400 Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) (Effective 7/
16/07)
62-212.500 Preconstruction Review for Nonattainment Areas (Effective 2/
2/06)
62-212.600 Sulfur Storage and Handling Facilities (Effective 8/17/00)
62-212.710 Air Emissions Bubble (Effective 5/20/97)
62-212.720 Actuals Plantwide Applicability Limits (PALs) (Effective 7/
16/07)
CHAPTER 62-213 OPERATION PERMITS FOR MAJOR SOURCES OF AIR POLLUTION
62-213.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 3/13/96)
62-213.202 Responsible Official (Effective 6/02/02)
62-213.205 Annual Emissions Fee (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.300 Title V Air General Permits (Effective 4/14/03)
62-213.400 Permits and Permit Revisions Required (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.405 Concurrent Processing of Permit Applications (Effective 6/02/
02)
62-213.410 Changes Without Permit Revision (Effective 6/02/02)
62-213.412 Immediate Implementation Pending Revision Process (Effective
6/02/02)
62-213.413 Fast-Track Revisions of Acid Rain Parts (Effective 6/02/02)
62-213.415 Trading of Emissions Within a Source (Effective 4/16/01)
62-213.420 Permit Applications (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.430 Permit Issuance, Renewal, and Revision (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.440 Permit Content (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.450 Permit Review by EPA and Affected States (Effective 1/03/01)
62-213.460 Permit Shield (Effective 3/16/08)
62-213.900 Forms and Instructions (Effective 4/14/03)
CHAPTER 62-214 REQUIREMENTS FOR SOURCES SUBJECT TO THE FEDERAL ACID RAIN
PROGRAM
62-214.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 3/16/08)
62-214.300 Applicability (Effective 3/16/08)
62-214.320 Applications (Effective 3/16/08)
62-214.330 Acid Rain Compliance Plan and Compliance Options (Effective
3/16/08)
62-214.340 Exemptions (Effective 3/16/08)
62-214.350 Certification (Effective 12/10/97)
62-214.360 Department Action on Applications (Effective 3/16/08)
[[Page 145]]
62-214.370 Revisions and Administrative Corrections (Effective 4/16/01)
62-214.420 Acid Rain Part Content (Effective 3/16/08)
62-214.430 Implementation and Termination of Compliance Options
(Effective 3/16/08)
CHAPTER 62-252 GASOLINE VAPOR CONTROL
62-252.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 2/2/93)
62-252.200 Definitions (Effective 5/9/07)
62-252.300 Gasoline Dispensing Facilities--Stage I Vapor Recovery
(Effective 5/9/07)
62-252.400 Gasoline Dispensing Facilities--Stage II Vapor Recovery
(Effective 5/9/07)
62-252.500 Gasoline Tanker Trucks or Trailers (Effective 5/9/07)
62-252.900 Form. (Effective 5/9/07)
CHAPTER 62-256 OPEN BURNING AND FROST PROTECTION FIRES
62-256.200 Definitions (Effective 7/6/05)
62-256.300 Prohibitions (Effective 7/6/05)
62-256.700 Open Burning Allowed (Effective 7/6/05)
CHAPTER 62-296 STATIONARY SOURCES-EMISSION STANDARDS
62-296.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 3/13/96)
62-296.320 General Pollutant Emission Limiting Standards (Effective 3/
13/96)
62-296.340 Best Available Retrofit Technology (Effective 1/31/07)
62-296.341 Regional Haze--Reasonable Progress Control Technology
(Effective 2/7/08)
62-296.401 Incinerators (Effective 1/10/07)
62-296.402 Sulfuric Acid Plants (Effective 3/13/96)
62-296.403 Phosphate Processing (Effective 3/13/96)
62-296.404 Kraft (Sulfate) Pulp Mills and Tall Oil Plants (Effective 3/
13/96)
62-296.405 Fossil Fuel Steam Generators with More Than 250 Million Btu
Per Hour Heat Input (Effective 3/2/99)
62-296.406 Fossil Fuel Steam Generators with Less Than 250 Million Btu
Per Hour Heat Input, New and Existing Emissions Units (Effective 3/2/99)
62-296.407 Portland Cement Plants (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.408 Nitric Acid Plants (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.409 Sulfur Recovery Plants (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.410 Carbonaceous Fuel Burning Equipment (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.411 Sulfur Storage and Handling Facilities (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.412 Dry Cleaning Facilities (Effective 10/7/96)
62-296.413 Synthetic Organic Fiber Production (Effective 2/12/06)
62-296.414 Concrete Batching Plants (Effective 1/10/07)
62-296.415 Soil Thermal Treatment Facilities (Effective 3/13/96)
62-296.416 Waste-to-Energy Facilities (Effective 10/20/96)
62-296.417 Volume Reduction, Mercury Recovery and Mercury Reclamation
(Effective 3/2/99)
62-296.418 Bulk Gasoline Plants (Effective 5/9/07)
62-296.470 Implementation of Federal Clean Air Interstate Rule
(Effective 4/1/07)
62-296.480 Implementation of Federal Clean Air Mercury Rule (Effective
9/6/06)
62-296.500 Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)--Volatile
Organic Compounds (VOC) and Nitrogen Oxides (NOX) Emitting
Facilities (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.501 Can Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.502 Coil Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.503 Paper Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.504 Fabric and Vinyl Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.505 Metal Furniture Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.506 Surface Coating of Large Appliances (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.507 Magnet Wire Coating (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.508 Petroleum Liquid Storage (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.510 Bulk Gasoline Terminals (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.511 Solvent Metal Cleaning (Effective 10/7/96)
62-296.512 Cutback Asphalt (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.513 Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products
(Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.514 Surface Coating of Flat Wood Paneling (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.515 Graphic Arts Systems (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.516 Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks with External Floating Roofs
(Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.570 Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)--Requirements
for Major VOC and NOX-Emitting Facilities (Effective 3/2/99)
62-296.600 Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) Lead
(Effective 3/13/96)
62-296.601 Lead Processing Operations in General (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.602 Primary Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Operations (Effective
3/13/96)
62-296.603 Secondary Lead Smelting Operations (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.604 Electric Arc Furnace Equipped Secondary Steel Manufacturing
Operations. (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.605 Lead Oxide Handling Operations (Effective 8/8/1994)
62-296.700 Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) Particulate
Matter (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.701 Portland Cement Plants (Effective 1/1/96)
[[Page 146]]
62-296.702 Fossil Fuel Steam Generators (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.703 Carbonaceous Fuel Burners (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.704 Asphalt Concrete Plants (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.705 Phosphate Processing Operations (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.706 Glass Manufacturing Process (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.707 Electric Arc Furnaces (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.708 Sweat or Pot Furnaces (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.709 Lime Kilns (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.710 Smelt Dissolving Tanks (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.711 Materials Handling, Sizing, Screening, Crushing and Grinding
Operations (Effective 1/1/96)
62-296.712 Miscellaneous Manufacturing Process Operations (Effective 1/
1/96)
CHAPTER 62-297 STATIONARY SOURCE EMISSIONS MONITORING
62-297.100 Purpose and Scope (Effective 3/13/96)
62-297.310 General Compliance Test Requirements (Effective 3/2/99)
62-297.320 Standards for Persons Engaged in Visible Emissions
Observations (Effective 2/12/04)
62-297.401 Compliance Test Methods (Effective 3/2/99)
62-297.440 Supplementary Test Procedures (Effective 10/22/02)
62-297.450 EPA VOC Capture Efficiency Test Procedures (Effective 3/2/99)
62-297.520 EPA Continuous Monitor Performance Specifications (Effective
3/2/99)
62-297.620 Exceptions and Approval of Alternate Procedures and
Requirements (Effective 11/23/94)
(b) Local requirements.
(1) [Reserved]
Massachusetts
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following Commonwealth of Massachusetts requirements are
applicable to OCS Sources, May 20, 2010, Commonwealth of Massachusetts--
Department of Environmental Protection.
The following sections of 310 CMR 4.00, 310 CMR 6.00, 310 CMR 7.00
and 310 CMR 8.00:
310 CMR 4.00: Timely Action Schedule and Fee Provisions
Section 4.01: Purpose, Authority and General Provisions (Effective 9/4/
2009)
Section 4.02: Definitions (Effective 9/4/2009)
Section 4.03: Annual Compliance Assurance Fee (Effective 9/4/2009)
Section 4.04: Permit Application Schedules and Fee (Effective 9/4/2009)
Section 4.10: Appendix: Schedules for Timely Action and Permit
Application Fees (Effective 9/4/2009)
310 CMR 6.00: Ambient Air Quality Standards for the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts
Section 6.01: Definitions (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 6.02: Scope (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 6.03: Reference Conditions (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 6.04: Standards (Effective 4/2/2010)
310 CMR 7.00: Air Pollution Control
Section 7.00: Statutory Authority; Legend; Preamble; Definitions
(Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.01: General Regulations to Prevent Air Pollution (Effective 4/
2/2010)
Section 7.02: U Plan Approval and Emission Limitations (Effective 4/2/
2010)
Section 7.03: U Plan Approval Exemptions: Construction Requirements
(Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.04: U Fossil Fuel Utilization Facilities (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.05: U Fuels All Districts (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.06: U Visible Emissions (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.07: U Open Burning (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.08: U Incinerators (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.09: U Dust, Odor, Construction and Demolition (Effective 4/2/
2010)
Section 7.11: U Transportation Media (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.12: U Source Registration (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.13: U Stack Testing (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.14: U Monitoring Devices and Reports (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.15: U Asbestos (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.18: U Volatile and Halogenated Organic Compounds (Effective 4/
2/2010)
Section 7.19: U Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) for
Sources of Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.21: Sulfur Dioxide Emissions Limitations (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.22: Sulfur Dioxide Emissions Reductions for the Purpose of
Reducing Acid Rain (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.24: U Organic Material Storage and Distribution (Effective 4/
2/2010)
Section 7.25: U Best Available Controls for Consumer and Commercial
Products (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.26: Industry Performance Standards (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.32: Massachusetts Clean Air Interstate Rule (Mass CAIR)
(Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.60: U Severability (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.70: Massachusetts CO2 Budget Trading Program (Effective 4/2/
2010)
[[Page 147]]
Section 7.71: Reporting of Greenhouse Gas Emissions (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.00: Appendix A (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.00: Appendix B (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 7.00: Appendix C (Effective 4/2/2010)
310 CMR 8.00: The Prevention and/or Abatement of Air Pollution Episode
and Air Pollution Incident Emergencies
Section 8.01: Introduction (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.02: Definitions (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.03: Air Pollution Episode Criteria (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.04: Air Pollution Episode Potential Advisories (Effective 4/2/
2010)
Section 8.05: Declaration of Air Pollution Episodes and Incidents
(Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.06: Termination of Air Pollution Episodes and Incident
Emergencies (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.07: Emission Reductions Strategies (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.08: Emission Reduction Plans (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.15: Air Pollution Incident Emergency (Effective 4/2/2010)
Section 8.30: Severability (Effective 4/2/2010)
(2) [Reserved]
New Jersey
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following State of New Jersey requirements are applicable to
OCS Sources, as of August 13, 2009. New Jersey State Department of
Environmental Protection--New Jersey Administrative Code. The following
sections of Title 7:
Chapter 27 Subchapter 2--Control and Prohibition of Open Burning
(Effective 6/20/94)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.2. Open burning for salvage operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.3. Open burning of refuse
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.4. General provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.6. Prescribed burning
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.7. Emergencies
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.8. Dangerous material
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.12. Special permit
N.J.A.C. 7:27-2.13. Fees
Chapter 27 Subchapter 3--Control and Prohibition of Smoke From
Combustion of Fuel (Effective 2/4/02)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.2. Smoke emissions from stationary indirect heat
exchangers
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.3. Smoke emissions from marine installations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.4. Smoke emissions from the combustion of fuel in mobile
sources
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.5. Smoke emissions from stationary internal combustion
engines and stationary turbine engines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.6. Stack test
N.J.A.C. 7:27-3.7. Exceptions
Chapter 27 Subchapter 4--Control and Prohibition of Particles From
Combustion of Fuel (Effective 4/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-4.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-4.2. Standards for the emission of particles
N.J.A.C. 7:27-4.3. Performance test principle
N.J.A.C. 7:27-4.4. Emissions tests
N.J.A.C. 7:27-4.6. Exceptions
Chapter 27 Subchapter 5--Prohibition of Air Pollution (Effective 10/12/
77)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-5.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-5.2. General provisions
Chapter 27 Subchapter 6--Control and Prohibition of Particles From
Manufacturing Processes (Effective 6/12/98)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.2. Standards for the emission of particles
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.3. Performance test principles
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.4. Emissions tests
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.5. Variances
N.J.A.C. 7:27-6.7. Exceptions
Chapter 27 Subchapter 7--Sulfur (Effective 3/1/67)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-7.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-7.2. Control and prohibition of air pollution from sulfur
compounds
Chapter 27 Subchapter 8--Permits and Certificates for Minor Facilities
(and Major Facilities Without an Operating Permit) (Effective 4/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.2. Applicability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.3. General provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.4. How to apply, register, submit a notice, or renew
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.5. Air quality impact analysis
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.6. Service fees
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.7. Operating certificates
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.8. General permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.9. Environmental improvement pilot tests
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.11. Standards for issuing a permit
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.12. State of the art
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.13. Conditions of approval
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.14. Denials
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.15. Reporting requirements
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.16. Revocation
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.17. Changes to existing permits and certificates
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.18. Permit revisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.19. Compliance plan changes
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.20. Seven-day notice changes
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.21. Amendments
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.22. Changes to sources permitted under batch plant,
pilot plant, dual plant, or laboratory operating permitting procedures
[[Page 148]]
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.23. Reconstruction
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.24. Special provisions for construction but not
operation
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.25. Special provisions for pollution control equipment
or pollution prevention process modifications
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.26. Civil or criminal penalties for failure to comply
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.27. Special facility-wide permit provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-8.28. Delay of testing
Appendix I
Chapter 27 Subchapter 9--Sulfur in Fuels (Effective 4/19/00)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-9.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-9.2. Sulfur content standards
N.J.A.C. 7:27-9.3. Exemptions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-9.4. Waiver of air quality modeling
N.J.A.C. 7:27-9.5. Incentive for conversion to coal or other solid fuel
Chapter 27 Subchapter 10--Sulfur in Solid Fuels (Effective 04/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-10.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-10.2. Sulfur contents standards
N.J.A.C. 7:27-10.3. Expansion, reconstruction or construction of solid
fuel burning units
N.J.A.C. 7:27-10.4. Exemptions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-10.5. SO2 emission rate determinations
Chapter 27 Subchapter 11--Incinerators (Effective 5/4/98)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.2. Construction standards
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.3. Emission standards
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.4. Permit to construct; certificate to operate
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.5. Operation
N.J.A.C. 7:27-11.6. Exceptions
Chapter 27 Subchapter 12--Prevention and Control of Air Pollution
Emergencies (Effective 3/19/74)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-12.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-12.2. Emergency criteria
N.J.A.C. 7:27-12.3. Criteria for emergency termination
N.J.A.C. 7:27-12.4. Standby plans
N.J.A.C. 7:27-12.5. Standby orders
Table I Emission Reduction Objectives
Table II Emission Reduction Objectives
Table III Emission Reduction Objectives
Chapter 27 Subchapter 16--Control and Prohibition of Air Pollution by
Volatile Organic Compounds (Effective 04/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.1A. Purpose, scope, applicability, and severability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.2. VOC stationary storage tanks
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.3. Gasoline transfer operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.4. VOC transfer operations, other than gasoline
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.5. Marine tank vessel loading and ballasting operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.6. Open top tanks and solvent cleaning operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.7. Surface coating and graphic arts operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.8. Boilers
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.9. Stationary combustion turbines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.10. Stationary reciprocating engines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.12. Surface coating operations at mobile equipment
repair and refinishing facilities
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.13. Flares
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.16. Other source operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.17. Alternative and facility-specific VOC control
requirements
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.18. Leak detection and repair
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.19. Application of cutback and emulsified asphalts
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.21. Natural gas pipelines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.22. Emission information, recordkeeping and testing
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.23. Procedures for demonstrating compliance
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.26. Variances
N.J.A.C. 7:27-16.27. Exceptions
APPENDIX I
APPENDIX II
Chapter 27 Subchapter 18--Control and Prohibition of Air Pollution From
New or Altered Sources Affecting Ambient Air Quality (Emission Offset
Rules) (Effective 12/1/08)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.2. Facilities subject to this subchapter
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.3. Standards for issuance of permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.4. Air quality impact analysis
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.5. Standards for use of emission reductions as emission
offsets
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.6. Emission offset postponement
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.7. Determination of a net emission increase or a
significant net emission increase
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.8. Banking of emission reductions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.9. Secondary emissions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.10. Exemptions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-18.12. Civil or criminal penalties for failure to comply
Chapter 27 Subchapter 19--Control and Prohibition of Air Pollution From
Oxides of Nitrogen (Effective 04/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.2. Purpose, scope and applicability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.3. General provisions
[[Page 149]]
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.4. Boilers serving electric generating units
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.5. Stationary combustion turbines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.6. Emissions averaging
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.7. Industrial/commercial/institutional boilers and
other indirect heat exchangers
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.8. Stationary reciprocating engines
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.11. Emergency generators--recordkeeping
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.13. Alternative and facility-specific NOX
emission limits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.14. Procedures for obtaining approvals under this
subchapter
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.15. Procedures and deadlines for demonstrating
compliance
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.16. Adjusting combustion processes
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.17. Source emissions testing
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.18. Continuous emissions monitoring
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.19. Recordkeeping and recording
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.20. Fuel switching
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.21. Phased compliance--repowering
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.23. Phased compliance--use of innovative control
technology
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.24. MEG alerts
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.25. Exemption for emergency use of fuel oil
N.J.A.C. 7:27-19.26. Penalties
Chapter 27 Subchapter 20--Used Oil Combustion (Effective 6/19/06)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.2. General provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.3. Burning of on-specification used oil in space
heaters covered by a registration
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.4. Burning of on-specification used oil in space
heaters covered by a permit
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.5. Demonstration that used oil is on-specification
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.6. Burning of on-specification oil in other combustion
units
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.7. Burning of off-specification used oil
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.8. Ash standard
N.J.A.C. 7:27-20.9. Exception
Chapter 27 Subchapter 21--Emission Statements (Effective 4/20/09)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.2. Applicability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.3. General provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.4. Procedures for submitting an emission statement
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.5. Required contents of an emission statement
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.6 Methods to be used for quantifying actual emissions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.7. Recordkeeping requirements
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.8. Certification of information
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.9. Request for extensions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.10. Notification of non-applicability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-21.11. Severability
Chapter 27 Subchapter 22--Operating Permits (Effective 12/1/08)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.2. Applicability
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.3. General provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.4. General application procedures
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.5. Application procedures for initial operating permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.6. Operating permit application contents
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.7. Application shield
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.8. Air quality simulation modeling and risk assessment
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.9. Compliance plans
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.10. Completeness reviews
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.11. Public comment
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.12. EPA comment
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.13. Final action on an application
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.14. General operating permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.15. Temporary facility operating permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.16. Operating permit contents
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.17. Permit shield
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.18. Source emissions testing and monitoring
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.19. Recordkeeping, reporting and compliance
certification
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.20. Administrative amendments
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.21. Changes to insignificant source operations
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.22. Seven-day-notice changes
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.23. Minor modifications
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.24. Significant modifications
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.24A. Reconstruction
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.25. Department initiated operating permit modifications
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.26. MACT and GACT standards
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.27. Operating scenarios
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.28A. Emissions trading
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.28B. Facility-specific emissions averaging programs
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.29. Facilities subject to acid deposition control
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.30. Renewals
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.31. Fees
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.32. Hearings and appeals
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.33. Preconstruction review
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.34. Early reduction of HAP emissions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-22.35. Advances in the art of air pollution
APPENDIX
TABLE A
TABLE B
[[Page 150]]
Chapter 27 Subchapter 30--Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR)
NOX Trading Program (Effective 8/17/07)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.1. Purpose and scope
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.2. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.3. Allocation of CAIR NOX annual allowances
& CAIR NOX ozone season allowances
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.4. The compliance supplement pool
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.5. Claims for incentive allowances
N.J.A.C. 7:27-30.6. Reporting requirements
Chapter 27 Subchapter 31--NOX Budget Program (Effective 4/5/
04)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.1. Purpose and scope
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.2. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.3. Applicability and general provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.4. Opt-in provisions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.5. Interface with the emission offset program
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.6. Use of allowances by former users of DER credits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.7. Annual allowance allocation
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.8. Claims for incentive allowances
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.9. Permits
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.10. Allowance use, transfer and retirement
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.11. Allowance banking
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.12. Early reductions
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.13. NOX allowance tracking system (NATS)
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.14. Emission monitoring
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.15. Recordkeeping
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.16. Reporting
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.17. End-of-season reconciliation
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.18. Compliance certification
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.19. Excess emissions deduction
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.20. Program audit
N.J.A.C. 7:27-31.21. Guidance documents and sources incorporated by
reference
Chapter 27B Subchapter 1--Sampling and Analytical Procedures for
Determining Emissions of Particles From Manufacturing Processes and From
Combustion of Fuels (Effective 6/1/76)
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.2. Acceptable test methods
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.3. Operating conditions during the test
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.4. Sampling facilities to be provided by the person
responsible for emissions
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.5. Sampling train
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.6. Performance test principle
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.7. General testing requirements
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.8. Required test data
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.9. Preparation for sampling
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.10. Sampling
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.11. Sample recovery
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.12. Analysis
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.13. Calculations
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-1.14. Validation of test
Chapter 27B Subchapter 2--Procedures for Visual Determination of the
Opacity (Percent) and Shade or Appearance (Ringelmann Number) of
Emissions From Sources (Effective 6/21/76)
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.2. Acceptable observation methods
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.3. Observation principle
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.4. General observation requirements
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.5. Required observation data
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-2.6. Certification
REFERENCES
APPENDIX
Chapter 27B Subchapter 3--Air Test Method 3: Sampling and Analytical
Procedures for the Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds From
Source Operations (Effective 12/1/08)
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.1. Definitions
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.2. Sampling and analytical protocol: acceptable test
methods
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.3. Operating conditions during the test
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.4. Sampling facilities
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.5. Source operations and applicable test methods
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.6. Procedures for the determinations of vapor pressures
of a single known VOC or mixtures of known and/or unknown VOC
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.7. Procedures for the direct measurement of volatile
organic compounds using a flame ionization detector (FID), a
photoionization detector (PID) or a non-dispersive infrared analyzer
(NDIR)
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.8. Procedures for the direct measurement of volatile
organic compounds using a gas chromatograph (GC) with a flame ionization
detector (FID) or other suitable detector
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.9. Procedures for the sampling and remote analysis of
known volatile organic compounds using a gas chromatograph (GC) with a
flame ionization detector (FID) or other suitable detector
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.10. Procedures for the determination of volatile
organic compounds in surface coating formulations
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.11. Procedures for the determination of volatile
organic compounds emitted from transfer operations using a flame
ionization detector (FID) or non-dispersive infrared analyzer (NDIR)
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.12. Procedures for the determination of volatile
organic compounds in cutback and emulsified asphalts
[[Page 151]]
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.13. Procedures for the determination of leak tightness
of gasoline delivery vessels
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.14. Procedures for the direct detection of fugitive
volatile organic compound leaks
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.15. Procedures for the direct detection of fugitive
volatile organic compound leaks from gasoline tank trucks and vapor
collection systems using a combustible gas detector
N.J.A.C. 7:27B-3.18. Test methods and sources incorporated by reference.
New York
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following State of New York requirements are applicable to
OCS Sources, October 20, 2007. New York Environmental Conservation Law--
Department of Environmental Conservation. The following sections of
Title 6, Chapter III:
Part 200. General Provisions
6 NYCRR 200.1. Definitions (effective 8/9/06)
6 NYCRR 200.2. Safeguarding Information (effective 1/16/92)
6 NYCRR 200.3. False Statement (effective 6/16/72)
6 NYCRR 200.4. Severability (effective 8/9/84)
6 NYCRR 200.5. Sealing (effective 2/22/79)
6 NYCRR 200.6. Acceptable Ambient Air Quality (effective 4/6/83)
6 NYCRR 200.7. Maintenance of Equipment (effective 2/22/79)
6 NYCRR 200.8. Conflict of Interest (effective 1/12/75)
6 NYCRR 200.9. Referenced Material (effective 1/271/07)
6 NYCRR 200.10. Federal Standards and Requirements (effective 10/20/07)
Part 201. Permits and Certificates
6 NYCRR 201-1. General Provisions (effective 7/7/96)
6 NYCRR 201-2. Definitions (effective 11/21/98)
6 NYCRR 201-3. Exemptions and Trivial Activities (effective 5/7/03)
6 NYCRR 201-4. Minor Facility Registrations (effective 7/7/96)
6 NYCRR 201-5. State Facility Permits (effective 7/7/96)
6 NYCRR 201-6. Title V Facility Permits (effective 1/18/02)
6 NYCRR 201-7. Federally Enforceable Emission Caps (effective 7/7/96)
6 NYCRR 201-8. General Permits (effective 7/7/96)
Part 202. Emissions Verification
6 NYCRR 202-1. Emissions Testing, Sampling and Analytical Determinations
(effective 5/29/05)
6 NYCRR 202-2. Emission Statements (effective 5/29/05)
Part 204. NOX Budget Trading Program
6 NYCRR 204-1. General Provisions (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-2. Authorized Account Representative for NOX
Budget Sources (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-3. Permits (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-4. Compliance Certification (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-5. Allowance Allocations (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-6. Allowance Tracking System (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-7. NOX Allowance Transfers (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-8. Monitoring and Reporting (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 204-9. Individual Unit Opt-ins (effective 2/25/00)
Part 207--Control Measures for Air Pollution Episode (Effective 2/22/79)
Part 210--Emissions and Labeling Requirements for Personal Watercraft
Engines
6 NYCRR 210-1. Applicability and Definitions (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-2. Certification and Prohibitions (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-3. Family Emission Limits (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-4. In-Use Testing and Recall (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-5. Warranty (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-6. Production-Line Testing (effective 8/8/03)
6 NYCRR 210-7. Severability (effective 8/8/03)
Part 211--General Prohibitions (Effective 8/11/83)
Part 212--General Process Emission Sources (Effective 9/22/94)
Part 215--Open Fires (Effective 6/16/72)
Part 219--Incinerators
6 NYCRR 219-1. Incineration--General Provisions (effective 10/30/02)
6 NYCRR 219-2. Municipal and Private Solid Waste Incineration Facilities
(effective 5/21/05)
6 NYCRR 219-3. Infectious Waste Incineration Facilities (effective 12/
31/88)
6 NYCRR 219-5. Existing Incinerators (effective 12/31/88)
6 NYCRR 219-6. Existing Incinerators--New York City, Nassau and
Westchester Counties (effective 12/31/88)
6 NYCRR 219-7. Mercury Emission Limitations for Large Municipal Waste
Combustors Constructed On or Before September 20, 1994 (effective 5/21/
05)
6 NYCRR 219-8. Emission Guidelines and Compliance Times for Small
Municipal
[[Page 152]]
Waste Combustion Units Constructed On or Before August 30, 1999
(effective 10/18/02)
Part 225--Fuel Consumption and Use
6 NYCRR 225-1. Fuel Composition and Use--Sulfur Limitations (effective
1/29/86)
6 NYCRR 225-2. Fuel Composition and Use--Waste Fuel (effective 11/5/84)
6 NYCRR 225-3. Fuel Composition and Use--Gasoline (effective 11/4/01)
6 NYCRR 225-4. Motor Vehicle Diesel Fuel (effective 5/8/05)
Part 226--Solvent Metal Cleaning Processes (Effective 5/7/03)
Part 227--Stationary Combustion Installations
6 NYCRR 227-1. Stationary Combustion Installations (effective 2/25/00)
6 NYCRR 227-2. Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) for Oxides
of Nitrogen (NOX) (effective 2/11/04)
6 NYCRR 227-3. Pre-2003 Nitrogen Oxides Emissions Budget and Allowance
Program (effective 3/15/99)
Part 228--Surface Coating Processes (Effective 7/23/03)
Part 229--Petroleum and Volatile Organic Liquid Storage and Transfer
(Effective 4/4/93)
Part 231--New Source Review in Nonattainment Areas and Ozone Transport
Region
6 NYCRR 231-1. Requirements for Emission Sources Subject to the
Regulation Prior to November 15, 1992 (effective 10/15/94)
6 NYCRR 231-2. Requirements for Emission Sources Subject to the
Regulation On or After November 15, 1992 (effective 5/3/00)
Part 240--Conformity to State or Federal Implementation Plans (Effective
10/22/04)
Part 243--CAIR NOX Ozone Season Trading Program
6 NYCRR 243-1. CAIR NOX Ozone Season Trading Program General
Provisions (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-2. CAIR Designated Representative for CAIR NOX
Ozone Season Sources (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-3. Permits (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-5. CAIR NOX Ozone Season Allowance Allocations
(effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-6. CAIR NOX Ozone Season Allowance Tracking
System (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-7. CAIR NOX Ozone Season Allowance Transfers
(effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-8. Monitoring and Reporting (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 243-9. CAIR NOX Ozone Season Opt-in Units (effective
10/19/07)
Part 244--CAIR NOX Annual Trading Program
6 NYCRR 244-1. CAIR NOX Annual Trading Program General
Provisions (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-2. CAIR Designated Representative for CAIR NOX
Sources (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-3. Permits (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-5. CAIR NOX Allowance Allocations (effective 10/
19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-6. CAIR NOX Allowance Tracking System (effective
10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-7. CAIR NOX Allowance Transfers (effective 10/19/
07)
6 NYCRR 244-8. Monitoring and Reporting (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 244-9. CAIR NOX Opt-in Units (effective 10/19/07)
Part 245--CAIR SO2 Trading Program
6 NYCRR 245-1. CAIR SO2 Trading Program General Provisions
(effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 245-2. CAIR Designated Representative for CAIR SO2
Sources (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 245-3. Permits (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 245-6. CAIR SO2 Allowance Tracking System (effective
10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 245-7. CAIR SO2 Allowance Transfers (effective 10/19/
07)
6 NYCRR 245-8. Monitoring and Reporting (effective 10/19/07)
6 NYCRR 245-9. CAIR SO2 Opt-in Units (effective 10/19/07)
North Carolina
(a) State requirements.
(1) The following requirements are contained in State of North
Carolina Air Pollution Control Requirements Applicable to OCS Sources,
January 2, 2008: The following sections of subchapter 2D, 2H and 2Q.
15A NCAC SUBCHAPTER 2D--AIR POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION .0100--DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES
2D.0101 Definitions (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.0104 Incorporation by reference (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .0200--AIR POLLUTION SOURCES
2D.0201 Classification of air pollution sources (Effective 07/01/1984)
2D.0202 Registration of air pollution sources (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .0300--AIR POLLUTION EMERGENCIES
2D.0301 Purpose (Effective 02/01/1976)
2D.0302 Episode criteria (Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.0303 Emission reduction plans (Effective 07/01/1984)
[[Page 153]]
2D.0304 Preplanned abatement program (Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.0305 Emission reduction plan: Alert Level (Effective 07/01/1984)
2D.0306 Emission reduction plan: Warning Level (Effective 07/01/1984)
2D.0307 Emission reduction plan: Emergency Level (Effective 07/01/1984)
SECTION .0400--AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS
2D.0401 Purpose (Effective 12/01/1992)
2D.0402 Sulfur oxides (Effective 07/01/1984)
2D.0403 Total suspended particulates (Effective 07/01/1988)
2D.0404 Carbon monoxide (Effective 10/01/1989)
2D.0405 Ozone (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0407 Nitrogen dioxide (Effective 10/01/1989)
2D.0408 Lead (Effective 07/01/1984)
2D.0409 PM10 particulate matter (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0410 PM2.5 particulate matter (Effective 04/01/1999)
SECTION .0500--EMISSION CONTROL STANDARDS
2D.0501 Compliance with emission control standards (Effective 06/01/
2008)
2D.0502 Purpose (Effective 06/01/1981)
2D.0503 Particulates from fuel burning indirect heat exchangers
(Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0504 Particulates from wood burning indirect heat exchangers
(Effective 08/01/2002)
2D.0506 Particulates from hot mix asphalt plants (Effective 08/01/2004)
2D.0507 Particulates from chemical fertilizer manufacturing plants
(Effective 04/01/2003)
2D.0508 Particulates from pulp and paper mills (Effective 07/10/1998)
2D.0509 Particulates from MICA or FELDSPAR processing plants (Effective
04/01/2003)
2D.0510 Particulates from sand, gravel, or crushed stone operations
(Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.0511 Particulates from lightweight aggregate processes (Effective 07/
01/1998)
2D.0512 Particulates from wood products finishing plants (Effective 01/
01/1985)
2D.0513 Particulates from portland cement plants (Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.0514 Particulates from ferrous jobbing foundries (Effective 07/01/
1998)
2D.0515 Particulates from miscellaneous industrial processes (Effective
04/01/2003)
2D.0516 Sulfur dioxide emissions from combustion sources (Effective 07/
01/2007)
2D.0517 Emissions from plants producing sulfuric acid (Effective 01/01/
1985)
2D.0519 Control of nitrogen dioxide and nitrogen oxides emissions
(Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.0521 Control of visible emissions (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.0524 New Source Performance Standards (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.0527 Emissions from spodumene ore roasting (Effective 01/01/1985)
2D.0528 Total reduced sulfur from kraft pulp mills (Effective 07/01/
1988)
2D.0529 Fluoride emissions from primary aluminum reduction plants
(Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.0530 Prevention of significant deterioration (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.0531 Sources in nonattainment areas (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.0532 Sources contributing to an ambient violation (Effective (07/01/
1994)
2D.0533 Stack height (Effective 07/01/1994)
2D.0534 Fluoride emissions from phosphate fertilizer industry (Effective
11/01/1982)
2D.0535 Excess emissions reporting and malfunctions (Effective 06/01/
2008)
2D.0536 Particulate emissions from electric utility boilers (Effective
06/10/2008)
2D.0537 Control of mercury emissions (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0538 Control of ethylene oxide emissions (Effective 06/01/2004)
2D.0539 Odor control of feed ingredient manufacturing plants (Effective
04/01/2001)
2D.0540 Particulates from fugitive dust emission sources (Effective 08/
01/2007)
2D.0541 Control of emissions from abrasive blasting (Effective 07/01/
2000)
2D.0542 Control of particulate emissions from cotton ginning operations
(Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.0543 Best Available Retrofit Technology (Effective 05/01/2007)
SECTION .0600--MONITORING: RECORDKEEPING: REPORTING
2D.0601 Purpose and scope (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0602 Definitions (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0604 Exceptions to monitoring and reporting requirements (Effective
04/01/1999)
2D.0605 General recordkeeping and reporting requirements (Effective 01/
01/2007)
2D.0606 Sources covered by appendix P of 40 CFR part 51 (Effective 06/
01/2008)
2D.0607 Large wood and wood-fossil fuel combination units (Effective 07/
01/1999)
2D.0608 Other large coal or residual oil burners (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.0610 Federal monitoring requirements (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0611 Monitoring emissions from other sources (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0612 Alternative monitoring and reporting procedures (Effective 04/
01/1999)
2D.0613 Quality assurance program (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0614 Compliance assurance monitoring (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.0615 Delegation (Effective 04/01/1999)
SECTION .0900--VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
2D.0901 Definitions (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.0902 Applicability (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.0903 Recordkeeping: reporting: monitoring (Effective 04/01/1999)
[[Page 154]]
2D.0906 Circumvention (Effective 01/01/1985)
2D.0909 Compliance schedules for sources in nonattainment areas
(Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.0912 General provisions on test methods and procedures (Effective 06/
01/2008)
2D.0917 Automobile and light-duty truck manufacturing (Effective 07/01/
1996)
2D.0918 Can coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0919 Coil coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0920 Paper coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0921 Fabric and vinyl coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0922 Metal furniture coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0923 Surface coating of large appliances (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0924 Magnet wire coating (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0925 Petroleum liquid storage in fixed roof tanks (03/01/1991)
2D.0926 Bulk gasoline plants (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0927 Bulk gasoline terminals (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.0928 Gasoline service stations stage I (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0930 Solvent metal cleaning (Effective 03/01/1991)
2D.0931 Cutback asphalt (Effective 12/01/1989)
2D.0932 Gasoline truck tanks and vapor collection systems (Effective 08/
01/2008)
2D.0933 Petroleum liquid storage in external floating roof tanks
(Effective 06/01/2004)
2D.0934 Coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products (Effective 07/
01/1996)
2D.0935 Factory surface coating of flat wood paneling (Effective 07/01/
1996)
2D.0936 Graphic arts (Effective 12/01/1993)
2D.0937 Manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires (Effective 07/01/1996)
2D.0943 Synthetic organic chemical and polymer manufacturing (Effective
06/01/2008)
2D.0944 Manufacture of polyethylene: polypropylene and polystyrene
(Effective 05/01/1985)
2D.0945 Petroleum dry cleaning (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.0947 Manufacture of synthesized pharmaceutical products (Effective
07/01/1994)
2D.0948 VOC emissions from transfer operations (Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.0949 Storage of miscellaneous volatile organic compounds (Effective
07/01/2000)
2D.0951 Miscellaneous volatile organic compound emissions (Effective 07/
01/2000)
2D.0952 Petition for alternative controls for RACT (Effective 04/01/
2003)
2D.0953 Vapor return piping for stage II vapor recovery (Effective 07/
01/1998)
2D.0954 Stage II vapor recovery (Effective 04/01/2003)
2D.0955 Thread bonding manufacturing (Effective 05/01/1995)
2D.0956 Glass Christmas ornament manufacturing (Effective 05/01/1995)
2D.0957 Commercial bakeries (Effective 05/01/1995)
2D.0958 Work practices for sources of volatile organic compounds
(Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.0959 Petition for superior alternative controls (Effective 04/01/
2003)
2D.0960 Certification of leak tightness tester (Effective 07/01/2007)
SECTION .1100--CONTROL OF TOXIC AIR POLLUTANTS
2D.1101 Purpose (Effective 05/01/1990)
2D.1102 Applicability (Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.1103 Definition (Effective 04/01/2001)
2D.1104 Toxic air pollutant guidelines (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1105 Facility reporting, recordkeeping (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.1106 Determination of ambient air concentration (Effective 07/01/
1998)
2D.1107 Multiple facilities (Effective 07/01/1998)
2D.1108 Multiple pollutants (Effective 05/01/1990)
2D.1109 112(j) case-by-case maximum achievable control technology
(Effective 02/01/2004)
2D.1110 National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1111 Maximum Achievable Control Technology (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.1112 112(g) case by case maximum achievable control technology
(Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .1200--CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM INCINERATORS
2D.1201 Purpose and scope (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1202 Definitions (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1203 Hazardous waste incinerators (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1204 Sewage sludge and sludge incinerators (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1205 Municipal waste combustors (Effective 04/01/2004)
2D.1206 Hospital, medical, and infectious waste incinerators (Effective
06/01/2008)
2D.1207 Conical incinerators (Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.1208 Other incinerators (Effective 08/01/2008)
2D.1210 Commercial and industrial solid waste incineration units
(Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1211 Other solid waste incineration units (Effective 07/01/2007)
SECTION .1300--OXYGENATED GASOLINE STANDARD
2D.1301 Purpose (Effective 09/01/1996)
2D.1302 Applicability (Effective 09/01/1996)
2D.1303 Definitions (Effective 09/01/1992)
2D.1304 Oxygen content standard (Effective 09/01/1996)
2D.1305 Measurement and enforcement (Effective 07/01/1998)
[[Page 155]]
SECTION .1400--NITROGEN OXIDES
2D.1401 Definitions (Effective 07/18/2002)
2D.1402 Applicability (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1403 Compliance schedules (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1404 Recordkeeping: Reporting: Monitoring: (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.1405 Circumvention (Effective 04/01/1995)
2D.1407 Boilers and indirect-fired process heaters (Effective 06/01/
2008)
2D.1408 Stationary combustion turbines (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1409 Stationary internal combustion engines (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1410 Emissions averaging (Effective 07/18/2002)
2D.1411 Seasonal fuel switching (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1412 Petition for alternative limitations (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.1413 Sources not otherwise listed in this section (Effective 07/18/
2002)
2D.1414 Tune-up requirements (Effective 07/18/2002)
2D.1415 Test methods and procedures (Effective 07/18/2002)
2D.1416 Emission allocations for utility companies (Effective 06/01/
2004)
2D.1417 Emission allocations for large combustion sources (Effective 06/
01/2004)
2D.1418 New electric generating units, large boilers, and large I/C
engines (Effective 06/01/2004)
2D.1419 Nitrogen oxide budget trading program (Effective 06/01/2004)
2D.1420 Periodic review and reallocations (Effective 07/18/2002)
2D.1421 Allocations for new growth of major point sources (Effective 07/
18/2002)
2D.1422 Compliance supplement pool credits (Effective 06/01/2004)
2D.1423 Large internal combustion engines (Effective 07/18/2002)
SECTION .1600--GENERAL CONFORMITY
2D.1601 Purpose, scope and applicability (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.1602 Definitions (Effective 04/01/1995)
2D.1603 General conformity determination (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .1900--OPEN BURNING
2D.1901 Open burning: Purpose: Scope (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1902 Definitions (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1903 Open burning without an air quality permit (Effective 07/01/
2007)
2D.1904 Air curtain burners (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.1905 Regional office locations (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.1906 Delegation to county governments (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.1907 Multiple violations arising from a single episode (Effective 07/
01/2007)
SECTION .2000--TRANSPORTATION CONFORMITY
2D.2001 Purpose, scope and applicability (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2002 Definitions (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.2003 Transportation conformity determination (Effective 04/01/1999)
2D.2004 Determining transportation-related emissions (Effective 04/01/
1999)
2D.2005 Memorandum of agreement (Effective 04/01/1999)
SECTION .2100--RISK MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
2D.2101 Applicability (Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.2102 Definitions (Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.2103 Requirements (Effective 07/01/2000)
2D.2104 Implementation (Effective 07/01/2000)
SECTION .2200--SPECIAL ORDERS
2D.2201 Purpose (Effective 04/01/2004)
2D.2202 Definitions (Effective 04/01/2004)
2D.2203 Public notice (Effective 04/01/2004)
2D.2204 Final action on consent orders (Effective 04/01/2004)
2D.2205 Notification of right to contest special orders issued without
(Effective 04/01/2004)
SECTION .2300--BANKING EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS
2D.2301 Purpose (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2302 Definitions (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2303 Applicability and eligibility (Effective 07/01/2007)
2D.2304 Qualification of emission reduction credits (Effective 12/01/
2005)
2D.2305 Creating and banking emission reduction credits (Effective 12/
01/2005)
2D.2306 Duration of emission reduction credits (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2307 Use of emission reduction credits (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2308 Certificates and registry (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2309 Transferring emission reduction credits (Effective 12/01/2005)
2D.2310 Revocation and changes of emission reduction credits (Effective
12/01/2005)
2D.2311 Monitoring (Effective 12/01/2005)
SECTION .2400--CLEAN AIR INTERSTATE RULES
2D.2401 Purpose and applicability (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2402 Definitions (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2403 Nitrogen oxide emissions (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2404 Sulfur dioxide (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2405 Nitrogen oxide emissions during ozone season (Effective 05/01/
2008)
2D.2406 Permitting (Effective 07/01/2006)
2D.2407 Monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2408 Trading program and banking (Effective 07/01/2006)
[[Page 156]]
2D.2409 Designated representative (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2410 Computation of time (Effective 07/01/2006)
2D.2411 Opt-in provisions (Effective 07/01/2006)
2D.2412 New unit growth (Effective 05/01/2008)
2D.2413 Periodic review and reallocations (Effective 07/01/2006)
SECTION .2500--MERCURY RULES FOR ELECTRIC GENERATORS
2D.2501 Purpose and applicability (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2502 Definitions (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2503 Mercury emission (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2504 Permitting (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2505 Monitoring, Reporting, and Recordkeeping (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2506 Designated representative (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2507 Computation of time time periods shall be determined as
described in 40 CFR 60.4107 (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2508 New source growth (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2509 Periodic review and reallocations (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2510 Trading program and banking (Effective 01/01/2007)
2D.2511 Mercury emission limits (Effective 01/01/2007)
SECTION .2600--SOURCE TESTING
2D.2601 Purpose and scope (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2602 General provisions on test methods and procedures (Effective 07/
01/2008)
2D.2603 Testing protocol (Effective 07/01/2008)
2D.2604 Number of test points (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2605 Velocity and volume flow rate (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2606 Molecular weight (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2607 Determination of moisture content (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2608 Number of runs and compliance determination (Effective 06/01/
2008)
2D.2609 Particulate testing methods (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2610 Opacity (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2611 Sulfur dioxide testing methods (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2612 Nitrogen oxide testing methods (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2613 Volatile organic compound testing methods (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2614 Determination of voc emission control system efficiency
(Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2615 Determination of leak tightness and vapor leaks (Effective 06/
01/2008)
2D.2616 Fluorides (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2617 Total reduced sulfur (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2618 Mercury (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2619 Arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, hexavalent chromium (Effective 06/
01/2008)
2D.2620 Dioxins and furans (Effective 06/01/2008)
2D.2621 Determination of fuel heat content using f-factor (Effective 06/
01/2008)
SUBCHAPTER 02Q--AIR QUALITY PERMITS PROCEDURES
SECTION .0100--GENERAL PROVISIONS
2Q.0101 Required air quality permits (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0102 Activities exempted from permit requirements (Effective 07/01/
2007)
2Q.0103 Definitions (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0104 Where to obtain and file permit applications (Effective 08/01/
2002)
2Q.0105 Copies of referenced documents (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0106 Incorporation by reference (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0107 Confidential information (Effective 04/01/1999)
2Q.0108 Delegation of authority (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0109 Compliance schedule for previously exempted activities
(Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0110 Retention of permit at permitted facility (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0111 Applicability determinations (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0112 Applications requiring professional engineer seal (Effective 02/
01/1995)
2Q.0113 Notification in areas without zoning (Effective 04/01/2004)
SECTION .0200--PERMIT FEES
2Q.0201 Applicability (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0202 Definitions (Effective 04/01/2004)
2Q.0203 Permit and application fees (Effective 03/01/2008)
2Q.0204 Inflation adjustment (Effective 03/01/2008)
2Q.0205 Other adjustments (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0206 Payment of fees (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0207 Annual emissions reporting (Effective 07/01/2007)
SECTION .0300--CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PERMITS
2Q.0301 Applicability (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0302 Facilities not likely to contravene demonstration (Effective 07/
01/1998)
2Q.0303 Definitions (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0304 Applications (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0305 Application submittal content (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0306 Permits requiring public participation (Effective 07/01/2007)
2Q.0307 Public participation procedures (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0308 Final action on permit applications (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0309 Termination, modification and revocation of permits (Effective
07/01/1999)
2Q.0310 Permitting of numerous similar facilities (Effective 07/01/1994)
[[Page 157]]
2Q.0311 Permitting of facilities at multiple temporary sites (Effective
07/01/1996)
2Q.0312 Application processing schedule (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0313 Expedited application processing schedule (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0314 General permit requirements (Effective 07/01/1999)
2Q.0315 Synthetic minor facilities (Effective 07/01/1999)
2Q.0316 Administrative permit amendments (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0317 Avoidance conditions (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0401 Purpose and applicability (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0402 Acid rain permitting procedures (Effective 04/01/1999)
SECTION .0500--TITLE V PROCEDURES
2Q.0501 Purpose of section and requirement for a permit (Effective 07/
01/1998)
2Q.0502 Applicability (Effective 07/01/2000)
2Q.0503 Definitions (Effective 01/01/2007)
2Q.0504 Option for obtaining construction and operation permit
(Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0505 Application submittal content (Effective 04/01/2004)
2Q.0507 Application (Effective 04/01/2004)
2Q.0508 Permit content (Effective 08/01/2008)
2Q.0509 Permitting of numerous similar facilities (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0510 Permitting of facilities at multiple temporary sites (Effective
07/01/1994)
2Q.0512 Permit shield and application shield (Effective 07/01/1997)
2Q.0513 Permit renewal and expiration (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0514 Administrative permit amendments (Effective 01/01/2007)
2Q.0515 Minor permit modifications (Effective 07/01/1997)
2Q.0516 Significant permit modification (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0517 Reopening for cause (Effective 07/01/1997)
2Q.0518 Final action (Effective 02/01/1995)
2Q.0519 Termination, modification, revocation of permits (Effective 07/
01/1994)
2Q.0520 Certification by responsible official (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0521 Public participation (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0522 Review by EPA and affected states (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0523 Changes not requiring permit revisions (Effective 06/01/2008)
2Q.0524 Ownership change (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0525 Application processing schedule (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0526 112(j) case-by-case MACT procedures (Effective 02/01/2004)
2Q.0527 Expedited application processing schedule (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0528 112(g) case-by-case MACTt procedures (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .0600--TRANSPORTATION FACILITY PROCEDURES
2Q.0601 Purpose of section and requirement for a permit (Effective 07/
01/1994)
2Q.0602 Definitions (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0603 Applications (Effective 02/01/2005)
2Q.0604 Public participation (Effective 07/01/1994)
2Q.0605 Final action on permit applications (Effective 02/01/2005)
2Q.0606 Termination, modification and revocation of permits (Effective
07/01/1994)
2Q.0607 Application processing schedule (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .0700--TOXIC AIR POLLUTANT PROCEDURES
2Q.0701 Applicability (Effective 02/01/2005)
2Q.0702 Exemptions (Effective 04/01/2005)
2Q.0703 Definitions (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0704 New facilities (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0705 Existing facilities and sic calls (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0706 Modifications (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0707 Previously permitted facilities (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0708 Compliance schedule for previously unknown toxic air pollutant
emissions (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0709 Demonstrations (Effective 02/01/2005)
2Q.0710 Public notice and opportunity for public hearing (Effective 07/
01/1998)
2Q.0711 Emission rates requiring a permit (Effective 06/01/2008)
2Q.0712 Calls by the director (Effective 07/01/1998)
2Q.0713 Pollutants with otherwise applicable federal standards or
requirements (Effective 07/01/1998)
SECTION .0800--EXCLUSIONARY RULES
2Q.0801 Purpose and scope (Effective 04/01/1999)
2Q.0802 Gasoline service stations and dispensing facilities (Effective
08/01/1995)
2Q.0803 Coating, solvent cleaning, graphic arts operations (Effective
04/01/2001)
2Q.0804 Dry cleaning facilities (Effective 08/01/1995)
2Q.0805 Grain elevators (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0806 Cotton gins (Effective 06/01/2004)
2Q.0807 Emergency generators (Effective 04/01/2001)
2Q.0808 Peak shaving generators (Effective 12/01/2005)
2Q.0809 Concrete batch plants (Effective 06/01/2004)
2Q.0810 Air curtain burners (Effective 12/01/2005)
SECTION .0900--PERMIT EXEMPTIONS
2Q.0901 Purpose and scope (Effective 01/01/2005)
2Q.0902 Portable crushers (Effective 01/01/2005)
[[Page 158]]
2Q.0903 Emergency generators (Effective 06/01/2008)
(b) Local requirements.
(1) [Reserved]
Virginia:
(a) State Requirements.
(1) The following Commonwealth of Virginia requirements are
applicable to OCS Sources, March 2, 2011, Commonwealth of Virginia--
Virginia Department of Environmental Quality. The following sections of
Virginia Regulations for the Control and Abatement of Air Pollution
Control (VAC), Title 9, Agency 5:
Chapter 10--General Definitions
(Effective 02/18/2010)
9VAC5-10-10. General.
9VAC5-10-20. Terms defined.
9VAC5-10-30. Abbreviations.
Chapter 20--General Provisions
(Effective 11/10/2010)
Part I--Administrative
9VAC5-20-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-20-21. Documents incorporated by reference.
9VAC5-20-50. Variances.
9VAC5-20-70. Circumvention.
9VAC5-20-80. Relationship of state regulations to federal regulations.
9VAC5-20-121. Air quality program policies and procedures.
Part II--Air Quality Programs
9VAC5-20-160. Registration.
9VAC5-20-170. Control programs.
9VAC5-20-180. Facility and control equipment maintenance or malfunction.
9VAC5-20-200. Air quality control regions.
9VAC5-20-201. Urban areas.
9VAC5-20-202. Metropolitan statistical areas.
9VAC5-20-203. Maintenance areas.
9VAC5-20-204. Nonattainment areas.
9VAC5-20-205. Prevention of significant deterioration areas.
9VAC5-20-206. Volatile organic compound and nitrogen oxides emission
control areas.
9VAC5-20-220. Shutdown of a stationary source.
9VAC5-20-230. Certification of documents.
Chapter 30--Ambient Air Quality Standards
(Effective 08/18/2010)
9VAC5-30-10. General.
9VAC5-30-15. Reference conditions.
9VAC5-30-30. Sulfur oxides (sulfur dioxide).
9VAC5-30-40. Carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-30-50. Ozone (1-hour).
9VAC5-30-55. Ozone (8-hour, 0.08 ppm).
9VAC5-30-56. Ozone (8-hour, 0.075 ppm).
9VAC5-30-60. Particulate matter (PM10).
9VAC5-30-65. Particulate matter.
9VAC5-30-70. Oxides of nitrogen with nitrogen dioxide as the indicator.
9VAC5-30-80. Lead.
Chapter 40--Existing Stationary Sources
Part I--Special Provisions
(Effective 12/12/2007)
9VAC5-40-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-40-20. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-21. Compliance schedules.
9VAC5-40-22. Interpretation of emission standards based on process
weight-rate tables.
9VAC5-40-30. Emission testing.
9VAC5-40-40. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-41. Emission monitoring procedures for existing sources.
9VAC5-40-50. Notification, records and reporting.
Part II--Emission Standards
Article 1--Visible Emissions and Fugitive Dust/Emissions
(Effective 02/01/2003)
9VAC5-40-60. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-70. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-80. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-90. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-100. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-110. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-120. Waivers.
Article 4--General Process Operations
(Effective 12/15/2006)
9VAC5-40-240. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-250. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-260. Standard for particulate matter (AQCR 1-6).
9VAC5-40-270. Standard for particulate matter (AQCR 7).
9VAC5-40-280. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-290. Standard for hydrogen sulfide.
9VAC5-40-320. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-330. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-350. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-360. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-370. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-380. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-390. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-400. Registration.
9VAC5-40-410. Facility and control equipment maintenance or malfunction.
9VAC5-40-420. Permits.
Article 7--Incinerators
(Effective 01/01/1985)
9VAC5-40-730. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
[[Page 159]]
9VAC5-40-740. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-750. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-760. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-770. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-790. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-800. Prohibition of flue-fed incinerators.
9VAC5-40-810. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-820. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-830. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-840. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-850. Registration.
9VAC5-40-860. Facility and control equipment maintenance or malfunction.
9VAC5-40-870. Permits.
Article 8--Fuel Burning Equipment
(Effective 01/01/2002)
9VAC5-40-880. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-890. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-900. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-910. Emission allocation system.
9VAC5-40-920. Determination of collection equipment efficiency factor.
9VAC5-40-930. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-940. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-950. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-970. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-980. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-990. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-1000. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-1010. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-1020. Registration.
9VAC5-40-1030. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-1040. Permits.
Article 14--Sand-Gravel Processing; Stone Quarrying & Processing
(Effective 01/01/1985)
9VAC5-40-1820. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-1830. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-1840. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-1850. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-1860. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-1880. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-1890. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-1900. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-1910. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-1920. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-1930. Registration.
9VAC5-40-1940. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-1950. Permits.
Article 17--Woodworking Operations
(Effective 01/01/1985)
9VAC5-40-2250. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-2260. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-2270. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-2280. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-2290. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-2310. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-2320. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-2330. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-2340. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-2350. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-2360. Registration.
9VAC5-40-2370. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-2380. Permits.
Article 18--Primary and Secondary Metal Operations
(Effective 01/01/1985)
9VAC5-40-2390. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-2400. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-2410. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-2420. Standard for sulfur oxides.
9VAC5-40-2430. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-2440. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-2460. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-2470. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-2480. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-2490. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-2500. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-2510. Registration.
9VAC5-40-2520. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-2530. Permits.
Article 19--Lightweight Aggregate Process Operations
(Effective 01/01/1985)
9VAC5-40-2540. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-2550. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-2560. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-2570. Standard for sulfur oxides.
9VAC5-40-2580. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-2590. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-2610. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-2620. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-2630. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-2640. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-2650. Notification, records and reporting.
[[Page 160]]
9VAC5-40-2660. Registration.
9VAC5-40-2670. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-2680. Permits.
Article 24--Solvent Metal Cleaning Operations
(Effective 03/24/2004)
9VAC5-40-3260. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-3270. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-3280. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-3290. Control technology guidelines.
9VAC5-40-3300. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-3310. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-3330. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-3340. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-3350. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-3360. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-3370. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-3380. Registration.
9VAC5-40-3390. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-3400. Permits.
Article 25--VOC Storage & Transfer Operations
(Effective 07/01/1991)
9VAC5-40-3410. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-3420. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-3430. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-3440. Control technology guidelines.
9VAC5-40-3450. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-3460. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-3480. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-3490. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-3500. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-3510. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-3520. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-3530. Registration.
9VAC5-40-3540. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-3550. Permits.
Article 34--Miscellaneous Metal Parts/Products Coating Application
(Effective 07/01/1991)
9VAC5-40-4760. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-4770. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-4780. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-4790. Control technology guidelines.
9VAC5-40-4800. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-4810. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-4830. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-4840. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-4850. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-4860. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-4870. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-4880. Registration.
9VAC5-40-4890. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-4900. Permits.
Article 37--Petroleum Liquid Storage and Transfer Operations
(Effective 10/04/2006)
9VAC5-40-5200. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-5210. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-5220. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-5230. Control technology guidelines.
9VAC5-40-5240. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-5250. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-5270. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-5280. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-5290. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-5300. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-5310. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-5320. Registration.
9VAC5-40-5330. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-5340. Permits.
Article 41--Mobile Sources
(Effective 08/01/1991)
9VAC5-40-5650. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-5660. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-5670. Motor vehicles.
9VAC5-40-5680. Other mobile sources.
9VAC5-40-5690. Export/import of motor vehicles.
Article 42--Portable Fuel Container Spillage Control
(Effective 10/04/2006)
9VAC5-40-5700. Applicability.
9VAC5-40-5710. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-5720. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-5730. Administrative requirements.
9VAC5-40-5740. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-5750. Compliance schedule.
9VAC5-40-5760. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-5770. Notification, records and reporting.
[[Page 161]]
Article 44--Hospital/medical/infectious Waste Incinerators
(Effective 07/01/2003)
9VAC5-40-6000. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-6010. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-6020. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-6030. Standard for carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-40-6040. Standard for dioxins/furans.
9VAC5-40-6050. Standard for hydrogen chloride.
9VAC5-40-6060. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-6070. Standard for nitrogen oxides.
9VAC5-40-6080. Standard for lead.
9VAC5-40-6090. Standard for cadmium.
9VAC5-40-6100. Standard for mercury.
9VAC5-40-6110. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-6120. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-6140. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-6150. HMIWI operator training and qualification.
9VAC5-40-6160. Waste management plans.
9VAC5-40-6170. Inspections.
9VAC5-40-6180. Compliance, emissions testing, and monitoring.
9VAC5-40-6190. Recordkeeping and reporting.
9VAC5-40-6200. Compliance schedules.
9VAC5-40-6210. Registration.
9VAC5-40-6220. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-6230. Permits.
Article 45--Commercial/Industrial Solid Waste Incinerators
(Effective 09/10/2003)
9VAC5-40-6250. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-6260. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-6270. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-6280. Standard for carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-40-6290. Standard for dioxins/furans.
9VAC5-40-6300. Standard for hydrogen chloride.
9VAC5-40-6310. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-6320. Standard for nitrogen oxides.
9VAC5-40-6330. Standard for lead.
9VAC5-40-6340. Standard for cadmium.
9VAC5-40-6350. Standard for mercury.
9VAC5-40-6360. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-6370. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-6390. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-6400. Operator training and qualification.
9VAC5-40-6410. Waste management plan.
9VAC5-40-6420. Compliance schedule.
9VAC5-40-6421. Compliance schedule extension.
9VAC5-40-6422. Shutdown and restart.
9VAC5-40-6430. Operating limits.
9VAC5-40-6440. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-6450. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-6460. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-6470. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-6480. Recordkeeping and reporting.
9VAC5-40-6490. Requirements for air curtain incinerators.
9VAC5-40-6500. Registration.
9VAC5-40-6510. Permits.
Article 46--Small Municipal Waste Combustors
(Effective 05/04/2005)
9VAC5-40-6550. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-6560. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-6570. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-6580. Standard for carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-40-6590. Standard for dioxins/furans.
9VAC5-40-6600. Standard for hydrogen chloride.
9VAC5-40-6610. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-6620. Standard for nitrogen oxides.
9VAC5-40-6630. Standard for lead.
9VAC5-40-6640. Standard for cadmium.
9VAC5-40-6650. Standard for mercury.
9VAC5-40-6660. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-6670. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-6690. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-6700. Operator training and certification.
9VAC5-40-6710. Compliance schedule.
9VAC5-40-6720. Operating requirements.
9VAC5-40-6730. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-6740. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-6750. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-6760. Recordkeeping.
9VAC5-40-6770. Reporting.
9VAC5-40-6780. Requirements for air curtain incinerators that burn 100
percent yard waste.
9VAC5-40-6790. Registration.
9VAC5-40-6800. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-6810. Permits.
Article 47--Solvent Cleaning
(Effective 03/24/2004)
9VAC5-40-6820. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-6830. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-6840. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-6850. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-6860. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-6880. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-6890. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-6900. Compliance schedules.
[[Page 162]]
9VAC5-40-6910. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-6920. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-6930. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-6940. Registration.
9VAC5-40-6950. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-6960. Permits.
Article 48--Mobile Equipment Repair and Refinishing
(Effective 10/04/2006)
9VAC5-40-6970. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-6980. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-6990. Standard for volatile organic compounds.
9VAC5-40-7000. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-7010. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-7030. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-7040. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-7050. Compliance schedule.
9VAC5-40-7060. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-7070. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-7080. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-7090. Registration.
9VAC5-40-7100. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-7110. Permits.
Article 51--Stationary Sources Subject to Case-by-Case RACT
Determinations
(Effective 01/20/2010)
9VAC5-40-7370. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-7380. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-7390. Standard for volatile organic compounds (1-hour ozone
standard).
9VAC5-40-7400. Standard for volatile organic compounds (8-hour ozone
standard).
9VAC5-40-7410. Standard for nitrogen oxides (1-hour ozone standard).
9VAC5-40-7420. Standard for nitrogen oxides (8-hour ozone standard).
9VAC5-40-7430. Presumptive reasonably available control technology
guidelines for stationary sources of nitrogen oxides.
9VAC5-40-7440. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-7450. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-7470. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-7480. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-7490. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-40-7500. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-7510. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-40-7520. Registration.
9VAC5-40-7530. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-7540. Permits.
Article 54--Large Municipal Waste Combustors
(Effective 07/01/2003)
9VAC5-40-7950. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-40-7960. Definitions.
9VAC5-40-7970. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-40-7980. Standard for carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-40-7990. Standard for cadmium.
9VAC5-40-8000. Standard for lead.
9VAC5-40-8010. Standard for mercury.
9VAC5-40-8020. Standard for sulfur dioxide.
9VAC5-40-8030. Standard for hydrogen chloride.
9VAC5-40-8040. Standard for dioxin/furan.
9VAC5-40-8050. Standard for nitrogen oxides.
9VAC5-40-8060. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-40-8070. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-40-8090. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-40-8100. Compliance.
9VAC5-40-8110. Compliance schedules.
9VAC5-40-8120. Operating practices.
9VAC5-40-8130. Operator training and certification.
9VAC5-40-8150. Monitoring.
9VAC5-40-8170. Registration.
9VAC5-40-8180. Facility and control equipment maintenance or
malfunction.
9VAC5-40-8190. Permits.
Chapter 50--New and Modified Stationary Sources
Part I--Special provisions
(Effective 12/12/2007)
9VAC5-50-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-50-20. Compliance.
9VAC5-50-30. Performance testing.
9VAC5-50-40. Monitoring.
9VAC5-50-50. Notification, records and reporting.
Part II--Emission Standards
Article 1--Visible emissions and fugitive dust/emissions
(Effective 02/01/2003)
9VAC5-50-60. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-50-70. Definitions.
9VAC5-50-80. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-50-90. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-50-100. Monitoring.
9VAC5-50-110. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-50-120. Waivers.
Article 4--Stationary sources
(Effective 09/01/2006)
9VAC5-50-240. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
[[Page 163]]
9VAC5-50-250. Definitions.
9VAC5-50-260. Standard for stationary sources.
9VAC5-50-270. Standard for major stationary sources (nonattainment
areas).
9VAC5-50-280. Standard for major stationary sources (prevention of
significant deterioration areas).
9VAC5-50-290. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-50-300. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-50-320. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-50-330. Compliance.
9VAC5-50-340. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-50-350. Monitoring.
9VAC5-50-360. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-50-370. Registration.
9VAC5-50-380. Facility and control equipment maintenance or malfunction.
9VAC5-50-390. Permits.
Article 5--EPA New Source Performance Standards
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-50-400. General.
9VAC5-50-405. Authority to implement and enforce standards as authorized
by EPA.
9VAC5-50-410. Designated standards of performance.
9VAC5-50-420. Word or phrase substitutions.
Article 6--Medical waste incinerators
(Effective 06/01/1995)
9VAC5-50-430. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-50-440. Definitions.
9VAC5-50-450. Standard for particulate matter.
9VAC5-50-460. Standard for carbon monoxide.
9VAC5-50-470. Standard for hydrogen chloride.
9VAC5-50-480. Standard for dioxins and furans.
9VAC5-50-490. Standard for visible emissions.
9VAC5-50-500. Standard for fugitive dust/emissions.
9VAC5-50-520. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-50-530. Standard for radioactive materials.
9VAC5-50-540. Compliance.
9VAC5-50-550. Test methods and procedures.
9VAC5-50-560. Monitoring.
9VAC5-50-570. Notification, records and reporting.
9VAC5-50-580. Registration.
9VAC5-50-590. Facility and control equipment maintenance or malfunction.
9VAC5-50-600. Permits.
Chapter 60--Hazardous Air Pollutant Sources
Part I--Special provisions
(Effective 08/01/2002)
9VAC5-60-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-60-20. Compliance.
9VAC5-60-30. Emission testing.
9VAC5-60-40. Monitoring.
9VAC5-60-50. Notification, records and reporting.
Part II--Emission Standards
Article 1--EPA National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-60-60. General.
9VAC5-60-65. Authority to implement and enforce standards as authorized
by EPA.
9VAC5-60-70. Designated emission standards.
9VAC5-60-80. Word or phrase substitutions.
Article 2--EPA Maximum Achievable Control Technology Standards
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-60-90. General.
9VAC5-60-92. Federal Hazardous Air Pollutant Program.
9VAC5-60-95. Authority to implement and enforce standards as authorized
by EPA.
9VAC5-60-100. Designated emission standards.
9VAC5-60-110. Word or phrase substitutions.
Article 3--Control Technology Determinations for Major Sources of
Hazardous Air Pollutants
(Effective 07/01/2004)
9VAC5-60-120. Applicability.
9VAC5-60-130. Definitions.
9VAC5-60-140. Approval process for new and existing affected sources.
9VAC5-60-150. Application content for case-by-case MACT determinations.
9VAC5-60-160. Preconstruction review procedures for new affected sources
subject to 9VAC5-60-140C1.
9VAC5-60-170. Maximum achievable control technology (MACT)
determinations for affected sources subject to case-by-case
determination of equivalent emission limitations.
9VAC5-60-180. Requirements for case-by-case determination of equivalent
emission limitations after promulgation of a subsequent MACT standard.
Article 4--Toxic Pollutants from Existing Sources
(Effective 05/01/2002)
9VAC5-60-200. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-60-210. Definitions.
9VAC5-60-220. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-60-230. Significant ambient air concentration guidelines.
9VAC5-60-240. Submittal of information.
9VAC5-60-250. Determination of ambient air concentrations.
9VAC5-60-260. Compliance.
9VAC5-60-270. Public participation.
[[Page 164]]
Article 5--Toxic Pollutants from New and Modified Sources
(Effective 05/01/2002)
9VAC5-60-300. Applicability and designation of affected facility.
9VAC5-60-310. Definitions.
9VAC5-60-320. Standard for toxic pollutants.
9VAC5-60-330. Significant ambient air concentration guidelines.
9VAC5-60-340. Submittal of information.
9VAC5-60-350. Determination of ambient air concentrations.
9VAC5-60-360. Compliance.
9VAC5-60-370. Public participation.
Chapter 70--Air Pollution Episode Prevention
(Effective 04/01/1999)
9VAC5-70-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-70-20. Definitions.
9VAC5-70-30. General.
9VAC5-70-40. Episode determination.
9VAC5-70-50. Standby emission reduction plans.
9VAC5-70-60. Control requirements.
9VAC5-70-70. Local air pollution control agency participation.
Chapter 80--Permits for Stationary Sources
Part I--Permit Actions and Public Hearings Before the Board
(Effective 11/12/2009)
9VAC5-80-5. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-15. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-25. Direct consideration of permit actions by the board.
9VAC5-80-35. Public hearings to contest permit actions.
Part II--Permit Procedures
Article 1--Federal (Title V) Operating Permits for Stationary Sources
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-80-50. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-60. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-70. General.
9VAC5-80-80. Applications.
9VAC5-80-90. Application information required.
9VAC5-80-100. Emission caps.
9VAC5-80-110. Permit content.
9VAC5-80-120. General permits.
9VAC5-80-130. Temporary sources.
9VAC5-80-140. Permit shield.
9VAC5-80-150. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-160. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-170. Permit renewal and expiration.
9VAC5-80-180. Permanent shutdown for emissions trading.
9VAC5-80-190. Changes to permits.
9VAC5-80-200. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-210. Minor permit modifications.
9VAC5-80-220. Group processing of minor permit modifications.
9VAC5-80-230. Significant modification procedures.
9VAC5-80-240. Reopening for cause.
9VAC5-80-250. Malfunction.
9VAC5-80-260. Enforcement.
9VAC5-80-270. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-280. Operational flexibility.
9VAC5-80-290. Permit review by EPA and affected states.
9VAC5-80-300. Voluntary inclusions of additional state-only requirements
as applicable state requirements in the permit.
Article 2--Permit Program (Title V) Fees for Stationary Sources
(Effective 07/18/2001)
9VAC5-80-310. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-320. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-330. General.
9VAC5-80-340. Annual permit program fee calculation.
9VAC5-80-350. Annual permit program fee payment.
Article 4--Insignificant Activities
(Effective 01/01/2001)
9VAC5-80-710. General.
9VAC5-80-720. Insignificant activities.
Article 5--State Operating Permits
(Effective 12/31/2008)
9VAC5-80-800. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-810. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-820. General.
9VAC5-80-830. Applications.
9VAC5-80-840. Application information required.
9VAC5-80-850. Standards and conditions for granting permits.
9VAC5-80-860. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-870. Application review and analysis.
9VAC5-80-880. Compliance determination and verification by testing.
9VAC5-80-890. Monitoring requirements.
9VAC5-80-900. Reporting requirements.
9VAC5-80-910. Existence of permit no defense.
9VAC5-80-920. Circumvention.
9VAC5-80-930. Compliance with local zoning requirements.
9VAC5-80-940. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-950. Termination of permits.
9VAC5-80-960. Changes to permits.
9VAC5-80-970. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-980. Minor permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-990. Significant amendment procedures.
9VAC5-80-1000. Reopening for cause.
9VAC5-80-1010. Enforcement.
9VAC5-80-1020. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-1030. General permits.
[[Page 165]]
9VAC5-80-1040. Review and evaluation of article.
Article 6--Permits for New and Modified Stationary Sources
(Effective 06/24/2009)
9VAC5-80-1100. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-1110. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-1120. General.
9VAC5-80-1140. Applications.
9VAC5-80-1150. Application information required.
9VAC5-80-1160. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-1170. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-1180. Standards and conditions for granting permits.
9VAC5-80-1190. Application review and analysis.
9VAC5-80-1200. Compliance determination and verification by performance
testing.
9VAC5-80-1210. Permit invalidation, suspension, revocation and
enforcement.
9VAC5-80-1220. Existence of permit no defense.
9VAC5-80-1230. Compliance with local zoning requirements.
9VAC5-80-1240. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-1250. General permits.
9VAC5-80-1260. Changes to permits.
9VAC5-80-1270. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1280. Minor permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1290. Significant amendment procedures.
9VAC5-80-1300. Reopening for cause.
9VAC5-80-1320. Permit exemption levels.
Article 7--Permits for New and Reconstructed Major Sources of HAPs
(Effective 12/31/2008)
9VAC5-80-1400. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-1410. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-1420. General.
9VAC5-80-1430. Applications.
9VAC5-80-1440. Application information required.
9VAC5-80-1450. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-1460. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-1470. Standards and conditions for granting permits.
9VAC5-80-1480. Application review and analysis.
9VAC5-80-1490. Compliance determination and verification by performance
testing.
9VAC5-80-1500. Permit invalidation, rescission, revocation and
enforcement.
9VAC5-80-1510. Existence of permit no defense.
9VAC5-80-1520. Compliance with local zoning requirements.
9VAC5-80-1530. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-1540. Changes to permits.
9VAC5-80-1550. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1560. Minor permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1570. Significant amendment procedures.
9VAC5-80-1580. Reopening for cause.
9VAC5-80-1590. Requirements for constructed or reconstructed major
sources subject to a subsequently promulgated MACT standard or MACT
requirements.
Article 8--Permits for Major Stationary Sources and Modifications--PSD
Areas
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-80-1605. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-1615. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-1625. General.
9VAC5-80-1635. Ambient air increments.
9VAC5-80-1645. Ambient air ceilings.
9VAC5-80-1655. Applications.
9VAC5-80-1665. Compliance with local zoning requirements.
9VAC5-80-1675. Compliance determination and verification by performance
testing.
9VAC5-80-1685. Stack heights.
9VAC5-80-1695. Exemptions.
9VAC5-80-1705. Control technology review.
9VAC5-80-1715. Source impact analysis.
9VAC5-80-1725. Air quality models.
9VAC5-80-1735. Air quality analysis.
9VAC5-80-1745. Source information.
9VAC5-80-1755. Additional impact analyses.
9VAC5-80-1765. Sources affecting federal class I areas--additional
requirements.
9VAC5-80-1773. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-1775. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-1785. Source obligation.
9VAC5-80-1795. Environmental impact statements.
9VAC5-80-1805. Disputed permits.
9VAC5-80-1815. Interstate pollution abatement.
9VAC5-80-1825. Innovative control technology.
9VAC5-80-1865. Actuals plantwide applicability limits (PALs).
9VAC5-80-1915. Actions to combine permit terms and conditions.
9VAC5-80-1925. Actions to change permits.
9VAC5-80-1935. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1945. Minor permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-1955. Significant amendment procedures.
9VAC5-80-1965. Reopening for cause.
9VAC5-80-1975. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-1985. Permit invalidation, suspension, revocation, and
enforcement.
9VAC5-80-1995. Existence of permit no defense.
Article 9--Permits for Major Stationary Sources and Modifications--
Nonattainment Areas
(Effective 03/02/2011)
9VAC5-80-2000. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-2010. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-2020. General.
9VAC5-80-2030. Applications.
[[Page 166]]
9VAC5-80-2040. Application information required.
9VAC5-80-2050. Standards and conditions for granting permits.
9VAC5-80-2060. Action on permit application.
9VAC5-80-2070. Public participation.
9VAC5-80-2080. Compliance determination and verification by performance
testing.
9VAC5-80-2090. Application review and analysis.
9VAC5-80-2091. Source obligation.
9VAC5-80-2110. Interstate pollution abatement.
9VAC5-80-2120. Offsets.
9VAC5-80-2130. De minimis increases and stationary source modification
alternatives for ozone nonattainment areas classified as serious or
severe in 9VAC5-20-204.
9VAC5-80-2140. Exemptions.
9VAC5-80-2144. Actuals plantwide applicability limits (PALs).
9VAC5-80-2150. Compliance with local zoning requirements.
9VAC5-80-2170. Transfer of permits.
9VAC5-80-2180. Permit invalidation, suspension, revocation and
enforcement.
9VAC5-80-2190. Existence of permit no defense.
9VAC5-80-2195. Actions to combine permit terms and conditions.
9VAC5-80-2200. Actions to change permits.
9VAC5-80-2210. Administrative permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-2220. Minor permit amendments.
9VAC5-80-2230. Significant amendment procedures.
9VAC5-80-2240. Reopening for cause.
Article 10--Permit Application Fees for Stationary Sources
(Effective 12/01/2004)
9VAC5-80-2250. Applicability.
9VAC5-80-2260. Definitions.
9VAC5-80-2270. General.
9VAC5-80-2280. Permit application fee calculation.
9VAC5-80-2290. Permit application fee payment.
9VAC5-80-2300. Credit for payment of permit application fees.
Chapter 85--Permits for Stationary Sources of Pollutants Subject to
Regulation (Greenhouse Gas Tailoring)
(Effective 01/02/2011)
Part I--Applicability
9VAC5-85-10. Applicability.
Part II--Federal (Title V) operating permit actions
9VAC5-85-20. Federal (Title V) operating permit actions.
9VAC5-85-30. Definitions.
Part III--Prevention of Significant Deterioration Area permit actions
9VAC5-85-40. Prevention of significant deterioration area permit
actions.
9VAC5-85-50. Definitions.
Part IV--State operating permit actions
9VAC5-85-60. State operating permit actions.
9VAC5-85-70. Definitions.
Chapter 130--Open Burning
(Effective 03/18/2009)
Part I--General Provisions
9VAC5-130-10. Applicability.
9VAC5-130-20. Definitions.
9VAC5-130-30. Open burning prohibitions.
9VAC5-130-40. Permissible open burning.
9VAC5-130-50. Forest management and agricultural practices.
9VAC5-130-60. Waivers.
Part II--Local Ordinances
9VAC5-130-100. Local ordinances on open burning.
Chapter 150--Transportation Conformity
(Effective 01/01/1998)
Part I--General Definitions
9VAC5-150-10. General.
9VAC5-150-20. Terms defined.
Part II--General Provisions
9VAC5-150-30. Applicability.
9VAC5-150-40. Authority of board and DEQ.
9VAC5-150-80. Relationship of state regulations to federal regulations.
Part III--Criteria and Procedures for Making Conformity Determinations
9VAC5-150-110. Priority.
9VAC5-150-120. Frequency of conformity determinations.
9VAC5-150-130. Consultation.
9VAC5-150-140. Content of transportation plans.
9VAC5-150-150. Relationship of transportation plan and TIP conformity
with the NEPA process.
9VAC5-150-160. Fiscal constraints for transportation plans and TIPs.
9VAC5-150-170. Criteria and procedures for determining conformity of
transportation plans, programs, and projects: General.
9VAC5-150-180. Criteria and procedures: latest planning assumptions.
9VAC5-150-190. Criteria and procedures: latest emissions model.
9VAC5-150-200. Criteria and procedures: consultation.
9VAC5-150-210. Criteria and procedures: timely implementation of TCMs.
[[Page 167]]
9VAC5-150-220. Criteria and procedures: currently conforming
transportation plan and TIP.
9VAC5-150-230. Criteria and procedures: projects from a plan and TIP.
9VAC5-150-240. Criteria and procedures: localized CO and PM
10 violations (hot spots).
9VAC5-150-250. Criteria and procedures: compliance with PM 10
control measures.
9VAC5-150-260. Criteria and procedures: motor vehicle emissions budget
(transportation plan).
9VAC5-150-270. Criteria and procedures: motor vehicle emissions budget
(TIP).
9VAC5-150-280. Criteria and procedures: motor vehicle emissions budget
(project not from a plan and TIP).
9VAC5-150-290. Criteria and procedures: localized CO violations (hot
spots) in the interim period.
9VAC5-150-300. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions in
ozone and CO areas (transportation plan).
9VAC5-150-310. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions in
ozone and CO areas (TIP).
9VAC5-150-320. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions for
ozone and CO areas (project not from a plan and TIP).
9VAC5-150-330. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions for PM
10 and NO2 areas (transportation plan).
9VAC5-150-340. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions for PM
10 and NO2 areas (TIP).
9VAC5-150-350. Criteria and procedures: interim period reductions for PM
10 and NO2 areas (project not from a plan and
TIP).
9VAC5-150-360. Transition from the interim period to the control
strategy period.
9VAC5-150-370. Requirements for adoption or approval of projects by
recipients of funds designated under Title 23 USC or the Federal Transit
Act.
9VAC5-150-380. Procedures for determining regional transportation-
related emissions.
9VAC5-150-390. Procedures for determining localized CO and PM
10 concentrations (hot-spot analysis).
9VAC5-150-400. Using the motor vehicle emissions budget in the
applicable implementation plan (or implementation plan submission).
9VAC5-150-410. Enforceability of design concept and scope and project-
level mitigation and control measures.
9VAC5-150-420. Exempt projects.
9VAC5-150-430. Projects exempt from regional emissions analyses.
9VAC5-150-440. Special provisions for nonattainment areas which are not
required to demonstrate reasonable further progress and attainment.
9VAC5-150-450. Review and confirmation of this chapter by board.
Chapter 151--Transportation Conformity
(Effective 03/02/2011)
Part I--General Definitions
9VAC5-151-10. Definitions.
Part II--General Provisions
9VAC5-151-20. Applicability.
9VAC5-151-30. Authority of board and DEQ.
Part III--Criteria and Procedures for Making Conformity Determinations
9VAC5-151-40. General.
9VAC5-151-50. Designated provisions.
9VAC5-151-60. Word or phrase substitutions.
9VAC5-151-70. Consultation.
Chapter 160--General Conformity
(Effective 03/02/2011)
Part I--General Definitions
9VAC5-160-10. General.
9VAC5-160-20. Terms defined.
Part II--General Provisions
9VAC5-160-30. Applicability.
9VAC5-160-40. Authority of board and department.
9VAC5-160-80. Relationship of state regulations to federal regulations.
Part III--Criteria and procedures for making conformity determinations
9VAC5-160-110. General.
9VAC5-160-120. Conformity analysis.
9VAC5-160-130. Reporting requirements.
9VAC5-160-140. Public participation.
9VAC5-160-150. Frequency of conformity determinations.
9VAC5-160-160. Criteria for determining conformity.
9VAC5-160-170. Procedures for conformity determinations.
9VAC5-160-180. Mitigation of air quality impacts.
9VAC5-160-190. Savings provision.
9VAC5-160-200. Review and confirmation of this chapter by board.
Chapter 500--Exclusionary General Permit for Title V Permit
(Effective 07/01/1997)
Part I--Definitions
9VAC5-500-10. General.
9VAC5-500-20. Terms defined.
Part II--General Provisions
9VAC5-500-30. Purpose.
9VAC5-500-40. Applicability.
9VAC5-500-50. General.
9VAC5-500-60. Existence of permit no defense.
9VAC5-500-70. Circumvention.
[[Page 168]]
9VAC5-500-80. Enforcement of a general permit.
Part III--General permit administrative procedures
9VAC5-500-90. Requirements for department issuance of authority to
operate under the general permit.
9VAC5-500-100. Applications for coverage under the general permit.
9VAC5-500-110. Required application information.
9VAC5-500-120. General permit content.
9VAC5-500-130. Issuance of an authorization to operate under the general
permit.
9VAC5-500-140. Transfer of authorizations to operate under the general
permit.
Part IV--General permit terms and conditions
9VAC5-500-150. Emissions levels and requirements.
9VAC5-500-160. Emissions levels.
9VAC5-500-170. Compliance determination and verification by emission
testing.
9VAC5-500-180. Compliance determination and verification by emission
monitoring.
9VAC5-500-190. Recordkeeping requirements.
9VAC5-500-200. Reporting requirements.
9VAC5-500-210. Compliance certifications.
9VAC5-500-220. Consequences of failure to remain below emissions levels.
9VAC5-500-230. Enforcement.
9VAC5-500-240. Review and evaluation of regulation.
(2) [Reserved]
[57 FR 40806, Sept. 4, 1992]
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting appendix A
to Part 55, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the
Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov.
PART 56_REGIONAL CONSISTENCY--Table of Contents
Sec.
56.1 Definitions.
56.2 Scope.
56.3 Policy.
56.4 Mechanisms for fairness and uniformity--Responsibilities of
Headquarters employees.
56.5 Mechanisms for fairness and uniformity--Responsibilities of
Regional Office employees.
56.6 Dissemination of policy and guidance.
56.7 State agency performance audits.
Authority: Sec. 301(a)(2) of the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C.
7601).
Source: 45 FR 85405, Dec. 24, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 56.1 Definitions.
As used in this part, all terms not defined herein have the meaning
given them in the Clean Air Act.
Act means the Clean Air Act as amended (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.).
Administrator, Deputy Administrator, Assistant Administrator,
General Counsel, Associate General Counsel, Deputy Assistant
Administrator, Regional Administrator, Headquarters, Staff Office,
Operational Office, and Regional Office are described in part 1 of this
title.
Mechanism means an administrative procedure, guideline, manual, or
written statement.
Program directive means any formal written statement by the
Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, the Assistant Administrator, a
Staff Office Director, the General Counsel, a Deputy Assistant
Administrator, an Associate General Counsel, or a division Director of
an Operational Office that is intended to guide or direct Regional
Offices in the implementation or enforcement of the provisions of the
act.
Responsible official means the EPA Administrator or any EPA employee
who is accountable to the Administrator for carrying out a power or duty
delegated under section 301(a)(1) of the act, or is accountable in
accordance with EPA's formal organization for a particular program or
function as described in part 1 of this title.
Sec. 56.2 Scope.
This part covers actions taken by:
(a) Employees in EPA Regional Offices, including Regional
Administrators, in carrying out powers and duties delegated by the
Administrator under section 301(a)(1) of the act; and
(b) EPA employees in Headquarters to the extent that they are
responsible for developing the procedures to be employed or policies to
be followed by Regional Offices in implementing and enforcing the act.